SCIENCE
2010
M c g r aw - h i l l 2 0 1 0 c a t a l o g
Welcome to McGraw-Hill’s 2010 Science Catalog. Inside this catalog, you will find a wide selection of McGraw-Hill latest academic publications. Apart from those published from the US, we have also included publications from Asia as well as from our subsidiaries in Australia, India and United Kingdom. For the benefit of students, widely adopted textbooks are made available as low-priced McGraw-Hill International Editions (see titles in this catalog tagged with “International Edition”).
EXAMINATION COPY REQUEST Teaching professionals who wish to consider McGraw-Hill titles for textbook adoption may request for an examination copy for review. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia (Note: All requests for examination copies are subject to approval. McGraw-Hill reserves the right to refuse any requests that do not relate to teaching).
HOW TO ORDER McGraw-Hill books and International Editions are easily available through your local bookstores. In case of difficulty in purchasing our publications, please contact the local McGraw-Hill office (see inside back cover) or send your orders to: McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel: (65) 6863 1580 Tel: (65) 6868 8188 (Customer Service Hotline) Fax: (65) 6862 3354 Email:
[email protected] A Note to LibrarianS Please place your orders through your regular local Library Supplier/Contractor. For further assistance, kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) representative.
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is continuously sourcing for quality manuscript for the academic and professional markets in Asia for inclusion in our global publishing program. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email us directly in Singapore at
[email protected] if you are planning to write a book.
MAILING LIST If you wish to receive up-to-date information on McGraw-Hill’s new publications regularly, please submit your particulars on the mailing list form (see back pages) and return to us by fax or mail.
CONTENTS Agriculture & Forestry
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
AGRICULTURE Agricultural Business........................................................... 11
Developmental Biology / Embryology..................................71
Agricultural Economics........................................................ 11
Genetics..............................................................................72
Agricultural Education.........................................................12
Human Genetics..................................................................74
Animal Science....................................................................12
Introductory Microbiology Laboratory..................................66 Introductory Microbiology - Majors Text.............................. 63 Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Text....................... 64
Anatomy & Physiology
Molecular Biology................................................................71
Human Anatomy - Lab...............................................................................33 - Multimedia....................................................................35 - Textbooks.....................................................................31
Professional References.....................................................75 STDs / AIDS........................................................................70
Human Physiology - Lab...............................................................................37 - Multimedia....................................................................38 - Textbooks.....................................................................36
Nutrition Introduction to Nutrition - Multimedia....................................................................81
One - Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab...............................................................................17 - Textbooks......................................................................15
- Textbook.......................................................................79 Nutritional Assessment....................................................... 84
Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab...............................................................................22 - Textbooks.................................................................... 19
Nutrition and Sport............................................................. 83 Nutrition Through the Life Cycle
One & Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Multimedia....................................................................30
- Nutrition & Human Development................................. 83 Professional References.................................................... 84
Pathophysiology..................................................................39 Professional References.....................................................39
Plants & Animals Animal Behavior................................................................. 89
Biology
Botany (Economic)............................................................. 88
Biology Majors - Laboratory................................................55
Botany - Lab Manuals........................................................ 89
Biology Non Majors - Laboratory........................................ 50
Botany - Non Majors
Biology - Supplements....................................................... 59
- Textbook...................................................................... 87
General Biology Majors - Textbook..................................... 51
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.......................................93
General Biology Non Majors - Textbook............................. 43
Invertebrate Biology............................................................91
Human Biology - Laboratory....................................................................59
Marine Biology.....................................................................90 Parasitology.........................................................................90
- Textbook.......................................................................58
Vertebrate Biology - Laboratory....................................................................92
Professional References.................................................... 60
- Textbook.......................................................................92 Zoology - Laboratory - Majors......................................................96 - Textbook.......................................................................94
1
CONTENTS
Physics & Astronomy
Environmental Science & Ecology
College Physics.................................................................103 Conceptual Physics...........................................................102
Biostatistics.......................................................................148
Electricity & Magnetism..................................................... 111
Ecology..............................................................................145
Integrated Sciences...........................................................101
- Laboratory...................................................................146
Introduction to Astronomy.................................................. 113
Environmental Science - Introductory Texts..................... 143
Intro to Physical Science.....................................................99
Evolution............................................................................147
Mathematical Physics........................................................ 111
Professional References...................................................148
Modern Physics................................................................. 110 Optics................................................................................ 112 Professional Reference..................................................... 116
Geography
Technical Physics..............................................................107 University Physics.............................................................108
GIS................................................................................... 151 Human/Cultural Geography...............................................152 Intro to Geography............................................................153
Chemistry
Map Use/Cartography.......................................................154 Physical Geography..........................................................154
Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic
Professional References...................................................156
and Biochemistry) - Lab Manuals................................................................126
World Regional Geography...............................................155
- Textbooks................................................................... 124 Analytical Chemistry..........................................................136
Geology
Biochemistry -1 Semester - Textbooks..............................131 General Chemistry - Lab..............................................................................130 - Multimedia...................................................................131 - Supplements...............................................................130
Earth Science....................................................................159 Environmental Geology.....................................................159 Hazards/Natural Disasters................................................160
- Textbooks....................................................................126
Historical Geology.............................................................161
Liberal Arts Chemistry (Non Science Majors)
Oceanography...................................................................162
- Textbooks....................................................................121
Paleontology......................................................................162
Organic Chemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks.................... 132
Physical Geology - Laboratory..................................................................165
Organic Chemistry - 2 Semester - Textbooks.................... 133
- Textbook.....................................................................163
Physical Chemistry - Lab Manual.................................................................135 - Textbooks....................................................................135
Dushkin/McGraw-Hill Titles............................................................
Prep/Basic Chemistry - Textbooks.....................................123 Professional Reference.....................................................136
167
Indexes Author Indexes................................................................. 176 Title Indexes..................................................................... 169
2
LESS MANAGING. MORE TEACHING. G R E AT E R L E A R N I N G . What is Connect? McGraw-Hill Connect™ is an online assignment and assessment solution that connects your students with the tools and resources they’ll need to achieve success. With Connect, enjoy simple course management so you can spend less time administering and more time teaching. You’ll have access to rich course resources and tools that drive performance like never before.
Connect Features: McGraw-Hill Connect offers a number of powerful tools and features to make managing assignments easier, so you can spend more time teaching. With Connect, students can engage with their coursework anytime and anywhere, making the learning process more accessible and efficient. Simple assignment management With Connect, creating assignments is easier than ever, so you can spend more time teaching and less time managing. Smart grading When it comes to studying, time is precious. Connect helps students learn more efficiently by providing feedback and practice material when they need it, where they need it. Personalized Diagnostic and Learning Plan – LearnSmart Personal learning Plan assess students understanding of key concepts with diagnostics and adaptive questions; then tailor coaching and practice materials to each student’s skills and knowledge gaps ConnectPlus eBooks Connect reinvents the textbook learning experience for the modern student. Every Connect subject area is seamlessly integrated with ConnectPlus eBooks, which are designed to keep students focused on the concepts key to their success.
Drawing Tool Problems • The power to electronically assign conceptual drawing problems. • Students are able to interactively draw free body diagrams onscreen teaching them core concepts of understanding forces. Answer Palette Problems • Students symbolically solve-and-show an entire solution with an easy-to-use palette of control buttons. • No special syntax or programming is necessary for the student to learn, allowing them to focus on problem solving. • Students solve problems symbolically without numbers, building an understanding of various physics interactions occurring in the equations.
Ranking Problems • Challenge student thinking on an entirely new level. • Various choices or situations are presented, and the student must rank by simply clicking and dragging them into the proper order. • Analyze critical-thinking skills undercover further potential learning opportunities. Dependent Multipart Problems • Allow students conceptual learning opportunities to work through problems step-by-step, and the reward of partial credit for all parts that they understand. • Assign multiple learning concepts with various learning tools.
Learning is more than memorizing concepts. It’s figuring out how to apply them. And no other web-based solution gives you the power to turn learning into success than Connect. Easily Create Assignments & Presentations Quickly set up classroom presentations or activities for your students. Assign full-book coverage, including all topics and every relevant figure from the textbook. If you wish, you can customize your Connect content: labels, hints, feedback, and more.
Students Take Rich, Interactive Assignments & Receive Instant Feedback Engage students with labeling, sequencing, art exploration, classification, and composition problems. Once an assignment is completed, students can see immediately how they’ve performed and receive feedback on each question.
Impressive Reporting Solutions With Connect’s detailed reporting, you can quickly assess how students are doing in regards to overall class performance; specific objectives; individual assignments; and each question!
McGraw-Hill reinvents the textbook learning experience for the modern student with Connect Plus. A seamless integration of an eBook and Connect, Connect Plus provides all of the Connect features plus the following:
An integrated, printable eBook, allowing for anytime, anywhere access to the textbook.
Dynamic links between the problems or questions you assign to your students and the location in the eBook where that problem or questions is covered.
Assign sections of the eBook to your students as readings with engaging audio files, animations and videos embedded within the eBook.
Instructors have the ability to share notes, highlights, bookmarks, figures and animations with their students.
A powerful search function to pinpoint and connect key concepts in a snap!
Pagination that exactly matches the printed text, allowing students to rely on Connect Plus as the complete resource for your course.
Learn and View Connect Demo at www.mcgrawhillconnect.com
Built around metacognition learning theory, LearnSmart provides your students with a GPS (Guided Path to Success) for your course. Using artificial intelligence, LearnSmart intelligently assesses a student’s knowledge of course content through a series of adaptive questions. It pinpoints concepts the student does not understand and maps out a personalized study plan for success. Connect to Content: Simulation allows students to practice course critical content. Learn More Effectively: Personal learning path is created based upon student knowledge level. Anywhere, At Your Pace: Students can access LearnSmart anytime and from anywhere that has internet access including the iPhone or iPod Touch. LearnSmart is available as an integrated feature of McGraw-Hill’s Connect or separately. You can incorporate LearnSmart into your course in a number of ways to • Gauge student knowledge before a lecture • Reinforce learning after lecture • Prepare students for assignments and exams Discover for yourself how the LearnSmart diagnostic ensures students will connect with the content, learn more effectively, and succeed in your course. Visit www.mhhe.com/learnsmart to view a demo.
Connect content varies with courses. Contact your local McGraw-Hill representative to learn more about Connect and LearnSmart. McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 60 Tuas Basin Link • Singapore 638775 • Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 • Customer Service Hotline (65) 6868 8188 Email:
[email protected] • Website: www.mheducation.asia
McGraw-Hill’s ARIS
The Smart Solution. G I V E S Y O U F L E X I B I L I T Y, P O W E R , A N D E A S E O F U S — A N D A L L A T Y O U R F I N G E R T I P S .
Whether you’re looking for a ready-to-use system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs, ARIS is your smart solution. Exclusive to McGraw-Hill, ARIS— Assessment, Review, and Instruction System—gives you the power and freedom to achieve those goals that are most important to you, goals such as: Standardizing your curriculum— across class, grade, school, and district. Easily test and assess your students’ understanding and achievement. Provide a central, secure, electronic resource accessible anytime and anywhere you or your students have internet connectivity.
For more information, contact your McGraw-Hill representative, or visit online:
www.mharis.com
M C G R AW- H I L L’ S
Enhance your students’ learning experience. ARIS content is tied directly to your McGraw-Hill textbook, which allows your students to spend time outside of class mastering curricular goals with unlimited practice and smart tutorial feedback.
ARIS
Assign homework, quizzing and selfstudy material, which may be graded automatically to provide immediate student feedback. ARIS allows you to use pre-built, text-specific assignments, or provides the tools so you can create your own.
“ Managing this class with
standardize your curriculum
students and my colleagues has never been easier.
”
“ I received the
homework scores for all my sections,
easily measure and share results
and I’m confident my students know where they stand on the material.
“ This is
actually fun! I feel ready for my exam.
”
”
assign problems, animations, videos, and simulations online
Anatomy & Physiology REVEALED® Version 2.0 ISBN: 978-007-337807-7 CD-ROM ISBN: 978-007-337803-9 Online Please visit www.aprevealed.com and see why more than 100,000 students nationwide are using Anatomy & Physiology REVEALED®!
Anatomy & Physiology REVEALED® is an award-winning virtual cadaver dissection experience. Cadaver photos blended with a state-of-the-art layering technique let you peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. This easyto-use program includes animations, radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool! All-new integumentary system module includes skin and fingernail dissections. Expanded skeletal system coverage origin/insertion maps, and joint dissections.
offers
images
of
individual
bones,
Separate histology section contains labeled micrographs organized by system. System selection menu enables easy switching between systems. Type-in search engine integrated across all body systems quickly locates information. Larger viewing area maximizes structure visibility. Color-coded layer tags distinguish system-specific and reference structures. Directional labels clarify dissection views. Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology REVEALED® Version 2.0 by Robert Broyles is designed to help students get the most out of Anatomy and Physiology Revealed ®, and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The table of contents closely follows the new version, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR, review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. (ISBN: 978-007-337814-5)
To learn more about Anatomy & Physiology REVEALED® Version 2.0, visit www.aprevealed.com or contact your McGraw-Hill Representative.
MediaPhys: An Introduction to Human Physiology Version 3.0 CD-ROM ©2005 MHID: 0-07-7294582-6 / 978-007-294582-8
Tom Stavraky University of Western Ontario
McGraw-Hill is proud to introduce MediaPhys 3.0, the most comprehensive physiology study tool available. MediaPhys is a multimedia educational CD-ROM that offers cross-platform compatibility (Windows or Macintosh systems). This dynamic program offers 16 complete modules featuring detailed explanations, high-quality illustrations, and animations to provide students with a thorough introduction into the world of physiology. MediaPhys is filled with interactive activities and quizzes to help reinforce physiology concepts that are often difficult to understand. Now students can learn and study on their own while using a powerful tool that challenges them to succeed!
Topics Include:
Introduction to Physiology Body Fluids Human Cell Nerve Cells Muscles Nervous System Sensory Systems
Cardiovascular System I – The Heart Cardiovascular System II – Blood Vessels Respiratory System Renal System, Water & Electrolyte Balance Acid-Base Balance Endocrine System Reproductive System Digestive System Metabolism
Contact your McGraw-Hill local sales representative for more information. View our publications at www.mheducation.asia
PH.I.L.S. VERSION 3.0 Phillip J. Stephens VILLANOVA UNIVERSITY MHID: 0-07-334933-X / ISBN-13: 978-007-334933-6 CD version MHID: 0-07-334932-1 / ISBN-13: 978-007-334932-9 Student 24 Month Access Card
Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, the Ph.I.L.S (physiology interactive lab simulations) CDROM offers 38 laboratory simulations! This revolutionary learning tool may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. Students can use Ph.I.L.S. to adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, and draw conclusions. This easy-to-use software offers each student the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment. There is no limit to the amount of times a student can repeat the experiment or change variables within the experiments. Ph.I.L.S. allows students to perform experiments without having to use expensive lab equipment (like Biopac, IWORX or Intellitool). Students can work individually to perform the experiments on their own time without harming themselves or live animals. Ph.I.L.S. is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Visit the demonstration site at www.mhhe.com/phils NEW for Version 3.0: 12 NEW simulations! New interface makes it easier to maneuver throughout the system. New post lab quizzes offer more assessment opportunities. CONTENTS Osmosis and Diffusion 1. Varying Extracellular Concentration Metabolism 2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 3. Cyanide and Electron Transport Skeletal Muscle Function 4. Stimulus Dependent Force Generation 5. The Length-Tension Relationship 6. Principles of Summation and Tetanus 7. EMG and Twitch Amplitude Membrane Potentials 8. Resting Potential and External [K+] 9. Resting Potential and External [Na+] Action Potentials 10. The Compound Action Potential 11. Conduction Velocity and Temperature 12. Action Potentials and Refractory Periods 13. Measuring Ion Currents Synaptic Potentials 14. Facilitation & Depression 15. Temporal Summation of EPSPs 16. Spatial Summation of EPSPs 17. Synapse Puzzle Endocrine Function 18. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate
Frog Heart Function 19. Thermal and Chemical Effects on Heart Function 20. Refractory Period of the Heart 21. Starling's Law of the Heart 22. Heart Block ECG and Heart Function 23. ECG and Exercise 24. The Meaning of Heart Sounds 25. ECG and Finger Pulse 26. Electrical Axis of the Heart 27. ECG and Heart Block 28. Abnormal ECGs Circulation 29. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow 30. Blood Pressure and Gravity 31. Blood Pressure and Body Position Blood 32. pH & Hb-oxygen Binding 33. DPG & Hb-oxygen Binding Respiration 34. Altering Body Position 35. Altering Airway Volume 36. Exercise Induced Changes 37. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function Digestion 38. Glucose Transport
Your Partner in Test Generation Imagine being able to create and access your software. Now, with the newest release of EZ Test Online, instructors can select questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks, author their own and then either print the test for paper distribution or give it online.
Features and Functions n Test Creation n Online Test Management n Online Scoring and Reporting n EZ Test is designed to make it simple for you to select questions from McGraw-Hill test banks. You can use a single McGraw-Hill test bank, or easily choose questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks. n n
EZ Test supports the use of following question types: n True or False n Fill In the Blank n Short Answer n Yes or No n Numeric Response n Survey n Multiple Choice n Matching n Essay n Check All That Apply n Ranking Uses variables to create algorithmic questions for any question type.
n You can create multiple versions of the same test. n You can scramble questions to create different versions of your test. n Automated scoring for most of EZ test’s numerous questions types. How do you get it? To learn if it is available with your book, contact your local McGraw-Hill Education Representatives or email
[email protected].
EZ Test.indd 1
21/11/07 11:40:26
www.mathzone.com
Why MathZone? McGraw-Hill’s MathZone is an electronic homework and course management system designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use, straight-out-of-the-box” system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs, MathZone is your smart solution. Flexibility
Power
Ease of Use
■
Set Mathematical tolerance standards for flexibility in accepting alternative versions of a student’s correct answer.
■
Choose pre-built assignments or create your own custom content and assignments.
■
Use the “Print” feature to create hard-copy versions of algorithmically generated quizzes and tests to hand out in class.
■
Allow students to print algorithmic assignments; work the math at their own pace using pencil and paper; and enter their answers at a later date.
■
Administer and share course sections with peers, adjuncts, parttimers and TAs.
■
Integrate MathZone with third-party course management systems, including Blackboard/WebCT™.
■
Know exactly where your students stand with robust gradebook reporting and individualized, assignable assessment powered by ALEKS®.
■
Assign problems, videos, and other learning aids as homework. Choose algorithmic problems from an entire library of McGraw-Hill titles.
■
Save yourself and your students time and stress by enjoying the industry’s most intuitive user interface for electronic homework.
■
Help from our online technical support 24-hours a day, seven days a week.
MathZone is available for the subjects in Mathematics & Statistics
For More Information ■ Contact your local McGraw-Hill Higher Education sales representatives. ■ Visit www.mathzone.com & click on the technical support tab.
MathZone 1
21/11/07 11:42:05
NEW TITLES ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
2011
Author
ISBN
Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and
Grine
9780073378121
33
Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Logenbaker
9780073525624
15
Human Anatomy, 3e
Saladin
9780077349998
31
Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
VanPutte
9780077350031
19
Laboratory Manual to accompany Saladin’s Human Anatomy, 3e
Wise
9780073250526
34
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
Wise
9780073250748
22
2010
Author
ISBN
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 5e
Gunstream
9780077283766
17
Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 4e
Gunstream
9780077281533
15
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
9780077274351
22
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
9780077361310
25
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Pig Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
9780077274368
24
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P (Cat), 12e
Martin
9780077283773
26
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P (Fetal Pig), 12e
Martin
9780077231453
27
Laboratory Manual Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Patton
9780077283759
18
Anatomy and Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 5e
Saladin
9780077276201
20
Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 12e
Shier
9780077276188
21
Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
VanPutte
9780077276195
16
Laboratory Manual to accompany Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and
Wise
9780077283797
28
Page
Prosections, 4e
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Function, 5e
3
Page
NEW TITLES BIOLOGY
2011
Author
ISBN
Biology, 2e
Brooker
9780077349967
51
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 9e
Dolphin
9780073383057
55
Inquiry Into Life, 13e
Mader
9780077280109
46
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry Into Life, 13e
Mader
9780077297435
50
Biology, 9e
Raven
9780077350024
53
Biology Laboratory Manual, 9e
Vodopich
9780077389697
56
2010
Author
ISBN
Essentials of the Living World, 3e
Johnson
9780077280079
44
The Living World, 6e
Johnson
9780077280086
43
Biology, 4e [Aust]
Knox
9780070274402
48
Biology, 10e
Mader
9780077274337
54
Essentials of Biology, 2e
Mader
9780077280093
44
Human Biology, 11e
Mader
9780077280116
58
Lab Manual to accompany Biology, 10e
Mader
9780077226176
57
Lab Manual to accompany Essentials of Biology, 2e
Mader
9780077234256
50
Lab Manual Human Biology, 11e
Mader
9780077235130
59
Page
BIOLOGY Page
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
2011
Author
ISBN
Microbiology Lab Manual, 8e
Harley
9780077292812
66
Prescott’s Microbiology, 8e
Willey
9780077350130
63
Page
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
2010
Author
ISBN
Human Genetics, 9e
Lewis
9780073525273
74
Aids Update 2010, 19e
Stine
9780073527611
70
4
Page
NEW TITLES NUTRITION
2011
Author
ISBN
Nutrition for Healthy Living, 2e
Schiff
9780077350116
79
Contemporary Nutrition, 8e
Wardlaw
9780077354817
80
2010
Author
ISBN
Nutritional Assessment, 5e
Lee
9780073375564
84
Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 9e
Williams
9780073375557
83
2011
Author
ISBN
Laboratory Manual to accompany Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
9780073040530
89
Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
9780073040523
87
2010
Author
ISBN
Marine Biology, 8e
Castro
9780073524160
90
Zoology, 8e
Miller
9780073028200
94
Biology of the Invertebrates, 6e
Pechenik
9780073028262
91
Page
NUTRITION Page
PLANTS & ANIMALS Page
PLANTS & ANIMALS
5
Page
NEW TITLES PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
2011
Author
ISBN
University Physics: Standard Version, Chapters 1-35
Bauer
9780077354701
108
University Physics with Modern Physics (Chapters 1-40)
Bauer
9780077354787
109
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, 6e
Fix
9780073512181
113
Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
9780077354824
101
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
9780077292867
102
2010
Author
ISBN
Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, 6e
Arny
9780077345099
114
College Physics, 3e
Giambattista
9780077263218
103
Physics, 2e
Giambattista
9780077339685
104
The Physical Universe, 13e
Krauskopf
9780077270704
99
2011
Author
ISBN
Chemistry, 2e
Burdge
9780077354763
126
Organic Chemistry, 8e
Carey
9780077354770
133
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 6e
Chang
9780077354718
127
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Denniston
9780077354800
124
Lab Manual for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Henrickson
9780077296728
126
Organic Chemistry, 3e
Smith
9780077354725
134
2010
Author
ISBN
Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 4e
Atkins
9780071311175
132
Introduction to Chemistry, 2e
Bauer
9780077274306
123
Chemistry, 10e
Chang
9780077274313
127
Principles of General Chemistry, 2e
Silberberg
9780077274320
128
General, Organic & Biological Chemistry
Smith
9780077274290
125
Page
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Page
CHEMISTRY Page
CHEMISTRY
6
Page
NEW TITLES ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
2011
Author
ISBN
Volpe’s Understanding Evolution, 7e
Rosenbaum
9780073383231
2010
Author
ISBN
Biostatistics for the Health Sciences [Asian]
Chinna
9789833850686
148
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 11e
Cunningham
9780073383217
143
Environmental Science, 12e
Enger
9780073383200
143
Fundamentals of Ecology, 3e [India]
Madhab
9780070083660
146
Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 5e
Molles
9780073383224
145
Ecology Lab Manual
Vodopich
9780073383187
146
2011
Author
ISBN
Essentials of World Regional Geography, 2e
White
9780073369334
2010
Author
ISBN
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems with Data Files CD-ROM, 5e
Chang
9780077294366
151
Human Geography, 11e
Fellmann
9780073522852
152
Mastering ArcGIS with CD Videoclips, 4e
Price
9780077293321
151
Page 147
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY Page
GEOGRAPHY Page 155
GEOGRAPHY
7
Page
NEW TITLES GEOLOGY
2011
Author
ISBN
Physical Geology, 9e
Carlson
9780073369402
163
Environmental Geology, 9e
Montgomery
9780073524085
159
Environmental Geology
Reichard
97800734046808
160
2010
Author
ISBN
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 7e
Jones
9780073369396
165
The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences, 2e
McConnell
9780077270971
159
Physical Geology, 13e
Plummer
9780077270667
163
Evolution of the Earth, 8e
Prothero
9780072826845
161
Exploring Geology, 2e
Reynolds
9780077270407
164
Page
GEOLOGY
8
Page
9
AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY
AGRICULTURE Agricultural Business...........................................................................................11 Agricultural Economics........................................................................................11 Agricultural Education.........................................................................................12 Animal Science....................................................................................................12
NEW TITLES
10
AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY
Agricultural Economics
Agriculture
Agricultural Business
International Edition FARM MANAGEMENT 6th Edition By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University 2008 (April 2007) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073028293 ISBN: 9780071259538 [IE]
International Edition FARM MANAGEMENT 6th Edition
www.mhhe.com/kay6
By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University 2008 (April 2007) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073028293 ISBN: 9780071259538 [IE]
This text was developed for the first course in Farm Management, typically taken by a junior/senior level student. It was designed to introduce students to the key concepts on how to effectively manage a farm business. The sixth edition provides students with the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business.
www.mhhe.com/kay6 This text was developed for the first course in Farm Management, typically taken by a junior/senior level student. It was designed to introduce students to the key concepts on how to effectively manage a farm business. The sixth edition provides students with the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business.
CONTENTS 1 Management 1 Farm Management in the Twenty-First Century 2 Management 2 Measuring Management Performance 3 Acquiring and Organizing Management Information 4 Depreciation and Asset Valuation 5 The Balance Sheet and Its Analysis 6 The Income Statement and Its Analysis 3 Developing Basic Management Skills 7 Economic Principles--Choosing Production Levels 8 Economic Principles--Choosing Input and Output Combinations 9 Cost Concepts in Economics 10 Enterprise Budgeting 11 Partial Budgeting 12 Whole-Farm Planning 13 Cash Flow Budgeting 4 Improving Management Skills 14 Forms of Farm Business Organization 15 Managing Risk and Uncertainty 16 Managing Income Taxes 17 Investment Analysis 18 Farm Business Analysis 5 Acquiring Resources for Management 19 Capital and the Use of Credit 20 Land--Control and Use 21 Human Resource Management 22 Machinery Management Appendix
CONTENTS 1 Management 1 Farm Management in the Twenty-First Century 2 Management 2 Measuring Management Performance 3 Acquiring and Organizing Management Information 4 Depreciation and Asset Valuation 5 The Balance Sheet and Its Analysis 6 The Income Statement and Its Analysis 3 Developing Basic Management Skills 7 Economic Principles--Choosing Production Levels 8 Economic Principles--Choosing Input and Output Combinations 9 Cost Concepts in Economics 10 Enterprise Budgeting 11 Partial Budgeting 12 Whole-Farm Planning 13 Cash Flow Budgeting 4 Improving Management Skills 14 Forms of Farm Business Organization 15 Managing Risk and Uncertainty 16 Managing Income Taxes 17 Investment Analysis 18 Farm Business Analysis 5 Acquiring Resources for Management 19 Capital and the Use of Credit 20 Land--Control and Use 21 Human Resource Management 22 Machinery Management Appendix
11
AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY
Agricultural Education
Animal Science International Edition
International Edition FARM MANAGEMENT 6th Edition
ANIMAL SCIENCES The Biology, Care, and Production of Domestic Animals, 4th Edition
By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University 2008 (April 2007) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073028293 ISBN: 9780071259538 [IE]
By John R. Campbell, Oklahoma State U—Oklahoma City, M. Douglas Kenealy, Iowa State University and Karen L. Campbell, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign 2003 / 528 pages ISBN: 9780073661759 (GOP) ISBN: 9780071217323 [IE] - Out of Print
www.mhhe.com/kay6 This text was developed for the first course in Farm Management, typically taken by a junior/senior level student. It was designed to introduce students to the key concepts on how to effectively manage a farm business. The sixth edition provides students with the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition of the farm business.
http://www.mhhe.com/campbell CONTENTS 1 Animal Agriculture 2 Breeds and Life Cycles of Livestock and Poultry 3 Animal Products 4 Companion Animals 5 Horses 6 Aquaculture 7 State of Being of Domestic Animals 8 Fundamental Principles of Genetics 9 Principles of Selecting and Mating Farm Animals 10 Anatomy and Physiology of Farm Animals 11 The Application of Endocrinology to Selected Animals and Humans 12 The Physiology of Growth and Senescence 13 Anatomy and Physiology of Reproduction and Related Technologies in Farm Mammals 14 Artificial Insemination 15 Physiology of Lactation 16 Physiology of Egg Laying 17 Ecology and Environmental Physiology 18 Principles of Nutrition: Plant and Animal Composition 19 The Physiology of Digestion in Nutrition 20 The Nutritional Application of Vitamins to Human and Animal Health 21 The Nutritional Contributions of Minerals to Humans and Animals 22 Animal Disease and the Health of Humans 23 Selected Insects and Parasites of Significance to Humans and Animals 24 Ethology and Animal Behavior Appendix A: Common Terms or Names Applied to Selected Farm Animals Appendix B: Convenient Conversion Data Appendix C: Tables of Weights and Measures Appendix D: Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations in the United States and Its Territories Appendix E: Alphabetical List of Elements and Symbols
CONTENTS 1 Management 1 Farm Management in the Twenty-First Century 2 Management 2 Measuring Management Performance 3 Acquiring and Organizing Management Information 4 Depreciation and Asset Valuation 5 The Balance Sheet and Its Analysis 6 The Income Statement and Its Analysis 3 Developing Basic Management Skills 7 Economic Principles--Choosing Production Levels 8 Economic Principles--Choosing Input and Output Combinations 9 Cost Concepts in Economics 10 Enterprise Budgeting 11 Partial Budgeting 12 Whole-Farm Planning 13 Cash Flow Budgeting 4 Improving Management Skills 14 Forms of Farm Business Organization 15 Managing Risk and Uncertainty 16 Managing Income Taxes 17 Investment Analysis 18 Farm Business Analysis 5 Acquiring Resources for Management 19 Capital and the Use of Credit 20 Land--Control and Use 21 Human Resource Management 22 Machinery Management Appendix
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
12
13
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Human Anatomy - Lab...............................................................................................................33 - Multimedia....................................................................................................35 - Textbooks.....................................................................................................31 Human Physiology - Lab...............................................................................................................37 - Multimedia....................................................................................................38 - Textbooks.....................................................................................................36 One - Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab...............................................................................................................17 - Textbooks......................................................................................................15 Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab...............................................................................................................22 - Textbooks.................................................................................................... 19 One & Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Multimedia....................................................................................................30 Pathophysiology..................................................................................................39 Professional References.....................................................................................39
NEW TITLES ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
2011
Author
ISBN
Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and
Grine
9780073378121
33
Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Logenbaker
9780073525624
15
Human Anatomy, 3e
Saladin
9780077349998
31
Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
VanPutte
9780077350031
19
Laboratory Manual to accompany Saladin’s Human Anatomy, 3e
Wise
9780073250526
34
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
Wise
9780073250748
22
2010
Author
ISBN
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 5e
Gunstream
9780077283766
17
Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 4e
Gunstream
9780077281533
15
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
9780077274351
22
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
9780077361310
25
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Pig Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
9780077274368
24
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P (Cat), 12e
Martin
9780077283773
26
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P (Fetal Pig), 12e
Martin
9780077231453
27
Laboratory Manual Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Patton
9780077283759
18
Anatomy and Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 5e
Saladin
9780077276201
20
Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 12e
Shier
9780077276188
21
Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
VanPutte
9780077276195
16
Laboratory Manual to accompany Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and
Wise
9780077283797
28
Page
Prosections, 4e
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Function, 5e
14
Page
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Textbooks
New
16 The Urinary System and Excretion Part V Reproduction and Development 17 The Reproductive System 18 Human Development and Birth 19 Human Genetics Appendix A Reference Figures: The Human Organism Appendix B Understanding Medical Terminology
*9780073525624*
International Edition
MADER’S UNDERSTANDING HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 7th Edition
New
*9780077281533*
By Susannah N Logenbaker, Columbus State Community College 2011 (February 2010) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073525624 ISBN: 9780071222013 [IE]
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY WITH INTEGRATED STUDY GUIDE 4th Edition
http://www.mhhe.com/longenbaker7 Renowned for her effective learning systems, respected author Sylvia Mader has helped thousands of entry-level students understand and enjoy the principles of human anatomy and physiology. Beginning with the sixth edition, Susannah Longenbaker has been building on Dr. Mader’s format and engaging writing style while adding her own personal touch to this successful title. The writing is clear, direct and user-friendly, and enriched with new clinical information, terminology and classroom-tested features such as “Focus on Forensics” readings and in-text “Content Check-Up” questions. Drawing on over twenty years of teaching experience, Sue Longenbaker writes for the next generation of students that will learn anatomy and physiology from this classic textbook. New to this edition Chapter introductions now relate upcoming material to students: real world knowledge and prepare them to put the content of the chapter in perspective. New Focus on Forensics readings: Requested by reviewers, these popular readings tie anatomy & physiology content to the chapter material through the use of forensics. ICE (In Case of Emergency) scenarios connect topics in chapter to emergency situations students may very well face in health-related careers. For EMTs, this is direct application to their futures! Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR) online -This text has the opportunity to be packaged with the most unique and popular student tutorial CD in the anatomy & physiology market today - now available online!
By Stanley E Gunstream, Pasadena City College
2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077281533
www.mhhe.com/gunstream4 Designed for an introductory, one-semester course, the scope, organization, writing style, depth of presentation, and pedagogical aspects of this text have been tailored to meet the needs of students preparing for a career in allied health. This text does not assume any prior science knowledge on the part of the student and effectively presents students with the fundamentals of anatomy and physiology. It’s the only one-semester text available with a built-in study guide/workbook. New to this edition Portions of all chapters have been rewritten to update or clarify the subject matter, and new art has been added, or existing art modified, to correspond with the improved text. End-of-chapter questions and the Study Guide have been modified to correspond to these changes. These improvements will enhance student understanding of basic human anatomy and physiology. Significant areas of updating and clarification include the following. Chapter 1: the role of negative feedback in regulating homeostasis. Chapter 12: the regulation of cardiac output and the exchange of materials between blood in capillaries and tissue cells.
Contents Part I Human Organization 1 Organization of the Body 2 Chemistry of Life 3 Cell Structure and Function 4 Body Tissues and Membranes Part II Support, Movement, and Protection 5 The Integumentary System 6 The Skeletal System 7 The Muscular System Part III Integration and Coordination 8 The Nervous System 9 The Sensory System 10 The Endocrine System Part IV Maintenance of the Body 11 Blood 12 The Circulatory System 13 The Lymphatic System and Body Defense 14 The Respiratory System 15 The Digestive System
Chapter 13: the mechanisms of immunity. Chapter 15: the microscopic structure of the liver and liver function. Chapter 16: the regulation of glomerular filtration rate and the movement of materials between the renal tubule and the peritubular capillary. Chapter 17: the hormonal regulation of reproduction. Contents Part 1 Organization of the Body 1 Introduction to the Human Body 2 Chemical Aspects of Life 3 Cell 4 Tissues and Membranes Part 2 Covering, Support, and Movement of the Body 5 Integumentary System 6 Skeletal System
15
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 7 Muscular System Part 3 Integration and Control 8 Nervous System 9 Senses 10 Endocrine System Part 4 Maintenance of the Body 11 Blood 12 Heart and Blood Vessels 13 Lymphatic System and Defenses Against Disease 14 Respiratory System 15 Digestive System 16 Urinary System Part 5 Reproduction 17 Reproductive Systems 18 Pregnancy, Prenatal Development, and Genetics Part 6 Study Guides Appendix A Keys to Medical Terminology Appendix B Answers to Check Your Understanding Questions
Numerous changes to improve consistency and clarification were also made to art pieces. “Diseases and Disorders” Tables – Short, beneficial descriptions of various system disorders can now be found in an easy-to-use table placed conveniently in appropriate chapters. Clinical material like these tables is a hallmark of this text, and combined with the “Case in Point” boxes, the “Clinical Impact” readings, the “Systems Pathology” material, and the unique “Predict” questions, helps students bridge the two worlds of academia and their future allied health careers. Refined and Updated Textual Copy- The authors have used their own, and read other’s, research and papers to stay on top of new discoveries relevant to the field of anatomy and physiology. They’ve also used reviews from instructors who teach the course to keep in touch with the various challenges facing professors today. Finally, a developmental copyeditor was brought into the early stages of the revision to ensure the quality, accuracy, and consistency of the text. Some examples of this attention to detail follow: Many explanations have been rewritten or expanded to make topics easier for students to understand.
New
By using examples students can relate to, many explanations have been made clearer.
*9780077276195*
Terminology has been made more consistent throughout both the text and the illustrations.
International Edition
New information applicable to the discipline has been researched and included where appropriate.
SEELEY’S ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 7th Edition
By Cinnamon VanPutte, Southwestern Illinois College, Jennifer Regan, Jones County Jr College and Andrew F Russo, University of Iowa-Iowa City 2010 (February 2009) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780077276195 ISBN: 9780071220064 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/seeleyess7 Designed for the one-semester course, Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology is written to allow instructors the ability to accomplish one overall goal: to teach the basics of A&P while fostering the skill of problem solving. Through learning how to solve problems and think critically, students learn A&P based on two themes: the relationship between structure and function, and homeostasis. New to this edition Improved Art- The effectiveness of the art has been improved in several ways in this edition with the overall goal of clarifying the teaching point of each revised illustration. Homeostasis Figures have been markedly improved by adding visual representations of key anatomical references and simplifying the arrows and text. A “Start Here” icon and color-coded arrows make it easier to follow the events occurring when a variable increases or decreases. These simplified flow charts succinctly map out key homeostatic events, giving students a quick and effective summary of the mechanisms described in the text. The Process Figures have been fine-tuned by adding numbered circles to the explanations within the art, allowing students to make easier correlations to each important step within the illustration. Process Figures provide well-organized, self-contained visual explanations of how physiological mechanisms work. They help students learn physiological processes by combining illustrations with parallel descriptions of the major features of each process.
16
Factual data has been checked and updated, or corrected, if necessary. Contents 1 Human Organism 2 Chemical Basis of Life 3 Cell Structures and Their Functions 4 Tissues, Glands, and Membranes 5 Integumentary System 6 Skeletal System: Bones and Joints 7 Muscular System 8 Nervous System 9 Senses 10 Endocrine System 11 Blood 12 Heart 13 Blood Vessels and Circulation 14 Lymphatic System and Immunity 15 Respiratory System 16 Digestive System 17 Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Temperature Regulation 18 Urinary System and Fluid Balance 19 Reproductive System 20 Development, Heredity, and Aging Appendixes A Table of Measurements B Some Reference Laboratory Values C Solution Concentrations D Answers to Critical Thinking Questions
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab
International Edition HOLE’S ESSENTIALS OF HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 10th Edition By David N. Shier, Washtenaw Community College, Jackie l. Butler, Grayson County College and Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor, “The Scientist” 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780077221355 ISBN: 9780071271219 [IE]
New
http://www.mhhe.com/shieress10 Designed for the one-semester anatomy and physiology course, Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology assumes no prior science knowledge and supports core topics with clinical applications, making difficult concepts relevant to students pursuing careers in the allied health field. The unparalleled teaching system is highly effective in providing students with a solid understanding of the important concepts in anatomy and physiology.
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY TEXTBOOK Essentials Version, 5th Edition
Contents Unit 1 Levels of Organization 1 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 Chemical Basis of Life 3 Cells 4 Cellular Metabolism 5 Tissues Unit 2 Support and Movement 6 Integumentary System 7 Skeletal System 8 Muscular System Unit 3 Integration and Coordination 9 Nervous System 10 The Senses 11 Endocrine System Unit 4 Transport 12 Blood 13 Cardiovascular System 14 Lymphatic System and Immunity Unit 5 Absorption and Excretion 15 Digestion and Nutrition 16 Respiratory System 17 Urinary System 18 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance Unit 6 The Human Life Cycle 19 Reproductive Systems 20 Pregnancy, Growth, and Development
*9780077283766*
By Stanley E Gunstream, Pasadena City College 2010 (February 2009) ISBN: 9780077283766
www.mhhe.com/labcentral Gunstream’s manual presents the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology in an easy-to-read manner appropriate for allied health students. Designed especially for a one-semester course, the Essentials Version features a concise writing style, 37 self-directing exercises, full-color photomicrographs in the Histology Atlas, and numerous illustrations in each exercise. New to this edition The art program has been substantially improved with new illustrations and, in addition, many existing figures have been upgraded. The text and laboratory reports have been rewritten to correlate with the figure changes. These improvements will enhance clarity and student understanding. Instructors have a choice of two popular computer-based laboratory systems to investigate muscle physiology. Exercise 20 The Physiology of Muscle Contraction Using the BIOPAC Student Lab System has been designed for those using the BIOPAC system. Exercise 21 The Physiology of Muscle Contraction Using the Intelitool Physiogrip has been updated for those using the Intelitool system. Both of these exercises guide the student through the computer protocols so they may focus on the physiology of muscle contraction. Exercise 37 The Endocrine Glands has been reorganized with a reduction in the histology figures. Expanded coverage now includes thymosin and T-cell maturation, calcitonin and parathyroid hormone maintaining calcium balance, and adrenal sex steroids. In Exercise 28 The Heart, coverage now includes coronary arteries and veins so students will have a better understanding of heart circulation as it relates to clinical situations.
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia
Contents Part 1 Fundamentals 1 Introduction to Human Anatomy 2 Body Organization 3 The Microscope 4 Cell Anatomy 5 Mitotic Cell Division 6 Diffusion and Osmosis 7 Epithelial and Connective Tissues 8 The Integument Part 2 The Skeletal System 9 The Skeletal Plan
Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
17
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 10 The Skull 11 The Vertebral Column and Thorax 12 The Appendicular Skeleton 13 Articulations Part 3 The Muscle System 14 Muscle Organization and Body Movements 15 Head and Trunk Muscles 16 Muscles of the Upper Limb 17 Muscles of the Lower Limb 18 Muscle and Nerve Tissues 19 The Nature of Muscle Contraction 20 The Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Using the BIOPAC Student Lab System 21 The Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Using the Intelitool Physiogrip (TM) Part 4 The Nervous System 22 The Spinal Cord and Reflex Arcs 23 Brain Anatomy: External 24 Brain Anatomy: Internal 25 The Eye 26 The Ear Part 5 The Circulatory System 27 Blood Tests 28 The Heart 29 Blood Vessels, Fetal Circulation, and Lymphatic System 30 Cardiovascular Phenomena Part 6 The Respiratory System 31 The Respiratory Organs 32 Respiratory Physiology Part 7 The Digestive System 33 The Digestive Organs 34 Digestion Part 8 The Urinary System 35 The Urinary Organs 36 Urine and Urinalysis Part 9 The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems 37 The Endocrine Glands 38 The Reproductive Organs Histology Atlas Laboratory Reports Appendices
Contents Welcome to Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory Histology Mini-reference The Basics 1 The Microscope 2 Cell Anatomy 3 Transport through Cell Membranes 4 The Cell’s Life Cycle 5 Epithelial Tissue 6 Connective Tissue 7 Muscle and Nerve Tissue 8 Organization of the Body Support and Movement 9 The Skin 10 Overview of the Skeleton 11 The Skull 12 The Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 13 The Appendicular Skeleton 14 Joints 15 Organization of the Muscular System 16 Muscle Identification 17 Muscular Contractions Integration and Control 18 Nerves and Reflexes 19 The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 20 The Brain and Cranial Nerves 21 The Eye and Vision 22 The Ear, Hearing, and Equilibrium 23 Endocrine Glands 24 Hormones Regulation and Maintenance 25 Blood 26 Structure of the Heart 27 Electrical Activity of the Heart 28 The Pulse and Blood Pressure 29 The Circulatory Pathway 30 The Lymphatic System and Immunity
WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2 CD By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College 2009 (January 2008) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780073378145
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
New
The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content.
*9780077283759*
LABORATORY MANUAL ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 7th Edition
CONTENTS
By Kevin T Patton, Saint Charles Community College 2010 (February 2009) ISBN: 9780077283759
www.mhhe.com/labcentral Kevin Patton divides the lab activities typically covered in A&P lab into 42 subunits, allowing instructors the flexibility to choose the units and sequence that integrates with lecture material. Basic content is introduced first, and gradually more complex activities are developed. Features include procedure check lists, coloring exercises, boxed hints, safety alerts, separate lab reports, and a full-color histology mini-reference.
18
Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come) Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to come) Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed information on articulations to come) Chapter 5: The Muscular System Chapter 6: The Nervous System Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System Chapter 9: The Respiratory System Chapter 10: The Digestive System Chapter 11: The Urinary System Chapter 12: The Reproductive System Chapter 13: The Endocrine System
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY lABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY HOLE’S ESSENTIALS OF HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 10th Edition By Terry R. Martin, Kishwaukee College 2009 (February 2008) / 384 pages ISBN: 9780072965674 This full-color manual is designed for students with minimal backgrounds in science who are pursuing careers in allied health fields. Designed to support the tenth edition of Hole’s Essentials of Human A&P by Shier, Butler, and Lewis, this manual contains 49 laboratory exercises and reports, which are integrated closely to the textbook. Exercises are planned to illustrate and review the anatomical and physiological facts and principles presented in the text and to help students investigate some of these ideas in greater detail.
Respiratory System 42 Respiratory Organs 43 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes and Capacities Urinary System 44 Kidney Structure 45 Urinalysis Reproductive System 46 Male Reproductive System 47 Female Reproductive System 48 Genetics *Supplemental Laboratory Exercise 49 Blood Testing--A Demonstration (this lab is available on the Shier text website at aris.mhhe.com) Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
Contents Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 Scientific Method and Measurements 2 Body Organization and Terminology 3 Chemistry of Life 4 Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5 Cell Structure and Function 6 Movements Through Cell Membranes 7 Cell Cycle Tissues 8 Epithelial Tissues 9 Connective Tissues 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11 Integumentary System Skeletal System 12 Bone Structure 13 Organization of the Skeleton 14 Skull 15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18 Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 19 Skeletal Muscle Structure 20 Muscles of the Face, Head, and Neck 21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 22 Muscles of the Abdominal Wall and Pelvic Outlet 23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb 24 Surface Anatomy Nervous System 25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves 26 Spinal Cord and Meninges 27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes 28 Brain and Cranial Nerves 29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain Special Senses 30 Ear and Hearing 31 Eye Structure 32 Visual Tests and Demonstrations Endocrine System 33 Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System* 34 Blood Cells and Blood Typing 35 Heart Structure 36 Cardiac Cycle 37 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 38 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Lymphatic System 39 Lymphatic System Digestive System 40 Digestive Organs 41 Action of a Digestive Enzyme
Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Textbooks
New
*9780077350031*
International Edition
SEELEY’S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 9th Edition By Cinnamon VanPutte, Southwestern Illinois College, Jennifer Regan, University of Southern Mississippi and Andrew F Russo, University of Iowa-Iowa City 2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077350031 ISBN: 9780071222105 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/seeley9 This text is designed to help students develop a solid, basic understanding of anatomy and physiology without an encyclopedic presentation of detail. Great care has been taken to select important concepts and to perfectly describe the anatomy of cells, organs, and organ systems. The plan that has been followed for nine editions of this popular text is to combine clear and accurate descriptions of anatomy with precise explanations of how structures function and examples of how they work together to maintain life. To emphasize the concepts of anatomy and physiology, the authors provide explanations of how the systems respond to aging, changes in physical activity, and disease, with a special focus on homeostasis and the regulatory mechanisms that maintain it. This text has more clinical content than any other A & P book on the market. NEW TO THIS EDITION New Author Team Joins Rod Seeley: Three authors (contributors on the eighth edition) have taken the lead on this revision. They bring a fresh, modern perspective and insights on cutting-edge research while maintaining the hallmarks of this popular textbook. Rod Seeley remains involved in updating the problem-solving learning system. Learning Outcomes and Assessment: Carefully written to clearly outline expectations and testing comprehension, the Learning Outcomes and Assess Your Progress questions will assist instructors with
19
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY measuring standards for their A & P course and also help students gain the most they can from their textbook. CONNECT - the future in online course management is here!
*9780077276201*
New
Fundamental Figures: Integrated with special CONNECT assets.
International Edition
Predict One and Predict Answer
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY The Unity of Form and Function, 5th Edition
Homeostasis Figures Reorganization and Enhancement of Chapter 17: One of two Endocrine chapters, Chapter 17, has been reorganized so that the hormones are grouped by chemical make-up, allowing the student to follow the content in a more logical fashion.
By Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and State University
Other significant changes: • • •
Process Figures Diseases and Disorders Tables Clinical Impact Readings
2010 (January 2009) / 1248 pages ISBN: 9780077276201 ISBN: 9780071283410 [IE]
Contents
http://www.mhhe.com/saladin5
Part 1 Organization of the Human Body 1 The Human Organism 2 The Chemical Basis of Life 3 Cell Biology and Genetics 4 Histology: The Study of Tissues Part 2 Support and Movement 5 Integumentary System 6 Skeletal System: Bones and Bone Tissue 7 Skeletal System: Gross Anatomy 8 Articulations and Movement 9 Muscular System: Histology and Physiology 10 Muscular System: Gross Anatomy Part 3 Integration and Control Systems 11 Functional Organization of Nervous Tissue 12 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 13 Brain and Cranial Nerves 14 Integration of Nervous System Functions 15 The Special Senses 16 Autonomic Nervous System 17 Functional Organization of the Endocrine System 18 Endocrine Glands Part 4 Regulations and Maintenance 19 Cardiovascular System: Blood 20 Cardiovascular System: The Heart 21 Cardiovascular System: Peripheral Circulation and Regulation 22 Lymphatic System and Immunity 23 Respiratory System 24 Digestive System 25 Nutrition, Metabolism, and Temperature Regulation 26 Urinary System 27 Water, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Balance Part 5 Reproduction and Development 28 Reproductive System 29 Development, Growth, and Aging Appendix A Periodic Table Appendix B Scientific Notation Appendix C Solution Concentrations Appendix D pH Appendix E Answers to Review and Comprehension Questions Appendix F Answers to Critical Thinking Questions Appendix G Answers to Predict Questions
Memorable stories must be effective in multiple ways. The story must paint a strong visual picture. The story must weave in tools to make the reader remember important events and understand their impact. Ken Saladin weaves graceful descriptions of human anatomy and physiology processes together with carefully selected clinical applications and fascinating stories from the history of medicine and evolutionary medicine to create a multi-layered story about the human body. A consistent set of chapter learning tools helps students identify and retain key concepts while the stunning visual program provides a realistic view of body structures and processes. The fifth edition is further improved by a complete integration of the text with extensive digital teaching and learning tools. Saladin’s text requires no prior knowledge of college chemistry or cell biology, and is designed for a two-semester A&P course. New to this edition Chapter 20, The Circulatory System: Blood Vessels and Circulation has been reorganized with a regional approach--a more logical approach for students. Busy instructors can take advantage of a prepared set of assignable activities and practice quizzes that support the chapter learning objectives. Dr. Saladin methodically updated each chapter of the fifth edition based on reviewer feedback, the most current reference publications, and published research. Saladin’s stunning visuals are paired with Anatomy & Physiology Revealed’s acclaimed cadaver dissection photos and integrated into dynamic PowerPoint lecture presentations with embedded animations. Instructors can use the presentations as is or insert select slides into their existing lecture presentations. Contents Part 1 Organization of the Body 1 Major Themes of Anatomy and Physiology Atlas A General Orientation to Human Anatomy 2 The Chemistry of Life 3 Cellular Form and Function 4 Genetics and Cellular Function 5 Histology Part 2 Support and Movement 6 The Integumentary System 7 Bone Tissue 8 The Skeletal System 9 Joints 10 The Muscular System Atlas B Surface Anatomy 11 Muscular Tissue Part 3 Integration and Control 12 Nervous Tissue 13 The Spinal Cord, Spinal Nerves, and Somatic Reflexes
20
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 14 The Brain and Cranial Nerves 15 The Autonomic Nervous System and Visceral Reflexes 16 Sense Organs 17 The Endocrine System Part 4 Regulation and Maintenance 18 The Circulatory System: Blood 19 The Circulatory System: The Heart 20 The Circulatory System: Blood Vessels and Circulation 21 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems 22 The Respiratory System 23 The Urinary System 24 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance 25 The Digestive System 26 Nutrition and Metabolism Part 5 Reproduction and Development 27 The Male Reproductive System 28 The Female Reproductive System 29 Human Development
Contents Unit One Levels of Organization 1 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 Chemical Basis of Life 3 Cells 4 Cellular Metabolism 5 Tissues Unit Two Support and Movement 6 Integumentary System 7 Skeletal System 8 Joints of the Skeletal System 9 Muscular System Unit Three Integration and Coordination 10 Nervous System I: Basic Structure and Function 11 Nervous System II: Divisions of the Nervous System 12 Nervous System III: Senses 13 Endocrine System Unit Four Transport 14 Blood 15 Cardiovascular System 16 Lymphatic System and Immunity Unit Five Absorption and Excretion 17 Digestive System 18 Nutrition and Metabolism 19 Respiratory System 20 Urinary System 21 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance Unit Six The Human Life Cycle 22 Reproductive Systems 23 Pregnancy, Growth, and Development 24 Genetics and Genomics
*9780077276188*
New
Updated Micrographs – many new micrographs and corresponding line art.
International Edition HOLE’S HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 12th Edition By David N Shier, Washtenaw Community College, Jackie L Butler, Grayson County College and Ricki Lewis
International Edition
2010 (January 2009) / 1056 pages ISBN: 9780077276188 ISBN: 9780071220095 [IE]
SEELEY’S PRINCIPLES OF ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
http://www.mhhe.com/shier12 Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology was created for the introductory level student and assumes no prior science knowledge by placing emphasis on the fundamentals. This new edition updates a great A&P classic while offering greater efficiencies to the user. The format for the 12th edition focuses on Learning Outcomes and Assessments. This will benefit the student along with the instructor. The 12th edition of Hole also continues to offer technology that combined with the text offer users an incredible Course Solution! Technology like Anatomy and Physiology Revealed and the new online Homework Manager bring unprecedented opportunities to the classroom whether on campus or at home! New to this edition Learning Outcomes and Assessments – An Outcomes and Assessments format has been incorporated throughout the text. The chapter starts with a list of outcomes for instructors and students. Outcomes are then directly tied to assessments found at the end of the chapter. Ancillary Correlation Guide – The authors have created a valuable ancillary correlation guide that will be available online. The guide will be organized by Learning Outcome. It will let instructors know what media or ancillary is available to support each specific Learning Outcome. Test Bank questions are being revised by the authors and will be correlated by Learning Outcome. The Instructor’s Manual has been revised and will be correlated to specific Learning Outcomes.
21
By Philip Tate, Phoenix College, Rod Seeley and Trent D Stephens of Idaho State University 2009 (January 2008) / 928 pages ISBN: 9780077226480 ISBN: 9780071284653 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/tate This new textbook will compete in both the “slim” segment and the full two-semester market. It will be a briefer, less-expensive alternative for instructors who have always liked Seeley et al’s Anatomy and Physiology, but struggled with the depth of the textbook, covering all of the necessary basics of anatomy and physiology. Contents 1. The Human Organism 2. The Chemical Basis of Life 3. Cell Structures and Their Functions 4. Tissues, Glands, and Membranes 5. Integumentary System 6. Histology and Physiology of Bones 7. Anatomy of Bones and Joints 8. Histology and Physiology of Muscles 9. Gross Anatomy and Functions of Muscles 10. Functional Organization of Nervous Tissue 11. Peripheral and Central Nervous Systems 12. Integration of Sensory and Motor Functions 13. Autonomic Nervous System 14. Special Senses 15. Endocrine System 16. Blood
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 17. Heart 18. Blood Vessels and Circulation 19. Lymphatic System and Immunity 20. Respiratory System 21. Digestive System 22. Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Temperature 23. Urinary System and Fluid Balance 24. Reproductive System 25. Development, Growth, Aging, and Genetics
26. Blood Tests and Typing 27. Structure of the Heart 28. Electrical Conductivity of the Heart 29. Functions of the Heart 30. Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body 31. Arteries of the Lower Body 32. Veins and Special Circulations 33. Function of Vessels and the Lymphatic System 34. Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure 35. Structure of the Respiratory System 36. Respiratory Function, Breathing, and Respiration 37. Physiology of Exercise and Pulmonary Health 38. Anatomy of the Digestive System 39. Digestive Physiology 40. Anatomy of the Urinary System 41. Urinalysis 42. Male Reproductive System 43. Female Reproductive System Appendix A Measurement Conversions Appendix B Preparation of Materials Appendix C Lab Reports Index
Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab
New
*9780073250748*
New
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY SEELEY’S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 9th Edition
*9780077274351*
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Cat Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780073250748
By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College 2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077274351
New to this edition New cat dissection photos
http://www.mhhe.com/martinseries1
New Ph.I.L.S. correlated exercises
Author Terry Martin’s thiry years of teaching anatomy and physiology courses, authorship of three laboratory manuals, and active involvement in the Human Anatomy and Physiology Society (HAPS) drove his determination to create a lab manual with an innovative approach that would benefit students. Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy and Physiology includes a cat version and a fetal pig version. Each of these versions includes sixty-one laboratorty exercises, supplemental labs found online, and six cat or fetal pig dissection labs. The Main Version contains no dissection exercises. All three versions are written to work well with any anatomy and physiology text.
Contents 1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 2. Microscopy 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. Tissues 5. Integumentary System 6. Introduction to the Skeletal System 7. Appendicular Skeleton 8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 9. Axial Skeleton: Skull 10. Articulations 11. Muscle Physiology 12. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder and Upper Extremity 13. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot 14. Muscles of the Head and Neck 15. Muscles of the Torso 16. Introduction to the Nervous System 17. Brain and Cranial Nerves 18. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves 19. Nervous System Physiology: Stimuli and Reflexes 20. Introduction to Sensory Receptors 21. Taste and Smell 22. Eye and Vision 23. Ear, Hearing, and Balance 24. Endocrine System 25. Blood
Features In Touch with Students Pre-lab preparation is included at the very beginning of the laboratory exercise so students are prepared to start lab procedures immediately. After students complete the pre-lab and answer the questions, the laboratory procedures will be easier to follow and understand. The procedures are clear, concise, and easy to follow. Relevant lists and summary tables present the contents efficiently. Histology micrographs and cadaver photos are incorporated in the appropriate locations within the associated labs. In Touch with Instructor Needs Each laboratory exercise can be completed during a single laboratory session. An annotated instructor’s guide is provided online. Also online, the instructor will find digital assets for use in creating customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, and other printed support material.
22
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY In Touch with Educational Needs Learning outcomes are listed to enable students to accomplish the assessments provided within each laboratory exercise and laboratory report. Students and instructors will be able to assess if the purpose of the laboratory exercise is accomplished and understood. In Touch with Technology Technology is intergrated throughout the laboratory manual. Four BIOPAC labs on different body systems are included for enrichment. Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations (Ph.I.L.S.) is packaged with the laboratory manual and incorporated in eleven of the laboratory exercises and reports.
Histology incorporated throughout where appropriate. BIOPAC® exercises included. Labeling exercises throughout lab – not just in lab report. Stand alone – can go with any text book. Pre-Lab questions provided on lab manual’s website. Exercises appropriate size for one lab session. Cadaver images from APR. Annotated instructor’s manual provided online. Universal terminology utilizing Terminologia Anatomica. Correlation guides available for Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 and Anatomy and Physiology Revealed. Clear, concise writing style. Outstanding artwork. Unique labs include “Scientific Method and Measurements”, “Chemistry of Life”, “Fetal Skeleton”, “Surface Anatomy”, “Diabetic Physiology”, and “Genetics”. Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 exercises are incorporated throughout the lab manual where they are appropriate. The cat reference plates are incorporated within the appropriate system of dissection. All cat dissection figures are in full color. Incorporates outcomes and assessments with matching icons for each laboratory exercise.
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 Scientific Method and Measurements 2 Body Organization, Membranes, and Terminology 3 Chemistry of Life 4 Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5 Cell Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #2 Size and Basal Metabolic Rate) 6 Movements Through Cell Membranes (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #1 Varying Extracellular Concentration) 7 Cell Cycle Tissues 8 Epithelial Tissues 9 Connective Tissues 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11 Integumentary System Skeletal System 12 Bone Structure and Classification 13 Organization of the Skeleton 14 Skull 15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18 Fetal Skeleton 19 Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 20 Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #4 StimulusDependent Force Generation) 21 Electromyography: BIOPAC Exercise 22 Muscles of the Head and Neck 23 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 24 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet 25 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Surface Anatomy
Contents
26 Surface Anatomy Nervous System 27 Nervous Tissue and Nerves 28 Spinal Cord and Meninges 29 Reflex Arc and Reflexes 30 Brain and Cranial Nerves 31 Electroencephalography: BIOPAC Exercise 32 Dissection of the Sheep Brain General and Special Senses 33 General Senses 34 Smell and Taste 35 Eye Structure 36 Visual Tests and Demonstrations 37 Ear and Hearing 38 Equilibrium Endocrine System 39 Endocrine Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #17 Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate) 40 Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 41 Blood Cells 42 Blood Testing (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #31 pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding) 43 Blood Typing 44 Heart Structure 45 Cardiac Cycle (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #23 The Meaning of Heart Sounds) 46 Electrocardiography: BIOPAC Exercise 47 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 48 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #36 Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function) Lymphatic System 49 Lymphatic System Respiratory System 50 Respiratory Organs 51 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #34 Altering Airway Volume) 52 Spirometry: BIOPAC Exercise 53 Control of Breathing Digestive System 54 Digestive Organs 55 Action of a Digestive Enzyme Urinary System 56 Kidney Structure 57 Urinalysis Reproductive Systems and Development 58 Male Reproductive System 59 Female Reproductive System 60 Fertilization and Early Development 61 Genetics Cat Dissection Exercises 62 Cat Dissection: Musculature 63 Cat Dissection: Cardiovascular System 64 Cat Dissection: Respiratory System 65 Cat Dissection: Digestive System 66 Cat Dissection: Urinary System 67 Cat Dissection: Reproductive Systems Supplemental Laboratory Exercises (found online only) S-1 Skeletal Muscle Contraction (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #6 Principles of Summation and Tetanus) S-2 Nerve Impulse Stimulation (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #10 The Compound Action Potential) S-3 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #18 Thermal and Chemical Effects) Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports Appendix 3 Ph.I.L.S. Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations (correlation to laboratory exercises) Appendix 4 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
23
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
New
The following exercises are available online, giving instructors the option of continuing to use live specimens in these experiments if desired: Skeletal Muscle Contractions, Nerve Impulse Simulation, Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle.
*9780077274368*
Correlation guides available for Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 and Anatomy and Physiology Revealed.
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Pig Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Contents
By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College 2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077274368
http://www.mhhe.com/martinseries1 Terry Martin, author of the best-selling laboratory manuals to accompany the Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology texts, has written a new stand alone laboratory manual. This series of laboratory manuals (main – no dissection, cat dissection, and fetal pig dissection) will incorporate Terry’s clear, concise writing style. They are not associated with any one text so can be used with any anatomy and physiology text. The artwork and photos will be second to none. It will also come with a Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 CD-Rom. Features Versions Available: Main, Cat, Fetal Pig The cat reference plates are incorporated within the appropriate system of dissection. All cat dissection figures are in full color. Incorporates outcomes and assessments with matching icons for each laboratory exercise. Clear, concise writing style. Outstanding artwork – utilized a lot of artwork from Saladin. CD-Rom Included: Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 exercises are incorporated throughout the lab manual where they are appropriate. Histology incorporated throughout where appropriate. BIOPAC® exercises included. Introductory text concise and appropriate for lab. Labeling exercises throughout lab – not just in lab report. Stand alone – can go with any text book. Pre-Lab questions provided on lab manual’s website. Exercises appropriate size for one lab session. Cadaver images from APR. Lab manuals digital assets will be available online. Annotated instructor’s manual provided online. Scientific Methods & Measurements lab included. Chemistry of Life lab included. Complete Fetal Skeleton lab included. Diabetic Physiology lab included. Universal terminology utilizing Terminologia Anatomica. Sample assessment rubrics for laboratory reports are in an appendix. Lab Cam videos available on website.
24
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 Scientific Method and Measurements 2 Body Organization, Membranes, and Terminology 3 Chemistry of Life 4 Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5 Cell Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #2 Size and Basal Metabolic Rate) 6 Movements Through Cell Membranes (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #1 Varying Extracellular Concentration) 7 Cell Cycle Tissues 8 Epithelial Tissues 9 Connective Tissues 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11 Integumentary System Skeletal System 12 Bone Structure and Classification 13 Organization of the Skeleton 14 Skull 15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18 Fetal Skeleton 19 Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 20 Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #4 StimulusDependent Force Generation) 21 Electromyography: BIOPAC Exercise 22 Muscles of the Head and Neck 23 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 24 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet 25 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Surface Anatomy 26 Surface Anatomy Nervous System 27 Nervous Tissue and Nerves 28 Spinal Cord and Meninges 29 Reflex Arc and Reflexes 30 Brain and Cranial Nerves 31 Electroencephalography: BIOPAC Exercise 32 Dissection of the Sheep Brain General and Special Senses 33 General Senses 34 Smell and Taste 35 Eye Structure 36 Visual Tests and Demonstrations 37 Ear and Hearing 38 Equilibrium Endocrine System 39 Endocrine Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #17 Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate) 40 Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 41 Blood Cells 42 Blood Testing (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #31 pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding) 43 Blood Typing 44 Heart Structure 45 Cardiac Cycle (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #23 The Meaning of Heart Sounds) 46 Electrocardiography: BIOPAC Exercise 47 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 48 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #36 Deep Breathing
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY and Cardiac Function) Lymphatic System 49 Lymphatic System Respiratory System 50 Respiratory Organs 51 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #34 Altering Airway Volume) 52 Spirometry: BIOPAC Exercise 53 Control of Breathing Digestive System 54 Digestive Organs 55 Action of a Digestive Enzyme Urinary System 56 Kidney Structure 57 Urinalysis Reproductive Systems and Development 58 Male Reproductive System 59 Female Reproductive System 60 Fertilization and Early Development 61 Genetics Fetal Pig Dissection Exercises 62 Fetal Pig Dissection: Musculature 63 Fetal Pig Dissection: Cardiovascular System 64 Fetal Pig Dissection: Respiratory System 65 Fetal Pig Dissection: Digestive System 66 Fetal Pig Dissection: Urinary System 67 Fetal Pig Dissection: Reproductive Systems Supplemental Laboratory Exercises (found online only) S-1 Skeletal Muscle Contraction (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #6 Principles of Summation and Tetanus) S-2 Nerve Impulse Stimulation (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #10 The Compound Action Potential) S-3 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #18 Thermal and Chemical Effects) Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed (correlation to laboratory exercises) Appendix 3 Ph.I.L.S. Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations (correlation to laboratory exercises) Appendix 4 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
New
*9780077361310*
Features In Touch with Students Pre-lab preparation is included at the very beginning of the laboratory exercise so students are prepared to start lab procedures immediately. After students complete the pre-lab and answer the questions, the laboratory procedures will be easier to follow and understand. The procedures are clear, concise, and easy to follow. Relevant lists and summary tables present the contents efficiently. Histology micrographs and cadaver photos are incorporated in the appropriate locations within the associated labs. In Touch with Instructor Needs Each laboratory exercise can be completed during a single laboratory session. An annotated instructor’s guide is provided online. Also online, the instructor will find digital assets for use in creating customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, and other printed support material. In Touch with Educational Needs Learning outcomes are listed to enable students to accomplish the assessments provided within each laboratory exercise and laboratory report. Students and instructors will be able to assess if the purpose of the laboratory exercise is accomplished and understood. In Touch with Technology Technology is intergrated throughout the laboratory manual. Four BIOPAC labs on different body systems are included for enrichment. Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations (Ph.I.L.S.) is packaged with the laboratory manual and incorporated in eleven of the laboratory exercises and reports.
Histology incorporated throughout where appropriate. BIOPAC® exercises included. Labeling exercises throughout lab – not just in lab report. Stand alone – can go with any text book. Pre-Lab questions provided on lab manual’s website. Exercises appropriate size for one lab session. Cadaver images from APR. Annotated instructor’s manual provided online. Universal terminology utilizing Terminologia Anatomica. Correlation guides available for Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 and Anatomy and Physiology Revealed. Clear, concise writing style. Outstanding artwork. Unique labs include “Scientific Method and Measurements”, “Chemistry of Life”, “Fetal Skeleton”, “Surface Anatomy”, “Diabetic Physiology”, and “Genetics”. Contents
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Main Version with PhILS 3.0 CD By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College 2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077361310
http://www.mhhe.com/martinseries1 Author Terry Martin’s thiry years of teaching anatomy and physiology courses, authorship of three laboratory manuals, and active involvement in the Human Anatomy and Physiology Society (HAPS) drove his determination to create a lab manual with an innovative approach that would benefit students. Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy and Physiology includes a cat version and a fetal pig version. Each of these versions includes sixty-one laboratorty exercises, supplemental labs found online, and six cat or fetal pig dissection labs. The Main Version contains no dissection exercises. All three versions are written to work well with any anatomy and physiology text.
25
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 Scientific Method and Measurements 2 Body Organization, Membranes, and Terminology 3 Chemistry of Life 4 Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5 Cell Structure and Function 6 Movements Through Membranes 7 Cell Cycle Tissues 8 Epithelial Tissues 9 Connective Tissues 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11 Integumentary System Skeletal System 12 Bone Structure and Classification 13 Organization of the Skeleton 14 Skull 15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18 Fetal Skeleton 19 Joints Muscular System 20 Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function 21 Electromyography: BIOPAC Exercises 22 Muscles of the Head and Neck 23 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 24 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet 25 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Surface Anatomy 26 Surface Anatomy Nervous System 27 Nervous Tissue and Nerves 28 Spinal Cord and Meninges 29 Reflex Arc and Reflexes 30 Brain and Cranial Nerves 31 Electroencephalogram 1: BIOPAC Exercise 32 Dissection of the Sheep Brain General and Special Senses 33 General Senses 34 Smell and Taste 35 Eye Structure 36 Visual Tests and Demonstrations 37 Ear and Hearing 38 Equilibrium Endocrine System 39 Endocrine Structure and Function 40 Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 41 Blood Cells 42 Blood Testing 43 Blood Typing 44 Heart Structure 45 Cardiac Cycle 46 Electrocardiography: BIOPAC Exercise 47 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 48 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Lymphatic System 49 Lymphatic System Respiratory System 50 Respiratory Organs 51 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes 52 Spirometry: BIOPAC Exercise 53 Control of Breathing Digestive System 54 Digestive Organs 55 Action of a Digestive Enzyme Urinary System 56 Kidney Structure 57 Urinalysis Reproductive System and Development 58 Male Reproductive System 59 Female Reproductive System 60 Fertilization and Early Development 61 Genetics Supplemental Laboratory Exercises (found online only) S-1 Skeletal Muscle Contraction S-2 Nerve Impulse Stimulation S-3 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports Appendix 3 Correlation of Laboratory Exercises and Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 Lab Simluations
New
*9780077283773*
LABORATORY MANUAL HOLE’S HUMAN A&P (CAT) 12th Edition By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College
2010 (February 2009) ISBN: 9780077283773
www.mhhe.com/labcentral This best-selling Laboratory Manual, written by Terry R. Martin, has been updated throughout. The new 12th edition is now available in a Cat version or a Fetal Pig version. Both versions of the 12th edition are organized into units that correlate directly with the text and include new and updated art to match Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 12e. New to this edition An Outcomes and Assessments format has been incorporated throughout the lab manual. The exercise starts with a list of outcomes for instructors and students. Outcomes are then directly tied to assessments. A new Exercise 24: Surface Anatomy has been added based upon feedback from current users and reviews. The following exercise has been moved to the text web site, giving instructors the option of using the exercise or not: Blood Testing. Contents Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 Scientific Method and Measurements 2 Body Organization and Terminology 3 Chemistry of Life 4 Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5 Cell Structure and Function 6 Movements Through Cell Membranes 7 Cell Cycle Tissues 8 Epithelial Tissues 9 Connective Tissues 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11 Integumentary System Skeletal System 12 Bone Structure and Classification 13 Organization of the Skeleton 14 Skull 15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18 Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 19 Skeletal Muscle Structure 20 Muscles of the Face, Head and Neck 21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 22 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet 23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Surface Anatomy 24 Surface Anatomy Nervous System 25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves
26
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 26 Spinal Cord and Meninges 27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes 28 Brain and Cranial Nerves 29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain General and Special Senses 30 Receptors General Senses 31 Smell and Taste 32 Ear and Hearing 33 Equilibrium 34 Eye Structure 35 Visual Tests and Demonstrations Endocrine System 36 Endocrine Structure and Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 37 Blood Cells and Blood Typing 38 Heart Structure 39 Cardiac Cycle 40 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 41 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Lymphatic System 42 Lymphatic System Digestive System 43 Digestive Organs 44 Action of a Digestive Enzyme Respiratory System 45 Respiratory Organs 46 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes 47 Control of Breathing Urinary System 48 Kidney Structure 49 Urinalysis Reproductive Systems and Development 50 Male Reproductive System 51 Female Reproductive System 52 Fertilization and Early Development 53 Genetics Cat Dissection Exercises 54 Cat Dissection: Musculature 55 Cat Dissection: Cardiovascular System 56 Cat Dissection: Digestive System 57 Cat Dissection: Respiratory System 58 Cat Dissection: Urinary System 59 Cat Dissection: Reproductive Systems Supplemental Laboratory Exercises (found online only) 60 Skeletal Muscle Contraction 61 Nerve Impulse Stimulation 62 Blood Testing 63 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
New
*9780077231453*
LABORATORY MANUAL HOLE’S HUMAN A&P Fetal Pig, 12th Edition By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee Colleg
2010 (February 2009) ISBN: 9780077231453
www.mhhe.com/labcentral This best-selling Laboratory Manual, written by Terry R. Martin, has been updated throughout. The new 12th edition is now available in a Cat version or a Fetal Pig version. Both versions of the 12th edition are organized into units that correlate directly with the text and include new and updated art to match Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 12e. New to this edition An Outcomes and Assessments format has been incorporated throughout the lab manual. The exercise starts with a list of outcomes for instructors and students. Outcomes are then directly tied to assessments. A new Exercise 24: Surface Anatomy has been added based upon feedback from current users and reviews. The following exercise has been moved to the text website, giving instructors the option of using the exercise or not: Blood Testing. Instructors can download Instructor’s Manual and other materials at: www.mhhe.com/labcentral Contents Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 Scientific Method and Measurements 2 Body Organization and Terminology 3 Chemistry of Life 4 Care and Use of the Microscope Cells 5 Cell Structure and Function 6 Movements Through Cell Membranes 7 Cell Cycle Tissues 8 Epithelial Tissues 9 Connective Tissues 10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues Integumentary System 11 Integumentary System Skeletal System 12 Bone Structure and Classification 13 Organization of the Skeleton 14 Skull 15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage 16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb 17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb 18 Joint Structure and Movements Muscular System 19 Skeletal Muscle Structure 20 Muscles of the Face, Head and Neck 21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb 22 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet 23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb Surface Anatomy
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
27
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 24 Surface Anatomy Nervous System 25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves 26 Spinal Cord and Meninges 27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes 28 Brain and Cranial Nerves 29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain General and Special Senses 30 Receptors General Senses 31 Smell and Taste 32 Ear and Hearing 33 Equilibrium 34 Eye Structure 35 Visual Tests and Demonstrations Endocrine System 36 Endocrine Structure and Diabetic Physiology Cardiovascular System 37 Blood Cells and Blood Typing 38 Heart Structure 39 Cardiac Cycle 40 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins 41 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure Lymphatic System 42 Lymphatic System Digestive System 43 Digestive Organs 44 Action of a Digestive Enzyme Respiratory System 45 Respiratory Organs 46 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes 47 Control of Breathing Urinary System 48 Kidney Structure 49 Urinalysis Reproductive Systems and Development 50 Male Reproductive System 51 Female Reproductive System 52 Fertilization and Early Development 53 Genetics Fetal Pig Dissection Exercises 54 Fetal Pig Dissection: Musculature 55 Fetal Pig Dissection: Cardiovascular System 56 Fetal Pig Dissection: Digestive System 57 Fetal Pig Dissection: Respiratory System 58 Fetal Pig Dissection: Urinary System 59 Fetal Pig Dissection: Reproductive Systems Supplemental Laboratory Exercises (found online only) 60 Skeletal Muscle Contraction 61 Nerve Impulse Stimulation 62 Blood Testing 63 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
New
*9780077283797*
LABORATORY MANUAL to accompany ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY The Unity of Form and Function, 5th Edition By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College 2010 (February 2009) ISBN: 9780077283797
www.mhhe.com/labcentral This manual (utilizing the cat as the primary dissection specimen) uses the same four-color art program as the fifth edition of Saladin’s Anatomy & Physiology and follows the same order of presentation. The 47 exercises provide a comprehensive overview of the human body and present the core elements of the subject matter. New to this edition The fifth edition includes many new and revised illustrations and photographs. Several photographs in the manual have been enlarged and enhanced to show better detail and consistency. This is particularly true regarding the photographs of cat dissections. The artwork and the photographs in the fifth edition were carefully matched not only for visual comparisons but also for terminology as well. Appendix D has been added to include common prefixes, suffixes, and root words commonly used in the anatomy and physiology course. Instructors can download Instructors Manual’s and other materials at: www.mhhe.com/labcentral Exercise 1 now includes an introduction to lab science and chemistry and has retained its section on measurement. Contents 1 Introduction to Lab Science, Measurement, and Chemistry 2 Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 3 Microscopy 4 Cell Structure and Function 5 Some Functions of Cell Membranes 6 Tissues 7 Integumentary System 8 Introduction to the Skeletal System 9 Appendicular Skeleton 10 Axial Skeleton, Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 11 Axial Skeleton--Skull 12 Articulations 13 Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm 14 Muscles of the Forearm and Hand 15 Muscles of the Hip and Thigh 16 Muscles of the Leg and Foot 17 Muscles of the Head and Neck 18 Muscles of the Trunk 19 Muscle Physiology 20 Introduction to the Nervous System 21 Structure and Function of the Brain and Cranial Nerves 22 The Spinal Cord and Nerves 23 Nervous System Physiology--Stimuli and Reflexes 24 Introduction to Sensory Receptors 25 Taste and Smell 26 Eye and Vision 27 Ear, Hearing, and Balance
28
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 28 Endocrine System 29 Blood 30 Blood Tests and Typing 31 Structure of the Heart 32 Electrical Conductivity of the Heart 33 Functions of the Heart 34 Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body 35 Arteries of the Lower Body 36 Veins and Special Circulation 37 Functions of Vessels, Lymphatic System 38 Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure 39 Structure of the Respiratory System 40 Respiratory Function, Breathing, Respiration 41 Physiology of Exercise 42 Anatomy of the Digestive System 43 Digestive Physiology 44 Urinary System 45 Urinalysis 46 Male Reproductive System 47 Female Reproductive System Appendix A Measurement Conversions Appendix B Preparation of Materials and Solutions Appendix C Lab Reports Appendix D Common Prefixes, Suffixes, and Root Words in Anatomy and Physiology
LABORATORY ATLAS OF ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 6th Edition By Douglas Eder, University of North Florida 2009 (June 2008) / 192 pages ISBN: 9780073525679 This full-color atlas is intended to effectively supplement the A&P laboratory course and aid students in their studies. Eder’s high-quality visuals, in combination with its unique tables, make it a valuable supplement in any lab course. Tables include terms and definitions as well as descriptions of the origin, insertion, action, and innervation of muscles. This atlas illustrates the dissection structures as they actually exist, so students will be able to easily recognize the parts when they are dissecting or taking an exam. Contents Chapter 1: Histology Chapter 2: Human Skeletal Anatomy Chapter 3: Human Muscular Anatomy Chapter 4: Dissections Chapter 5: Specialized Organs Chapter 6: Reference Tables
LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY SEELEY’S PRINCIPLES OF ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2 CD
By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College 2009 (March 2008) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780077216900
By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College 2009 (January 2008) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780073378145
www.mhhe.com/labcentral The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come) Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to come) Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed information on articulations to come) Chapter 5: The Muscular System Chapter 6: The Nervous System Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System Chapter 9: The Respiratory System Chapter 10: The Digestive System Chapter 11: The Urinary System Chapter 12: The Reproductive System Chapter 13: The Endocrine System
29
Written by Eric Wise of Santa Barbara City College, this comprehensive manual contains 43 laboratory exercises that are integrated closely with the textbook. Each exercise demonstrates key anatomical and physiological facts and principles presented in Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy and Physiology by directing students to investigate specific concepts in greater detail. An instructor’s manual for the laboratory manual is available online at www.mhhe.com/labcentral. Contents 1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 2. Microscopy 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. Tissues 5. Integumentary System 6. Introduction to the Skeletal System 7. Appendicular Skeleton 8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 9. Axial Skeleton: Skull 10. Articulations 11. Muscle Physiology 12. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder and Upper Extremity 13. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot 14. Muscles of the Head and Neck 15. Muscles of the Torso 16. Introduction to the Nervous System 17. Brain and Cranial Nerves 18. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves 19. Nervous System Physiology: Stimuli and Reflexes 20. Introduction to Sensory Receptors 21. Taste and Smell 22. Eye and Vision 23. Ear, Hearing, and Balance 24. Endocrine System 25. Blood 26. Blood Tests and Typing 27. Structure of the Heart 28. Electrical Conductivity of the Heart 29. Functions of the Heart
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 30. Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body 31. Arteries of the Lower Body 32. Veins and Special Circulations 33. Function of Vessels and the Lymphatic System 34. Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure 35. Structure of the Respiratory System 36. Respiratory Function, Breathing, and Respiration 37. Physiology of Exercise and Pulmonary Health 38. Anatomy of the Digestive System 39. Digestive Physiology 40. Anatomy of the Urinary System 41. Urinalysis 42. Male Reproductive System 43. Female Reproductive System Appendix A Measurement Conversions Appendix B Preparation of Materials Appendix C Lab Reports Index
One & Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology Multimedia
prehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. Contents Integumentary System Skeletal System Muscular System Nervous System Endocrine System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System Lymphatic System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System
STUDENT ACCESS CARD PH.I.L.S (PHYSIOLOGY iNTERACTIVE lAB sIMULATIONS) ONLINE By Phillip Stephens, Villanova University 2009 (September 2008) ISBN: 9780073349329
www.mhhe.com/phils Ordering this ISBN will give you online access to the product-specific site where you’ll find study and self-testing tools. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, the Ph.I.L.S (physiology interactive lab simulations) offers 37 laboratory simulations. This revolutionary learning tool may be used to supplement or substitute for wet labs. Students can use Ph.I.L.S. to adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, and draw conclusions. This easy-to-use software offers each student the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab experiment. There is no limit to the amount of times a student can repeat the experiment or change variables within the experiments. Ph.I.L.S. allows students to perform experiments without having to use expensive lab equipment (like Biopac, IWORX or Intellitool). Students can work individually to perform the experiments on their own time without harming themselves or live animals. Ph.I.L.S. is the perfect way reinforce key Physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments.
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED CD-ROM (ALLIED HEALTH VERSION) By Medical College of Ohio 2009 (September 2008) ISBN: 9780073378312 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy & Physiology textbooks.
Contents Osmosis and Diffusion 1. Varying Extracellular Concentration Metabolism 2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 3. Cyanide and Electron Transport Skeletal Muscle Function 4. Stimulus Dependent Force Generation 5. The Length-Tension Relationship 6. Principles of Summation and Tetanus 7. EMG and Twitch Amplitude Resting Potentials 8. Resting Potential and External Potassium Concentration 9. Resting Potential and External Sodium Concentration Action Potentials 10. The Compound Action Potential 11. Conduction Velocity and Temperature 12. Action Potentials and Refractory Periods 13. Measuring Ion Currents Synaptic Potentials 14. Facilitation & Depression 15. Temporal Summation of EPSPs 16. Spatial Summation of EPSPs Endocrine Function 17. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate
Contents Integumentary System Skeletal System Muscular System Nervous System Cardiovascular System
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2.0 ONLINE By Medical College of Ohio 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780073378039
www.aprevealed.com Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a com-
30
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Frog Heart Function 18. Thyroid and Chemical Effects 19. Refractory Period of the Heart 20. Starling’s Law of the Heart 21. Heart Block ECG and Heart Function 22. ECG and Exercise 23. The Meaning of Heart Sounds 24. ECG and Finger Pulse 25. Electrical Axis of the Heart 26. ECG and Heart Block 27. Abnormal ECGs Circulation 28. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow 29. Blood Pressure and Gravity 30. Blood Pressure and Body Position Blood 31. pH & Hb-oxygen Binding 32. DPG & Hb-oxygen Binding Respiration 33. Altering Body Position 34. Altering Airway Volume 35. Exercise-Induced Changes 36. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function Digestion 37. Glucose Transport
New to this edition Most of former “Atlas A” from previous editions has been rolled into chapter 1, making it a fully self-contained introduction to the foundational knowledge needed throughout the study of anatomy. Chapter 1 has been extensively reorganized and now includes information about general anatomical terms, regions, cavities, membranes, and body systems. A new question set titled “Building Your Medical Vocabulary” has been added at the end of each chapter. These questions are intended to encourage students to learn familiar word roots, which will lead to success in many courses related to careers in health professions. A number of pedagogical changes have been made to address the increasing trend toward assessment-driven teaching and instructor and institutional accountability. -The main sections in each chapter are now numbered, making it more convenient to reference book sections when building assignments. Ancillary material is organized around this section numbering system. -To make students take a more active role in their learning, the endof-chapter summary (now called “Study Guide“) has been converted from a summative format to an indicative format. The Study Guide acts as a review of the concepts students should know, instead of acting “cliff’s notes“ that could be substituted for reading the full chapter. -The following features have been renamed to better coincide with the emphasis on learning outcomes: “Objectives” are now “Expected Learning Outcomes”; “Review of Key Concepts” is now “Assess Your Learning Outcomes”; “Chapter Review” is now “Study Guide”; “Think About It” is now “Apply What You Know”.
Human Anatomy - Textbooks
New
Ken Saladin has carefully evaluated content coverage throughout the book and pared back sections that included too much detail for the undergraduate level or too much physiology for the 1-semester anatomy course. This content “pruning,” combined with Ken’s careful word-smithing to make each passage as clear and concise as possible, has resulted in an overall reduction in book length.
*9780077349998*
CONNECT: the future in online course management is here! -Instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests easily online -Students have 24/7 online access to an eBook -Online study assets are specifically tied to every illustration in the textbook -Study-on-the-Fly downloadable art and audio files for students
International Edition
HUMAN ANATOMY 3rd Edition
Contents
By Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and State University 2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077349998 ISBN: 9780071222075 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/saladinha3 Read it- Ken Saladin explains human anatomy in an engaging, yet efficient way. He puts a premium on the words, and uses studentrelevant analogies to motivate the reader. See it- Saladin’s collection of illustrations and photos are carefully chosen to support the text discussion. Vibrant and realistic presentations engage students. Master it- With Connect and A&P Revealed, students can practice and improve their understanding of concepts. From the most pedagogically sound organization to the exceptional art, to the integration of text with technology, Saladin has formed a teaching system that will both motivate and enable students to understand and appreciate the wonders of human anatomy. This distinctive text was developed to stand apart from all other anatomy texts with an approach borne out of more than 30 years of teaching, unparalleled art, and a writing style that has been acclaimed by reviewers. Designed for a one-semester college anatomy course, Saladin requires no prior knowledge of chemistry or cell biology.
31
Part 1 Organization of the Body 1 The Study of Human Anatomy 2 Cytology: The Study of Cells 3 Histology: The Study of Tissues 4 Human Development Part 2 Support and Movement 5 The Integumentary System 6 Bone Tissue 7 The Axial Skeleton 8 The Appendicular Skeleton 9 Joints 10 The Muscular System: Introduction 11 The Axial Musculature 12 The Appendicular Musculature Atlas of Regional and Surface Anatomy Part 3 Integration and Control 13 Nervous Tissue 14 The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 15 The Brain and Cranial Nerves 16 The Autonomic Nervous System and Visceral Reflexes 17 Sense Organs 18 The Endocrine System Part 4 Maintenance 19 The Circulatory System I: Blood 20 The Circulatory System II: The Heart 21 The Circulatory System III: Blood Vessels
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 22 The Lymphatic System and Immunity 23 The Respiratory System 24 The Digestive System 25 The Urinary System Part 5 Reproduction 26 The Reproductive System Appendix: Answers to Chapter Review Questions Glossary Credits Index
International Edition HUMAN ANATOMY 6th Edition By Kent Van De Graaff, Weber State University 2002 ISBN: 9780072486650 (Mandatory Package) - Out of Print ISBN: 9780071122849 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/vdg
International Edition
CONTENTS
HUMAN ANATOMY 2nd Edition By Michael McKinley, Glendale Community College and Valerie O’Loughlin, Indiana University-Bloomington 2008 (October 2007) ISBN: 9780077213404 ISBN: 9780071283205 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/mckinley2 With its unrivaled art program and accessible writing style, McKinley/ O’Loughlin’s Human Anatomy stands apart from other anatomy texts. High-quality photographs paired with brilliantly rendered illustrations help students visualize, understand, and appreciate the wonders of human anatomy. Student-friendly Study Tips, Clinical View boxes, and progressive question sets motivate students to internalize and apply what they’ve learned. The second edition has been refined based on reviewer feedback to offer an even stronger version of this highly acclaimed textbook. CONTENTS 1 A First Look at Anatomy 2 The Cell: Basic Unit of Structure and Function 3 Embryology 4 Tissue Level of Organization 5 Integumentary System Skeletal System 6 Cartilage and Bone Connective Tissue 7 Axial Skeleton 8 Appendicular Skeleton 9 Articulations Muscular System 10 Muscle Tissue and Organization 11 Axial Muscles 12 Appendicular Muscles 13 Surface Anatomy Nervous System 14 Nervous Tissue 15 Brain and Cranial Nerves 16 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 17 Pathways and Integrative Functions 18 Autonomic Nervous System 19 Senses: General and Special 20 Endocrine System Cardiovascular System 21 Blood 22 Heart 23 Vessels and Circulation 24 Lymphatic System 25 Respiratory System 26 Digestive System 27 Urinary System 28 Reproductive System
Historical Perspective: 1 History of Anatomy Terminology, Organization, and the Human Organism 2 Body Organization and Anatomical Nomenclature Microscopic Structure of the Body 3 Cytology 4 Histology Support and Movement 5 Integumentary System 6 Skeletal System: Introduction and the Axial Skeleton 7 Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton 8 Articulations 9 Muscular System 10 Surface and Regional Anatomy Integration and Coordination 11 Nervous Tissue and the Central Nervous System 12 Peripheral Nervous System 13 Autonomic Nervous System 14 Endocrine System 15 Sensory Organs Maintenance of the Body 16 Circulatory System 17 Respiratory System 18 Digestive System 19 Urinary System Reproduction and Development 20 Male Reproductive System 21 Female Reproductive System 22 Developmental Anatomy, Postnatal Growth, and Inheritance Appendix A Answers to Objective Questions with Explanations
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
32
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Human Anatomy Lab
New
Contents
*9780073378121*
REGIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 4th Edition By Frederick Edward Grine, Stony Brook University 2011 (February 2010) / 432 pages ISBN: 9780073378121
The Grine Lab Workbook is designed for the Human Anatomy Lab course and takes a REGIONAL approach as opposed to a systems approach. This approach is becoming more and more popular as a way to teach Human Anatomy. Instructors who use a lab book with a “regional approach” and combine it with a text that takes a “systems” approach offer their students a combination that serves to reinforce anatomical knowledge since it forces the student to see each anatomical structure from two perspectives. Grine can be used effectively in conjunction with a lab course that uses human cadavers since the content is presented in the regional sequence typically practiced in dissection. New to this edition Chapter One contains five new clinical boxes, including osteoporosis, achondroplasia and osteoarthritis, text and art revisions. Chapter Two contains five new clinical boxes, including spina bifida and cervical spondylosis, as well as new text on terminology and costal articulations. Chapter Three contains nine new clinical boxes, including hyperparathyroidism, radial head subluxation (Nursemaid’s elbow) and Colles fracture, as well as updated artwork on the bones of the forearm and the wrist joint. Chapter Four has eleven new clinical boxes, including congenital hip dysplasia, diabetic neuropathy and thrombophlebitis; it also includes revised terminology in regard to certain leg muscles, and contains updated artwork. Chapter Five contains five new clinical boxes and new text on the hyolaryngeal muscles. Chapter Six has four new clinical boxes and revision to artwork on the tongue musculature. Chapter Seven contains six new clinical boxes, including encephalitis, gigantism and acromegaly, and bell’s Palsy, as well as a new exercise box pertaining to the cranial nerves. Chapter Eight contains four new clinical boxes and revised artwork on the inner ear. Chapter Nine has seven new clinical boxes, including pericarditis/ cardiac tamponade, Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome and metastasizing breast cancer, together with updated artwork on the movement of the ribs during respiration and on coronary vasculature. Chapter Ten has thirteen new clinical boxes, including peritonitis, volvulus, pyloric stenosis, diverticulosis/diverticulitis, gallstones, cirrhosis and hypertension, new text pertaining to the gonadal arteries, and new artwork on the abdominal muscles. Chapter Eleven contains nine new clinical boxes, including varicoceles, benign prostatic hyperplasia and prostate cancer, episiotomy, endometriosis, and pudendal nerve block.
33
Laboratory 1: Anatomical Terminology, General Osteology, and General Arthrology 1.1 Anatomical Terminology 1.2 General Osteology 1.3 General Arthrology Laboratory 2: The Back 2.1 The Integument 2.2 The Vertebral Column 2.3 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves 2.4 Muscles of the Back Laboratory 3: The Upper Limb3.1 Bones of the Upper Limb 3.2 Joints of the Upper Limb 3.3 Innervation of the Upper Limb 3.4 Muscles of the Upper Limb 3.5 Blood Vessels of the Upper Limb Laboratory 4: The Lower Limb4.1 Bones of the Lower Limb 4.2 Joints of the Lower Limb 4.3 Innervation of the Lower Limb 4.4 Muscles of the Lower Limb 4.5 Blood Vessels of the Lower Limb Laboratory 5: The Neck5.1 Bones and Cartilages of the Neck 5.2 Nerves of the Neck 5.3 Muscles of the Neck 5.4 Blood Vessels of the Neck 5.5 Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands Laboratory 6: The Head6.1 The Skull 6.2 The Dentition 6.3 Muscles of the Head 6.4 Nasal and Oral Cavities 6.5 Blood Vessels of the Head Laboratory 7: The Brain and Cranial Nerves 7.1 The Brain 7.2 Cranial Nerves Laboratory 8: The Eye and The Ear 8.1 The Eye 8.2 The Ear Laboratory 9: The Thorax9.1 The Breast 9.2 The Thoracic Skeleton 9.3 Skeletal Muscles of the Thorax 9.4 The Thoracic Cavity 9.5 The Mediastinum 9.6 The Respiratory Apparatus 9.7 The Heart 9.8 Lymphatics in the Thorax 9.9 Blood Vessels of the Thorax 9.10 Nerves of the Thorax Laboratory 10: The Abdomen 10.1 The Abdominal Skeleton 10.2 Skeletal Muscles of the Abdomen 10.3 Abdominal Cavity and peritoneum 10.4 Digestive Canal and Organs 10.5 Blood Vessels of the Gut 10.6 Lymphatic Organs and Lymph Drainage 10.7 The Kidneys and Adrenal Glands 10.8 Gonadal Blood Vessels 10.9 Nerves in the Abdomen Laboratory 11: The Pelvis 11.1 The Pelvic Skeleton 11.2 Muscles of the Pelvis 11.3 Peritoneum in the Pelvic Cavity 11.4 Common Pelvic Viscera 11.5 Male Genitalia 11.6 Female Genitalia 11.7 Blood Vessels of the Pelvis 11.8 Nerves of the Pelvis
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2 CD
New
By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College 2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073378145
*9780073250526*
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY SALADIN’S HUMAN ANATOMY 3rd Edition
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College 2011 (January 2010) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073250526 This laboratory manual is expressly written to coincide with the chapters of Human Anatomy, 3/e by Kenneth Saladin. This lab manual has clear explanations of anatomy experiments. Other features include a set of review questions at the end of each lab, plus numerous outstanding color photographs and artwork. Contents 1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body 2. Microscopy 3. Cell Structure 4. Tissues 5. The Integumentary System 6. Introduction to the Skeletal System 7. Appendicular Skeleton 8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid 9. Axial Skeleton: Skull 10. Articulations 11. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder and Upper Extremity 12. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot 13. Muscles of the Head and Neck 14. Muscles of the Trunk 15. Introduction to the Nervous System 16. Brain and Cranial Nerves 17. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves 18. Introduction to Sensory Receptors 19. The Endocrine System 20. Blood Cells 21. The Heart 22. Introduction to the Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body 23. Arteries of the Lower Body 24. Veins and Special Circulations 25. The Respiratory System 26. The Digestive System 27. The Urinary System 28. The Male Reproductive System 29. The Female Reproductive System and Development CAT ANATOMY Appendix: Preparation of Materials
The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Chapter 2: Histology (Detailed information to come) Chapter 3: The Integumentary System (Detailed information to come) Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations (Detailed information on articulations to come) Chapter 5: The Muscular System Chapter 6: The Nervous System Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System Chapter 9: The Respiratory System Chapter 10: The Digestive System Chapter 11: The Urinary System Chapter 12: The Reproductive System Chapter 13: The Endocrine System
LABORATORY ATLAS OF ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 6th Edition By Douglas J Eder, University of North Florida 2009 (June 2008) / 192 pages ISBN: 9780073525679 This full-color atlas is intended to effectively supplement the A&P laboratory course and aid students in their studies. Eder’s high-quality visuals, in combination with its unique tables, make it a valuable supplement in any lab course. Tables include terms and definitions as well as descriptions of the origin, insertion, action, and innervation of muscles. This atlas illustrates the dissection structures as they actually exist, so students will be able to easily recognize the parts when they are dissecting or taking an exam. Contents Chapter 1: Histology Chapter 2: Human Skeletal Anatomy Chapter 3: Human Muscular Anatomy Chapter 4: Dissections Chapter 5: Specialized Organs Chapter 6: Reference Tables
34
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Human Anatomy - Multimedia
International Edition ATLAS OF SKELETAL MUSCLES 6th Edition By Robert Stone and Judeith Stone of Suffolk County Community College 2009 (January 2008) / 240 pages ISBN: 9780073049687 ISBN: 9780071283595 [IE]
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2.0 ONLINE
The 6th edition includes changes reflecting modern understanding, terminology and teaching of the musculoskeletal system. There are changes on 42 different pages including many new or enhanced notes on function and 20 new descriptions or explanations of anatomical relationships.
By Medical College of Ohio 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780073378039
www.aprevealed.com Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy & Physiology textbooks.
Contents Chapter 1: The Skeleton Chapter 2: Movements of the Body Chapter 3: Muscles of the Face and Head Chapter 4: Muscles of the Neck Chapter 5: Muscles of the Trunk Chapter 6: Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm Chapter 7: Muscles of the Forearm and Hand Chapter 8: Muscles of the Hip and Thigh Chapter 9: Muscles of the Leg and Foot
Contents Integumentary System Skeletal System Muscular System Nervous System Endocrine System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System Lymphatic System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System
International Edition AN ATLAS TO HUMAN ANATOMY By Dennis Strete, McLennan Community College 2000 / 208 pages ISBN: 9780697387936 ISBN: 9780071155915 [IE] - Out of Print
www.mhhe.com/biosci/abio CONTENTS Part 1 Cells and Tissues Chapter 1 Anatomy at the Cellular Level Chapter 2 Tissue Organization: Epithelial, Connective, Muscle, and Nervous Tissue Part 2 Organ Systems Chapter 3 Integumentary System Chapter 4 Skeletal System Chapter 5 Muscular System Chapter 6 Nervous System Chapter 7 Special Senses: Olfactory, Gustation, Auditory, Visual Chapter 8 Endocrine System Chapter 9 Cardiovascular System Chapter 10 Lymphatic System Chapter 11 Respiratory System Chapter 12 Digestive System Chapter 13 Urinary System Chapter 14 Male Reproductive System Chapter 15 Female Reproductive System
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
35
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Human Physiology - Textbooks
Contents
International Edition HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 11th Edition By Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce CLG 2009 (October 2008) / 832 pages ISBN: 9780077265878 ISBN: 9780071281065 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/fox11 Clear explanations and a solid learning framework have been market tested and refined. Fox helps students master the fundamentals by providing appropriate anatomical detail. Human Physiology, Eleventh Edition, is intended for the one-semester Human Physiology course often taken by allied health and biology students. The beginning chapters introduce basic chemical and biological concepts to provide students with the framework they need to comprehend physiological principles. The chapters that follow promote conceptual understanding rather than rote memorization of facts. Health applications are included throughout the book to heighten interest, deepen understanding of physiological concepts, and help students relate the material to their individual career goals. Every effort has been made to help students integrate related concepts and understand the relationships between anatomical structures and their functions. Contents
1. Introduction to Human Physiology 2. From Cells to Systems 3. Interactions Between Cells and Their Environment 4. Nervous System: Neurons and Synapses 5. Central Nervous System 6. Peripheral Nervous System 7. Sensory System 8. Endocrine System 9. Muscle Physiology 10. Blood and Circulation 11. The Immune System 12. The Lungs, Gas Transport, and Acid/Base Balance 13. The Kidneys and Urinary System 14. The Digestive System 15. The Reproductive System Appendix 1: Calculations of chemical concentrations. Appendix 2: Pathways of cell respiration. Appendix 3: Mathematical concepts of selected topics in physiology. Appendix 4: Answers to multiple choice questions.
International Edition VANDER’S HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 11th Edition By Eric P Widmaier, Boston University, Hershel Raff, Medical College of Wisconsin and Kevin T Strang, University of Wisconsin Madison 2008 (November 2007) ISBN: 9780077216092 ISBN: 9780071283663 [IE]
1 The Study of Body Function 2 Chemical Composition of the Body 3 Cell Structure and Genetic Control 4 Enzymes and Energy 5 Cell Respiration and Metabolism 6 Interactions Between Cells and the Extracellular Environment 7 The Nervous System: Neurons and Synapses 8 The Central Nervous System 9 The Autonomic Nervous System 10 Sensory Physiology 11 Endocrine Glands: Secretion and Action of Hormones 12 Muscle: Mechanisms of Contraction and Neural Control 13 Blood, Heart and Circulation 14 Cardio Output, Blood Flow, and Blood Pressure 15 The Immune System 16 Respiratory Physiology 17 Physiology of the Kidneys 18 The Digestive System 19 Regulation of Metabolism 20 Reproduction
http://www.mhhe.com/widmaier11e Eric Widmaier (Boston University), Hershel Raff (Medical College of Wisconsin), and Kevin Strang (University of Wisconsin) have taken on the challenge of maintaining the strengths and reputation of Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function. Moving beyond the listing of mere facts, it stressed the causal chains of events that constitute the mechanisms of body function. The fundamental purpose of this textbook is to present the principles and facts of human physiology in a format that is suitable for undergraduates regardless of academic background or field of study. Vander’s Human Physiology, eleventh edition, carries on the tradition of clarity and accuracy, while refining and updating the content to meet the needs of today’s instructors and students. The eleventh edition features a streamlined, clinically oriented focus to the study of human body systems. It has also responded to reviewer requests for more clinical applications. Chapter 19 is new and contains three complete case studies. Physiology Inquiries have also been added to many figures throughout the chapters. These critical-thinking questions are just one more opportunity to add to the student’s learning experience.
International Edition
Contents
FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY By Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce CLG 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780077226350 ISBN: 9780071270373 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/foxfundamentals Fundamentals of Human Physiology was conceived to meet the needs of students and professors struggling with the complexity and depth of the larger, more detailed human physiology textbooks currently available. In addition to being more concise and focusing on the basics of human physiology, this text is smaller in physical size, allowing for a cheaper, easier choice for instructors.
36
Homeostasis: A Framework for Human Physiology Chemical Composition of the Body Cellular structure, proteins, and Metabolism Movement of Molecules Across Cell Membranes Control of Cells by Chemical Messengers Neuronal Signaling and the Structure of the Nervous System Sensory Physiology Consciousness, the Brain, and Behavior Muscle Control of Body Movement The Endocrine System Cardiovascular Physiology Respiratory Physiology The Kidneys and Regulation of Water and Inorganic Ions
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY The Digestion and Absorption of Food Regulation of Organic Metabolism and Energy Balance Reproduction Defense Mechanisms of the Body Medical Physiology: Integration Using Clinical Cases
Contents Chapter 1: Introduction: Becoming Familiar with Anatomy and Physiology Revealed Chapter 2: Histology Chapter 3: The Integumentary System Chapter 4: The Skeletal System with Articulations Chapter 5: The Muscular System Chapter 6: The Nervous System Chapter 7: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 8: The Lymphatic System Chapter 9: The Respiratory System Chapter 10: The Digestive System Chapter 11: The Urinary System Chapter 12: The Reproductive System Chapter 13: The Endocrine System
Human Physiology Lab LABORATORY GUIDE TO ACCOMPANY HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 13th Edition
LABORATORY EXERCISES IN HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY A Clinical and Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S. 3.0, 2nd Edition
By Stuart Ira Fox 2009 (October 2008) / 448 pages ISBN: 9780073250632
www.mhhe.com/labcentral A Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology, 13th Edition, is a standalone human physiology manual that can be used in conjunction with any human physiology textbook. It includes a wide variety of exercises that support most areas covered in a human physiology course, allowing instructors the flexibility to choose those exercises best suited to meet their particular instructional goals. Background information that is needed to understand the principles and significance of each exercise is presented in a concise manner, so that little or no support is needed from the lecture text. CONTENTS 1 Introduction: Structure and Physiological Control Systems 2 Cell Function and Biochemical Measurements 3 The Nervous System and Sensory Physiology 4 The Endocrine System 5 Skeletal Muscles 6 Blood: Gas Transport, Immunity, and Clotting Functions 7 The Cardiovascular System 8 Respiration and Metabolism 9 Renal Function and Homeostasis 10 Digestion and Nutrition 11 Reproductive System Appendix 1 Basic Chemistry Appendix 2 Sources of Equipment and Solutions Appendix 3 Multimedia Correlation to the Laboratory Exercises Credits Index
By William Lutterschmidt and Deborah Lutterschmidt, Oregon State University 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780077229733
www.mhhe.com/labcentral This stand-alone laboratory text has been developed as an introduction to fundamental concepts in physiology. The text has been designed to emphasize an experimental approach to teaching physiology and is therefore designed for a particular type of student and curriculum. Many of the exercises will help students develop their clinical knowledge of physiology, plus help them gain an appreciation for the clinical techniques as would be needed by students studying nursing, physical therapy, and other health-oriented fields. Although this laboratory text may be used independently, its presentation and formal of material will closely follow that of Vander’s Human Physiology, 11th Edition. Contents 1 Scientific Investigation 2 Homeostasis 3 Diffusion, Osmosis, and Tonicity 4 Enzyme Activity 5 Action Potentials 6 Reflexes 7 Sensory Physiology 8 Functional Anatomy of Muscle and Mechanics of Contraction 9 Physiology of Muscle Contraction 10 Endocrine Physiology 11 Cardiovascular Physiology 12 Physiology of Blood 13 Respiratory Physiology 14 Renal Physiology 15 Metabolic Rate
WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2 CD By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College 2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073378145
www.mhhe.com/labcentral The Workbook to Accompany Anatomy and Physiology Revealed, Version 2 by Robert Broyles is a workbook/study guide designed to help students get the most they can out of the Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR), and out of their anatomy and physiology course. The Table of Contents closely follows both the new DVD set and the online adaptation, and is organized along the lines of a typical Anatomy and Physiology course. The individual exercises include art from APR and also have review questions, tables, coloring exercises, terminology quiz questions, and reminders on key content.
37
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Human Physiology - Multimedia
6. Principles of Summation and Tetanus 7. EMG and Twitch Amplitude Resting Potentials 8. Resting Potential and External Potassium Concentration 9. Resting Potential and External Sodium Concentration Action Potentials 10. The Compound Action Potential 11. Conduction Velocity and Temperature 12. Action Potentials and Refractory Periods 13. Measuring Ion Currents Synaptic Potentials 14. Facilitation & Depression 15. Temporal Summation of EPSPs 16. Spatial Summation of EPSPs Endocrine Function 17. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate Frog Heart Function 18. Thyroid and Chemical Effects 19. Refractory Period of the Heart 20. Starling’s Law of the Heart 21. Heart Block ECG and Heart Function 22. ECG and Exercise 23. The Meaning of Heart Sounds 24. ECG and Finger Pulse 25. Electrical Axis of the Heart 26. ECG and Heart Block 27. Abnormal ECGs Circulation 28. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow 29. Blood Pressure and Gravity 30. Blood Pressure and Body Position Blood 31. pH & Hb-oxygen Binding 32. DPG & Hb-oxygen Binding Respiration 33. Altering Body Position 34. Altering Airway Volume 35. Exercise-Induced Changes 36. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function Digestion 37. Glucose Transport
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 2.0 ONLINE By Medical College of Ohio 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780073378039
www.aprevealed.com Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; it is available as a stand-alone or can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s Anatomy & Physiology textbooks. Contents Integumentary System Skeletal System Muscular System Nervous System Endocrine System Cardiovascular System Respiratory System Lymphatic System Digestive System Urinary System Reproductive System
Ph.I.L.S (physiology interactive lab simulations) 3.0 24 month student online access card By Phillip J Stephens, Villanova University 2009 (September 2008) ISBN: 9780073349329
www.mhhe.com/phils Ph.I.L.S. (Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations) software is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with powerful lab experiments. Created by Dr. Phil Stephens of Villanova University, this online or CD program offers 37 self-contained laboratory simulations that may be used either to supplement or replace wet labs. Ph.I.L.S. allows students to perform experiments according to their own schedules, without risk of harm to themselves or live animals, and also without having to use expensive lab equipment (like Biopac, IWORX or Intellitool). Students can adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, draw conclusions, quiz themselves, and print lab reports. There is no limit to the number of times students can repeat each exercise, and the results differ every time the student changes the variables.
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected]
Contents Osmosis and Diffusion 1. Varying Extracellular Concentration Metabolism 2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate 3. Cyanide and Electron Transport Skeletal Muscle Function 4. Stimulus Dependent Force Generation 5. The Length-Tension Relationship
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
38
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Pathophysiology
Professional References
International Edition
International Edition
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals, 3rd Edition
JUNQUEIRA’S basic histology 12th Edition By Anthony Mescher, University of Indiana School of Medicine 2010 (August 2009) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780071630207 ISBN: 9780071271905 [IE]
By Thomas J Nowak and A Gordon Handford of British Columbia Institute of Tech. 2004 / 752 pages ISBN: 9780070272552 ISBN: 9780071214971 [IE]
A Professional Publication
For more than three decades, Junqueira’s Basic Histology has been unmatched in its ability to explain the function of cell and tissue structure in the human body. Updated to reflect the latest research in the field, and enhanced with more than 1,000 illustrations, most in full-color, the 12th Edition is the most comprehensive and modern approach to understanding medical histology available anywhere.
CONTENTS Part 1 Foundation Concepts of Pathophysiology Chapter 1 Cell Injury Chapter 2 Inflammation Chapter 3 Fever Chapter 4 Healing Chapter 5 Disease of Immunity Chapter 6 Neoplasis Part 2 Systemic Pathophysiology Chapter 7 Blood Disorders Chapter 8 Hemodynamic Disorders Chapter 9 Vascular Disorders Chapter 10 Cardiac Pathophysiology Chapter 11 Circulatory Shock Chapter 12 Respiratory Pathophysiology Chapter 13 Gastrointestinal Pathophysiology Chapter 14 Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Pathophysiology Chapter 15 Renal Pathophysiology Chapter 16 Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalances Chapter 17 Endocrine Pathophysiology Chapter 18 Skeletal and Muscular Pathophysiology Chapter 19 Reproductive Pathophysiology Chapter 20 Disorders of Central ervous System Development, Vascular Support, and Protection Chapter 21 Disorders of Movement, Sensation, and Mental Function Chapter 22 Seizures and Epilepsy Chapter 23 Pain and Pain Management Chapter 24 Trauma
Contents Key Features Preface Acknowledgments 1.Histology and Its Methods of Study: Preparation of Tissues for Study / Light Microscopy / Electron Microscopy / Autoradiography / Cell & Tissue Culture / Histochemistry & Cytochemistry / Detection Methods Using Specific Interactions Between Molecules / Problems in the Study of Tissue Sections 2.The Cytoplasm: Cell Differentiation / Cytoplasmic Organelles / The Cytoskeleteon / Inclusions 3.The Cell Nucleus: Components of the Nucleus / Cell Division / The Cell Cycle / Stem Cells and Tissue Renewal / Meiosis / Apoptosis 4. Epithelial Tissue: Characteristic Features of Epithelial Cells / Specializations of the Apical Cell Surface / Types of Epithelia / Transport Across Epithelia / Renewal of Epithelial Cells 5.Connective Tissue: Cells of Connective Tissue / Fibers / Ground Substance / Types of Connective Tissue 6.Adipose Tissue: White Adipose Tissue / Brown Adipose Tissue 7.Cartilage: Hyaline Cartilage / Elastic Cartilage / Fibrocartilage / Cartilage Formation, Growth and Repair 8. Bone: Bone Cells / Bone Matrix / Periosteum & Endostreum / Types of Bone / Osteogenesis / Bone Growth, Remodeling, & Repair / Metabolic Role of Bone / Joints 9.Nerve Tissue & The Nervous System: Development of Nerve Tissue / Neurons / Glial Cells & Neuronal Activity / Central Nervous System / Peripheral Nervous System / Neural Plasticity & Regeneration 10. Muscle Tissue: Skeletal Muscle / Cardiac Muscle / Smooth Muscle / Rengeneration of Muscle Tissue 11. The Circulatory System: Heart / Tissues of the Vascular Wall / Structural Plan of Blood Vessels / Vasculature / Lymphatic Vascular System 12. Blood: Composition of Plasma / Blood Cells 13. Hemopoiesis: Stem Cells, Growth Factors, & Differentiation / Bone Marrow / Maturation of Erythrocytes / Maturation of Granulocytes / Maturation of Agranulocytes / Origin of Platelets 14. The Immune System & Lymphoid Organs: Antigens / Antibodies / Cytokines / Cells of the Immune System / Types of Immune Responses / Lymphoid Tissues / Thymus / Musoca-Associated Lymphoid Tissue (MALT) / Lymph Nodes / Spleen 15. Digestive Tract: General Structure of the Digestive Tract / Oral Cavity / Esophagus / Stomach / Small Intestine / Large Intestine / 16. Organs Associated with the Digestive Tract / Salivary Glands / Pancreas / Liver / Hepatic Lobule Structure & Function / Biliary Tract & Gallbladder 17. The Respiratory System: Respiratory Epithelium / Nasal Cavities / Sinuses & Nasopharynx / Larynx / Trachea / Bronchial Tree & Lung / Pulmonary Vasculature & Nerves / Pleura / Respiratory Movements
39
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
18. Skin: Epidermis / Dermis / Subcutaneous Tissue / Vessels & Sensory Receptors / Hair / Nails / Glands of the Skin 19. The Urinary System: Kidneys / Blood Circulation / Ureters, Bladder, & Urethra / 20. Endocrine Glands: Pituitary Gland (Hypophysis) / Adrenal Glands / Pancreatic Islets / Diffuse Neuroendocrine System / Thyroid Gland / Parathyroid Gland / Pineal Gland 21. The Male Reproductive System: Testes / Intratesticular Ducts / Excretory Genital Ducts / Accessory Glands / Penis 22. The Female Reproductive System: Ovaries / Uterine Tubes / Uterus / Vagina / Mammary Glands 23. The Eye and Ear: Special Sense Organs / Eyes: The Photoreceptor System / Ears: The Vestibuloauditory System Appendix: Light Microscopy Stains Figure Credits Index
By Kent M. Van De Graaff, Weber State University and R. Ward Rhees, Brigham Young University—Provo 2001 / 160 pages ISBN: 9780071369763
A Schaum’s Publication
http://doi.contentdirections.com What could be better than the bestselling Schaum’s Outline series? For students looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview, it would have to be Schaum’s Easy Outline series. Every book in this series is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its predecessor. With an emphasis on clarity and brevity, each new title features a streamlined and updated format and the absolute essence of the subject, presented in a concise and readily understandable form. Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give students quick pointers to the essentials. Designed to appeal to underprepared students and readers turned off by dense text Cartoons, sidebars, icons, and other graphic pointers get the material across fast Concise text focuses on the essence of the subject Delivers expert help from teachers who are authorities in their fields Perfect for last-minute test preparation So small and light that they fit in a backpack!
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 3rd Edition By Kent Van De Graaff, R Ward Rhees, Brigham Young University and Sidney L Palmer 2010 (August 2009) / 432 pages ISBN: 9780071623308
A Schaum’s Publication
Schaum’s Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology provides a systematic review of anatomy and physiology with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that help you learn and test yourself. The revised edition will include comprehensive review of the human body’s cellular chemistry and structure, tissues, systems, immunity, and reproduction process. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to the Human Body 2. Cellular Chemistry 3. Cell Structure and Function 4. Tissues 5. Integumentary System 6. Skeletal System 7. Muscle Tissue and Mode of Contraction 8. Muscular System 9. Nervous Tissue 10. Central Nervous System 11. Peripheral and Autonomic Nervous System 12. Sensory Organs 13. Endocrine System 14. Cardiovascular System: Blood 15. Cardiovascular System: The Heart 16. Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Blood Circulation 17. Lymphatic System and Body Immunity 18. Respiratory System 19. Digestive System 20. Metabolism, Nutrition, and Temperature Regulation 21. Urinary System 22. Water and Electrolyte Balance 23. Reproductive System
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
40
41
BIOLOGY
Biology Majors - Laboratory................................................................................55 Biology Non Majors - Laboratory........................................................................ 50 Biology - Supplements....................................................................................... 59 General Biology Majors - Textbook..................................................................... 51 General Biology Non Majors - Textbook............................................................. 43 Human Biology - Laboratory....................................................................................................59 - Textbook.......................................................................................................58 Professional References.................................................................................... 60
NEW TITLES BIOLOGY
2011
Author
ISBN
Biology, 2e
Brooker
9780077349967
51
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 9e
Dolphin
9780073383057
55
Inquiry Into Life, 13e
Mader
9780077280109
46
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry Into Life, 13e
Mader
9780077297435
50
Biology, 9e
Raven
9780077350024
53
Biology Laboratory Manual, 9e
Vodopich
9780077389697
56
2010
Author
ISBN
Essentials of the Living World, 3e
Johnson
9780077280079
44
The Living World, 6e
Johnson
9780077280086
43
Biology, 4e [Aust]
Knox
9780070274402
48
Biology, 10e
Mader
9780077274337
54
Essentials of Biology, 2e
Mader
9780077280093
44
Human Biology, 11e
Mader
9780077280116
58
Lab Manual to accompany Biology, 10e
Mader
9780077226176
57
Lab Manual to accompany Essentials of Biology, 2e
Mader
9780077234256
50
Lab Manual Human Biology, 11e
Mader
9780077235130
59
Page
BIOLOGY
42
Page
BIOLOGY
General Biology - Non Majors
of easy-to-assign algorithmically generated homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill’s ARIS is automatically recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. Contact your local McGraw-Hill Publisher’s representative for more information on getting started with ARIS.
Textbook
*9780077280086*
New
Contents
International Edition the living world 6th Edition By George B Johnson and Jonathan Losos, Washington University-St Louis
2010 (January 2009) / 832 pages ISBN: 9780077280086 ISBN: 9780070167773 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/tlw6 The Living World is often considered a student favorite. George Johnson has written this non-majors textbook from the ground up to be an engaging and accessible learning tool with an emphasis on “how things work and why things happen the way they do”. The Living World focuses on concepts rather than terminology and technical information, and features a straightforward, clear writing style and a wide variety of media assets to enhance the content of the textbook. New to this edition Art Tie-Ins -- Throughout the text, descriptions of the art have been incorporated into the textual discussion, encouraging the students to look at the art as they are reading the textual descriptions. In many cases, the artwork has been revised to make these rat tie-ins in the text clearer and more meaningful. A numbering system has been placed within the figures allowing the text to guide the student through particular areas of a figure. Inquiry and Analysis --This new feature appears at the end of all chapters and is intended to help students with developing their skills in analyzing and interpreting data. The author provides a 2-page discussion on the presentation of data in Chapter 1, introducing the students to the concepts of variables, relationships between variables, and presentation of data in various types of graphs. To reinforce this concept, the Inquiry and Analysis sections present the student with experimental data and help them analyze the data with a set of questions that walks them through the data. New Boxed Readings! -- The addition of boxes readings in the previous edition (i.e. Author’s Corner, Science in Action and A Closer Look) were very well received, so additional topics have been added. UPDATED TEXT WEBSITE! -- McGraw-Hill’s ARIS - Assessment, Review, and Instruction System for The Living World, 5/e is a complete electronic homework and course management system. Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit questions and algorithms, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic grading and reporting
43
Part 1 The Study of Life Chapter 1 The Science of Biology Chapter 2 Evolution and Ecology Part 2 The Living Cell Chapter 3 The Chemistry of Life Chapter 4 Molecules of Life Chapter 5 Cells Chapter 6 Energy and Life Chapter 7 Photosynthesis: Acquiring Energy from the Sun Chapter 8 How Cells Harvest Energy from Food Part 3 The Continuity of Life Chapter 9 Mitosis Chapter 10 Meiosis Chapter 11 Foundations of Genetics Chapter 12 DNA: The Genetic Material Chapter 13 How Genes Work Part 4 The New Biology Chapter 14 Gene Technology Chapter 15 Genomics Chapter 16 The Revolution in Cell Technology Part 5 The Evolution and Diversity of Life Chapter 17 Evolution and Natural Selection Chapter 18 How We Name Living Things Chapter 19 The First Single-Celled Creatures Chapter20 Advent of the Eukaryotes Chapter 21 Fungi Invade the Land Part 6 Plant Life Chapter 22 Evolution of Plants Chapter 23 Plant Form and Function Chapter 24 Plant Reproduction and Growth Part 7 Evolution of Animal Life Chapter 25 Evolution of the Animal Phyla Chapter 26 History of the Vertebrates 27 How Humans Evolved Part 8 Animal Life Chapter 28 The Animal Body and How It Moves Chapter 29 Circulation Chapter 30 Respiration Chapter 31 The Path of Food Through the Animal Body Chapter 32 Maintaining the Internal Environment Chapter 33 How the Body Defends Itself Chapter 34 The Nervous System Chapter 35 Chemical Signaling Within the Animal Body Chapter 36 Reproduction and Development Part 9 The Living Environment Chapter 37 Ecosystems Chapter 38 Populations and Communities Chapter 39 Behavior and the Environment Chapter 40 Planet Under Stress
BIOLOGY New
23 The Animal Body and How It Moves 24 Circulation 25 Respiration 26 The Path of Food Through the Animal Body 27 Maintaining the Internal Environment 28 How the Body Defends Itself 29 The Nervous System 30 Chemical Signaling Within the Animal Body 31 Reproduction and Development 32 Plant Form and Function 33 Plant Reproduction and Growth
*9780077280079*
International Edition ESSENTIALS OF THE LIVING WORLD 3rd Edition By George Johnson and Jonathan Losos of Washington University -St Louis
2010 (August 2009) / 704 pages ISBN: 9780077280079 ISBN: 9780070167766 [IE]
New
www.mhhe.com/esstlw3 A student favorite, this engaging text, now presented with a new single column format, is rich with student-oriented applications and illustrations that drive the learning. Written from scratch to be an appealing and accessible learning tool with an emphasis on “how things work and why things happen the way they do”, this Essentials text features a straightforward, clear writing style with ample use of analogies to help students relate new material to familiar things. NEW digital assets for the 3rd edition include high interest video clips and animations of key biological concepts.
*9780077280093*
International Edition ESSENTIALS OF BIOLOGY 2nd Edition By Sylvia S Mader
2010 (January 2009) / 672 pages ISBN: 9780077280093 ISBN: 9780071270878 [IE]
New to this edition New more accessible design Linking to Related Topics. Link arrows point a student to an earlier place in the text where an important related concept or finding has been discussed. Chapter Zero Updated Content; p. 210 RNA Interference, p. 449 Ethanol and Biofuels, p. 138 Curing Cancer,
www.mhhe.com/maderessentials2 Essentials of Biology is an introductory biology text for non-major students that combines Dr. Sylvia Mader’s superb and accessible writing style with clear visuals, a comprehensive learning system, and abundant supplements. Essentials of Biology explains the principles of biology clearly and illustrates them in a captivating, easy-to-understand manner. It emphasizes the relevance of biology to students’ lives within a framework of biodiversity and is organized around the major concepts of biology—cells theory, gene theory, evolution, the theory of homeostasis, and ecosystems. The three key features of Essentials of Biology include: 1. Dr. Sylvia Mader’s succinct, precise writing style. Sylvia’s writing is what has earned her a reputation as one of the most successful introductory biology textbook author ever, and it is what will be most compelling in this text.
P. 233 Transforming Adult Tissue Cells into Embryonic-like Stem Cells. Inquiry & Analysis Boxed Features
2. A comprehensive learning system to help students get the most out of each chapter’s text content and an incredible instructional visual program.
Contents 1 The Science of Biology 2 The Chemistry of Life 3 Molecules of Life 4 Cells 5 Energy and Life 6 Photosynthesis: Acquiring Energy from the Sun 7 How Cells Harvest Energy from Food 8 Mitosis 9 Meiosis 10 Foundations of Genetics 11 DNA: The Genetic Material 12 How Genes Work 13 The New Biology 14 Evolution and Natural Selection 15 Exploring Biological Diversity 16 Evolution of Microbial Life 17 Evolution of Plants 18 Evolution of Animals 19 Populations and Communities 20 Ecosystems 21 Behavior and the Environment 22 How Human Influence the Living World
3. Our package would not be complete without our robust media technology package with quality animations, digitized videos, OLC, and student interactive CD-ROM. Each chapter features numerous pedagogical tools that are carefully developed to help students grasp challenging concepts. These include: -A numbered outline at the beginning of each chapter with accompanying concept statements for the main topics in each chapter. - Check Your Progress questions and answers at the end of each major heading within the chapter to help students assess their understanding of the previous section. - The boldface terms in each chapter are page referenced in an Understanding the Terms list at the end of the chapter, and a matching exercise allows students to test their knowledge of the terms. - A Thinking Scientifically section at the end of each chapter gives students the opportunity to use critical thinking skills to respond to scientific questions.
44
BIOLOGY - The Bioethical Issue at the end of each chapter briefly discusses a controversial issue confronting society and poses questions to help students fully consider the issue and arrive at an opinion. -Numbered summary at the end of the chapter to help students review. -Testing Yourself objective questions at the end of the chapter to help students prepare for the test. New to this edition THE AUTHOR STORY• Sylvia Mader is the subject matter expert and learning system architect in one. Dr. Mader represents the student by paging the book and striking the proper balance of art, photo, text, and application. • Sylvia has taught millions of non-majors students the language of biology. • Her teaching experience at Mass Bay CC is what led Sylvia to making the time to design her text layout specifically to the non-majors market. MADER HALLMARK WRITING STYLE-Each chapter features numerous learning aids that are carefully developed to help students grasp challenging concepts. Examples include: • A numbered outline at the beginning of each chapter with accompanying concept statements for the main topics in each chapter. • Check Your Progress questions and answers at the end of each major heading within the chapter to help students assess their understanding of the previous section. • Testing Yourself questions at the end of the chapter to help students prepare for the test. • The boldface terms in each chapter are page referenced in an Understanding the Terms list at the end of the chapter, and a matching exercise allows students to test their knowledge of the terms. • A Thinking Scientifically section at the end of each chapter gives students the opportunity to use critical thinking skills to respond to scientific questions. • The Bioethical Issue at the end of each chapter briefly discusses a controversial issue confronting society and poses questions to help students fully consider the issue and arrive at an informed opinion. Feature: Dynamic Art Program. The art in Essentials of Biology is presented in several different formats: Multilevel perspective art that provides macroscopic and microscopic views to help orient students; combination art that pairs the clarity of line drawings with the realism of micrographs; and process art that breaks down complex processes into smaller steps. In addition, consistent use of color throughout the entire art program helps students focus on the content rather than being distracted by the color.
• The quizzes and other tutorial exercises from the OLC, as well as animations of key biological processes, are on the Student Interactive CD. Contents 1 A View of Life Part 1 The Cell 2 The Chemical Basis of Life 3 The Organic Molecules of Life 4 Inside the Cell 5 The Dynamic Cell 6 Energy for Life 7 Energy for Cells Part 2 Genetics 8 Cellular Reproduction 9 Sexual Reproduction 10 Patterns of Inheritance 11 DNA Biology and Technology 12 Gene Regulation and Cancer 13 Genetic Counseling Part 3 Evolution 14 Darwin and Evolution 15 Evolution on a Small Scale 16 Evolution on a Large Scale Part 4 Diversity of Life 17 The First Forms of Life 18 Land Environment: Plants and Fungi 19 Both Water and Land: Animals Part 5 Plant Structure and Function 20 Plant Anatomy and Growth 21 Plant Responses and Reproduction Part 6 Animal Structure and Function 22 Being Organized and Steady 23 The Transport Systems 24 The Maintenance Systems 25 Human Nutrition 26 Defenses Against Disease 27 The Control Systems 28 Sensory Input and Motor Output 29 Reproduction and Development Part 7 Ecology 30 Ecology of Populations 31 Communities and Ecosystems 32 Human Impact on the Biosphere
A comprehensive learning system Every chapter begins with a list of key concepts that will be covered in the chapter, and Check Your Progress questions are presented throughout the chapter so students can periodically assess their understanding of those concepts. The chapter is summarized using text and figures, and questions of varying levels of difficulty are provided at the end of each chapter to help students gauge their cumulative understanding of the material.
Complimentary copies
Applications to Real LifeEach chapter opens with several captivating photos and an accompanying brief vignette that relates to students’ lives.
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia
Bioethical Issues The Bioethical Issue at the end of each chapter briefly discusses a controversial issue confronting society and poses questions to help students fully consider the issue and arrive at an opinion. Short, cost efficient paperbound text Outstanding media study tools for students. • The Online Learning Center (OLC) provides study aids such as chapter quizzes, art exercises, flashcards, case studies, and access to an online tutor.
Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
45
BIOLOGY
New
*9780077280109*
International Edition INQUIRY INTO LIFE 13th Edition By Sylvia S Mader
2011 (January 2010) / 832 pages ISBN: 9780077280109 ISBN: 9780071220385 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/maderinquiry13 Basic biological concepts and processes with a human emphasis. From the unique delivery of biology content, to the time tested art program, to the complete integration of the text with technology, Dr. Sylvia Mader has formed a teaching system that will both motivate and enable your students to understand and appreciate the wonders of all areas of biology. Inquiry into Life, 13/e emphasizes the application of all areas of biology to knowledge of human concerns, what the students are able to relate to. This distinctive text was developed to stand apart from all other non-majors texts with a unique approach, unparalleled art, and a straightforward, succinct writing style that has been acclaimed by both users and reviewers. New to this edition More Critical Thinking Emphasis -- Discussion questions have been provided at the end of each “Focus” boxed reading and at the end of each chapter. Is it important that your students be able to apply what they’ve learned to real-life applications? Do you think this better prepares them for the future?
9 Plant Organization and Function 10 Plant Reproduction and Responses Part III Maintenance of the Human Body 11 Human Organization 12 Cardiovascular System 13 Lymphatic and Immune Systems 14 Digestive System and Nutrition 15 Respiratory System 16 Urinary System and Excretion Part IV Integration and Control of the Human Body 17 Nervous System 18 Senses 19 Musculoskeletal System 20 Endocrine System Part V Continuance of the Species 21 Reproductive System 22 Development and Aging 23 Patterns of Inheritance 24 DNA Biology and Technology 25 Control of Gene Expression and Cancer 26 Genetic Counseling Part VI Evolution and Diversity 27 Evolution of Life 28 Microbiology 29 Plants 30 Animals: Part I 31 Animals: Part II Part VII Behavior and Ecology 32 Animal Behavior 33 Population Growth and Regulation 34 Nature of Ecosystems 35 The Biosphere 36 Environmental Concerns
International Edition concepts in biology 13th Edition
Integrated Disease Coverage -- More human disease coverage will be integrated throughout the text. Each of the systems chapter will have a new Disease and Disorder section. An Emphasis on the Scientific Process -- The introductory chapter begins with a new and expanded explanation of the scientific process. New art contributes to this expanded coverage; Science Focus readings occur throughout the text. These readings discuss recent biological research in the area under discussion. Enhanced Art Program -- The content and clarity of the art program within Inquiry Into Life have always been a hallmark of the text. Great care has been taken to maintain this high standard in making this revision. Vibrant colors and added dimension have been put into place to help create an even more beneficial art program. Content Revised Throughout -- Content has been revised throughout the book by contributing experts in the field. eInstruction questions are available with this project and can be found on the A.R.I.S. site. eInstruction is a wireless student response system that allows for the ultimate in classroom participation, giving you immediate feedback from every student.
By Eldon Enger, Frederick C Ross and David Bailey of Delta College 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780077229962 ISBN: 9780071287890 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/enger13e Enger/Ross/Bailey: Concepts in Biology is a relatively brief introductory general biology text written for students with no previous science background. The authors strive to use the most accessible vocabulary and writing style possible while still maintaining scientific accuracy. The text covers all the main areas of study in biology from cells through ecosystems. Evolution and ecology coverage are combined in Part Four to emphasize the relationship between these two main subject areas. The new, 13th edition is the latest and most exciting revision of a respected introductory biology text written by authors who know how to reach students through engaging writing, interesting issues and applications, and accessible level. Instructors will appreciate the book’s scientific accuracy, complete coverage and extensive supplement package. CONTENTS
Contents
Part I Introduction 1 What is Biology? Part II Cornerstones: Chemistry, Cells, and Metabolism 2 The Basics of Life: Chemistry 3 Organic Molecules-The Molecules of Life 4 Cell Structure and Function 5 Enzymes, Coenzymes, and Energy 6 Biochemical Pathways-Cellular Respiration 7 Biochemical Pathways-Photosynthesis Part III Molecular Biology, Cell Division and Genetics 8 DNA and RNA: The Molecular Basis of Heredity
1 The Study of Life Part I Cell Biology 2 The Molecules of Cells 3 Cell Structure and Function 4 Membrane Structure and Function 5 Cell Division 6 Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes 7 Cellular Respiration Part II Plant Biology 8 Photosynthesis
46
BIOLOGY 9 Cell Division 10 Patterns of Inheritance 11 Applications of Biotechnology Part IV Evolution and Ecology 12 Diversity within Species and Population Genetics 13 Evolution and Natural Selection 14 The Formation of Species and Evolutionary Change 15 Ecosystem Dynamics: The Flow of Energy and Matter 16 Community Interactions 17 Population Ecology 18 Evolutionary and Ecological Aspects of Behavior Part V The Origin and Classification of Life 19 The Origin of Life and Evolution of Cells 20 The Classification and Evolution of Organisms 21 The Nature of Microorganisms 22 The Plant Kingdom 23 The Animal Kingdom Part VI Physiological Processes 24 Materials Exchange in the Body 25 Nutrition: Food and Diet 26 The Body’s Control Mechanisms and Immunity 27 Human Reproduction, Sex, and Sexuality
Contents
International Edition BIOLOGY Concepts and Investigations By Marielle Hoefnagels, University of Oklahoma-Norman 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780073342528 ISBN: 9780071270434 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/hoefnagels This new non-majors biology textbook offers an engaging writing style, strong focus on scientific inquiry and evolution, an emphasis on applications and a superior pedagogical system within a concepts format. Content: This text takes a concepts approach, with up-to-date content delivered at a nonmajors level. Each chapter is built around a set of core concepts. Authorship: This is the only single-authored, non-majors text written by a Ph.D. biologist, who is an active, tenured, award-winning teacher from a well-respected research university. Scientific Inquiry: This text emphasizes science as a process and how scientists do their work. Evolution: Evolution is the central theme of the text and addressed in multiple way throughout. Media: This text includes a multitude of media assets include learning outcomes, animations, videos, and quizzing. Applications: The text several features that highlight the relevance of topics to readers, including an opening essays, Burning Questions boxed readings, Can You Relate boxed readings, and applications woven throughout all chapters in the narrative. Art/Visuals: This text includes a brand new art program with a 3-dimensional look and feel, using consistent color and style throughout. Pedagogy: Leaning tools in this text include two-page chapter openers, numbered concepts, boxed readings, Mastering Concepts questions at the end of major sections, and substantive end-of-chapter assessment material.
47
Unit 1: The Cellular Basis of Life 1. What is Life? 2. The Chemistry of Life 3. The Dynamic Cell 4. The Energy of Life 5. Photosynthesis 6. How Cells Release Energy Unit 2: The Molecular Basis of Life 7. DNA Structure and Replication 8. The Cell Cycle 9. Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis 10. Patterns of Inheritance 11. Chromosomes and Human Inheritance Patterns 12. Gene Function, Gene Regulation, and Biotechnology Unit 3: The Evolution of Life 13. The Forces of Evolutionary Change 14. Speciation and Extinction 15. Evidence for Evolution 16. The Origin and History of Life Unit 4: The Diversity of Life 17. Viruses and Simple Infectious Agents 18. Bacteria and Archaea 19. Protista 20. Plants 21. Fungi 22. Animals I – Invertebrates 23. Animals II – Vertebrates Unit 5: Plant Life 24. Plant Form and Function 25. Plant Nutrition and Transport 26. Reproduction and Development of Flowering Plants Unit 6: Animal Life 27. Animal Tissues, Organ Systems and Homeostasis 28. The Nervous System 29. The Sensory System 30. The Endocrine System 31. The Musculoskeletal System 32. The Circulatory System 33. The Respiratory System 34. Digestion and Animal Nutrition 35. Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids 36. The Immune System 37. Animal Reproduction and Development Unit 7: The Ecology of Life 38. Animal Behavior 39. Populations 40. Communities and Ecosystems 41. The Biosphere 42. Conserving Biodiversity
BIOLOGY
New
Chapter 38: Simple animals: sponges to flatworms Chapter 39: Annelids, molluscs, nematodes and arthropods Chapter 40: Echinoderms and chordates Part 6: Ecology Chapter 41: Australian biota Chapter 42: Population ecology Chapter 43: Living in communities Chapter 44: Ecosystems Chapter 45: Human impacts Classification of cellular organisms Units of measurement Glossary Index
*9780070274402*
BIOLOGY 4th Edition By Bruce Knox (Deceased), Pauline Ladiges and Barbara Evans of University of Melbourne and Robert Saint, Australian National Univeristy
2009 (October 2009) ISBN: 9780070274402
McGraw-Hill Australia Title
International Edition
www.mhhe.com/knox4e Biology: An Australian Focus is the only local ground-up introductory text. Now in its fourth edition, the text has been written by our region’s leading academic scientists. The unique nature of Australian and New Zealand flora, fauna and ecosystems is integrated into discussion and exploration of the general principles and topics of introductory biology.
CONCEPTS OF BIOLOGY
CONTENTS
http://www.mhhe.com/maderconcepts
Part 1: Cell biology and energetics Chapter 1: Nature of molecules Chapter 2: Biomolecules Chapter 3: The chemistry of life Chapter 4: Functioning cells Chapter 5: Movement across membranes Chapter 6: Harvesting energy Chapter 7: Cells, tissues and signals Chapter 8: Cell division Part 2: Genetics and molecular biology Chapter 9: Inheritance Chapter 10: Genes, chromosomes and DNA Chapter 11: The genetic code Chapter 12: Gene expression Chapter 13: Genomes, mutation and cancer Chapter 14: Genetic engineering and biotechnology Part 3: Plant form and function Chapter 15: Reproduction, growth and development of flowering plants Chapter 16: Structure of plants Chapter 17: Plant nutrition, transport and adaptation to stress Chapter 18: Plant hormones and growth responses Part 4: Animal form and function Chapter 19: Animal reproduction Chapter 20: Animal development Chapter 21: Homeostasis: water, solutes and excretion Chapter 22: Gas exchange in animals Chapter 23: Circulation Chapter 24: Metabolism, temperature regulation and environmental stress Chapter 25: Animal and human nutrition Chapter 26: Innate defences and the immune system Chapter 27: Hormonal control in animals Chapter 28: Nervous systems Chapter 29: Animal movement Chapter 30: Animal behaviour Part 5: Evolution and biodiversity Chapter 31: Evolving life Chapter 32: Evolving earth Chapter 33: Mechanisms of evolution Chapter 34: Bacteria Chapter 35: The protists Chapter 36: Plants Chapter 37: Fungi
Instructors consistently ask for a textbook that helps students understand the relationships between the main concepts of biology, so they are not learning facts about biology in isolation. Mader’s Concepts of Biology was developed to fill this void. Organized around the main themes of biology, Concepts of Biology guides students to think conceptually about biology and the world around them. Just as the levels of biological organization flow from one level to the next, themes and topics in Concepts of Biology are tied to one another throughout the chapter, and between the chapters and parts. Combined with Dr. Mader’s hallmark writing style, exceptional art program, and pedagogical framework, difficult concepts become easier to understand and visualize, allowing students to focus on understanding how the concepts are related.
48
By Sylvia S Mader 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780077229979 ISBN: 9780071283151 [IE]
Contents Chapter 1: Biology is the Study of Life Part I: Organisms are Composed of Cells Chapter 2: Basic Chemistry and Cells Chapter 3: Organic Molecules and Cells Chapter 4: Structure and Function of Cells Chapter 5: Dynamic Activities of Cells Chapter 6: Pathways of Photosynthesis Chapter 7: Pathways of Cellular Respiration Part II: Genes Control the Traits of Organisms Chapter 8: Cell Division and Reproduction Chapter 9: Patterns of Genetic Inheritance Chapter 10: Molecular Biology of Inheritance Chapter 11: Regulation of Gene Activity Chapter 12: Biotechnology and Genomics Part III: Organisms are Related and Adapted to their Environment Chapter 13: Darwin and Evolution Chapter 14: Speciation and Evolution Chapter 15: The History and Classification of Life on Earth Chapter 16: Evolution of Microbial Life Chapter 17: Evolution of Protists Chapter 18: Evolution of Plants and Fungi Chapter 19: Evolution of Animals Chapter 20: Evolution of Humans Part IV: Plants are Homeostatic Chapter 21: Plant Organization and Homeostasis Chapter 22: Nutrition and Transport in Plants Chapter 23: Regulation of Growth and Responses in Plants Chapter 24: Reproduction and Development of Plants Part V: Animals are Homeostatic Chapter 25: Animal Organization and Homeostasis
BIOLOGY Chapter 24: Hormones, Reproduction, and Early Development Part VIII: Applying Your Knowledge of Human Biology Chapter 25: Human Control of Reproduction (Applications chapter) Chapter 26: The Immune System and Emergent Diseases (Applications chapter) Part IX: Ecology Chapter 27: Ecology: Populations and Communities Chapter 28: Ecosystems and Biomes Part X: Applying Your Knowledge of Ecology Chapter 29: Human Impact Upon the Earth (Applications chapter)
Chapter 26: Coordination by Neural Signaling Chapter 27: Sense Organs Chapter 28: Locomotion and Support Systems Chapter 29: Circulation and Cardiovascular Systems Chapter 30: Lymph Transport and Immunity Chapter 31: Digestive Systems and Nutrition Chapter 32: Gas Exchange and Transport in Animals Chapter 33: Osmoregulation and Excretion Chapter 34: Coordination by Hormone Signaling Chapter 35: Reproduction and Development Part VI: Organisms Live in Ecosystems Chapter 36: Population Ecology Chapter 37: Behavioral Ecology Chapter 38: Community and Ecosystem Ecology Chapter 39: Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere Chapter 40: Conservation of Biodiversity
International Edition LIFE 6th Edition By Ricki Lewis, SUNY-at Albany, Bruce Parker, Utah Valley State College-Orem, Douglas Gaffin and Marielle Hoefnagels of University of Oklahoma-Norman 2007 (Jan 2006) / 1024 pages ISBN: 9780071106900 [IE]
International Edition BIOLOGY Dimensions of Life
http://www.mhhe.com/life6
By Joelle C Presson, University of Maryland-College Park and Janann Jenner 2008 (January 2007) ISBN: 9780073227368 ISBN: 9780071102148 [IE]
CONTENTS
www.mhhe.com/presson1 Presson/Jenner: Biology: Dimensions of Life, 1e is a one-semester biology text with an engaging, conversational style which encourages basic understanding of biology, issues, and applications leading students to a greater awareness of how they interact with the world around them. The goal of this text is to help students understand how biology relates to their lives and why they should develop a desire to obtain knowledge about science and biological issues. CONTENTS Chapter 1: The Framework of Biology Part I: Biological Chemistry, Cells, and Cellular Processes Chapter 2: Life Emerges from Chemistry: Atoms and Molecules Chapter 3: Biological Molecules Chapter 4: Life is Cellular: Cell Structure and Function Chapter 5: Life Uses Chemical Energy: Energy and Life Chapter 6: Engine of Life: Photosynthesis and Glucose Metabolism Part II: Reproduction of Cells and Inheritance Chapter 7: The Master Molecule of Life: DNA: Structure and Function Chapter 8: Life Renews Itself: Reproduction of Cells Chapter 9: Constructing Life: The Control of Eukaryotic Gene Expression Chapter 10: Rules of Inheritance: Classical Genetics Part III: Applying Your Knowledge of Cells and Cellular Processes Chapter 11: Biotechnology (Applications chapter) Chapter 12: The Biology and Treatment of Cancer (Applications chapter) Part IV: Evolution and Diversity of Life Chapter 13: Life Evolves: Darwin and the Science of Evolution Chapter 14: All Life is Related: Understanding Biological Diversity Chapter 15: Varieties of Life: Prokaryotes, Single-Celled Eukaryotes, and Algae Chapter 16: Varieties of Life: Fungi and Animals Chapter 17: Varieties of Life: Plants Part V: Applying Your Knowledge of Biological Diversity Chapter 18: The Value of Biological Diversity (Applications chapter) Part VI: Plant Biology Chapter 19: The Living Plant: Plant Structure and Function Chapter 20: The Thread of Life: Reproduction of Seed Plants Part VII: Human Biology Chapter 21: Nerves, Senses, Bones, Muscles Chapter 22: Nutrition and Digestion Chapter 23: Circulation, Respiration, and Excretion
49
Unit 1 From Atoms to Cells 1 What is Life? 2 Of Atoms and Molecules: Chemistry Basics 3 Life’s Chemistry 4 Cells 5 The Cell Surface and Cytoskeleton 6 The Energy of Life 7 Photosynthesis 8 How Cells Release Energy Unit 2 Genetics & Biotechnology 9 The Cell Cycle 10 Meiosis 11 How Inherited Traits are Transmitted 12 Chromosomes 13 DNA Structure and Function 14 Genetic Technology Unit 3 Evolution 15 The Evolution of Evolutionary Thought 16 The Forces of Evolutionary Change--Microevolution 17 Speciation and Extinction 18 Evidence for Evolution 19 The Origin and History of Life Unit 4 The Diversity of Life 20 Viruses 21 Bacteria and Archaea 22 Protista 23 Plantae 24 Fungi 25 Animalia I: Sponges Through Echinoderms 26 Animalia II: Chordates Unit 5 Plant Life 27 Plant Form and Function 28 Plant Nutrition and Transport 29 Reproduction of Flowering Plants 30 Plant Responses to Stimuli Unit 6 Animal Life 31 Animal Tissues and Organ Systems 32 The Nervous System 33 The Senses 34 The Endocrine System 35 The Musculoskeletal System 36 The Circulatory System 37 The Respiratory System 38 Digestion and Nutrition 39 Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids
BIOLOGY 40 The Immune System 41 Human Reproduction and Development Unit 7 Behavior and Ecology 42 Animal Behavior 43 Populations 44 Communities and Ecosystems 45 Biomes and Aquatic Ecosystems 46 Environmental Challenges
New
*9780077234256*
LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY ESSENTIALS OF BIOLOGY 2nd Edition By Sylvia Mader
Biology - Non Majors Laboratory
2010 (February 2009) / 352 pages ISBN: 9780077234256 CONTENTS
New
1 Scientific Method 2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy 3 Cell Structure and Function 4 Enzymes 5 Cellular Respiration 6 Photosynthesis 7 Mitosis and Meiosis 8 Patterns of Inheritance 9 DNA Biology and Technology 10 Genetic Counseling 11 Evidences of Evolution 12 Microbiology 13 Seedless Plants and Seed Plants 14 Plant Anatomy and Growth 15 Animal Diversity 16 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 17 Cardiovascular System 18 Chemical Aspects of Digestion 19 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II 20 Nervous System and Senses 21 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems Appendix A: Metric System Practical Examination Answer Sheet
*9780077297435*
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY INQUIRY INTO LIFE 13th Edition By Sylvia Mader 2011 (January 2010) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780077297435
www.mhhe.com/labcentral CONTENTS 1 Scientific Method 2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy 3 Chemical Composition of Cells 4 Cell Structure and Function 5 Mitosis and Meiosis 6 How Enzymes Function 7 Cellular Respiration 8 Photosynthesis 9 Organization of Flowering Plants 10 Reproduction in Flowering Plants 11 Animal Organization 12 Chemical Aspects of Digestion 13 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 14 Cardiovascular System 15 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II 16 Homeostasis 17 Nervous System and Senses 18 Musculoskeletal System 19 Development 20 Patterns of Inheritance 21 Human Genetics 22 DNA Biology and Technology 23 Evidences of Evolution 24 Microbiology 25 Seedless Plants 26 Seed Plants 27 Introduction to Invertebrates 28 Invertebrate Coelomates 29 The Vertebrates 30 Sampling Ecosystems 31 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY 13th Edition By Eldon Enger and Frederick Ross of Delta College 2009 (February 2008) / 320 pages ISBN: 9780073377926
www.mhhe.com/labcentral CONTENTS Lab Exercise 1: Metric Measurement and the Scientific Method Lab Exercise 2: Atoms and Molecules Lab Exercise 3: Diffusion and Osmosis Lab Exercise 4: Structure of Some Organic Molecules Lab Exercise 5: The Microscope Lab Exercise 6: Survey of Cell Types: Structure and Function Lab Exercise 7: Enzymes Lab Exercise 8: Photosynthesis and Respiration Lab Exercise 9: The Chemistry and Ecology of Yogurt Production Lab Exercise 10: DNA and RNA: Structure and Function Lab Exercise 11: Mitosis-Cell Division Lab Exercise 12: Meiosis Lab Exercise 13: DNA Extraction Lab Exercise 14: Genetics Problems Lab Exercise 15: Genetic Ratios and Chi-Square Analysis Lab Exercise 16: Human Variation
50
BIOLOGY
General Biology Majors
Lab Exercise 17: Sensory Abilities Lab Exercise 18: Population Demographics Lab Exercise 19: Population Genetics Simulation Lab Exercise 20: Bacterial Selection Lab Exercise 21: The Effect of Abiotic Factors on Habitat Preference Lab Exercise 22: Successional Changes in Vegetation Lab Exercise 23: Behavioral Differences in Small Mammals Lab Exercise 24: Plant Life Cycles Lab Exercise 25: Plant Structure and Function Lab Exercise 26: Natural Selection Lab Exercise 27: Species Diversity Lab Exercise 28: Frog Dissection Lab Exercise 29: Roll Call of the Animals Lab Exercise 30: Intraspecific and Interspecific Competition Appendix A: Chi-Square (Goodness of Fit) Test Appendix B: Math Review
Textbook
New
*9780077349967*
International Edition BIOLOGY 2nd Edition
LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY CONCEPTS OF BIOLOGY
By Robert Brooker, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, Eric Widmaier, Boston University, Linda Graham, University of Wisconsin-Madison and Peter Stiling, University of South Florida-Tampa
By Sylvia S Mader 2009 (April 2008) / 392 pages ISBN: 9780073292007
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077349967 ISBN: 9780071221801 [IE]
CONTENTS
The second edition has gotten even better! The author team is dedicated to producing the most engaging and current text that is available for undergraduate students who are majoring in biology. We want our students to be inspired by the field of biology and become critical thinkers. NEW TO THIS EDITION Process of Science
Hypothesis testing and discovery based science are at the core in Biology. In addition to an experimental focus throughout the entire text, every chapter has a Feature Investigation that describes the scientific process from beginning to end. These illustrations will help students understand how biological principles emerge from experimentation. To further help students appreciate the scientific process, the Feature Investigation in each chapter now includes three new elements: a Conclusion, the original journal citation for the experiment, and questions that are directly related to the experiment.
1 Scientific Method 2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy Part 1 Concepts of Cell Biology 3 Chemical Composition of Cells 4 Cell Structure and Function 5 How Enzymes Function 6 Photosynthesis 7 Cellular Respiration Part 2 Concepts of Genetics 8 Mitosis and Meiosis 9 Mendelian Genetics 10 Human Genetics 11 DNA Biology and Technology Part 3 Concepts of Evolution 12 Evidences of Evolution 13 Diversity: Bacteria, Protists, and Fungi 14 Diversity: Plants 15 Diversity: Animals Part 4 Concepts of Plant Biology 16 Organization of Flowering Plants 17 Reproduction of Flowering Plants Part 5 Concepts of Animal Biology 18 Animal Organization and Structure 19 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I 20 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II 21 Physiology of the Digestive System 22 Physiology of Excretory Organs 23 Physiology of the Nervous System 24 Animal Development Part 6 Concepts of Ecology 25 Symbiotic Relationships 26 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems
Learning System Starting with a simple outline at the beginning of each chapter, the authors focused on presenting the crucial topics in a clear and easy to follow manner. Emphasis is on critical thinking and active learning by constantly returning to how science is done and through several pedagogical devices including the Concept Check questions which appear in figure legends throughout the text. Each chapter ends with a thorough review section which returns to the outline and emphasizes higher level learning through multiple question types, written at a higher level in Bloom’s taxonomy. An answer key for the questions is now provided in an appendix at the end of the book. Biological Concepts and Modern Content Science is a moving target. Although the content and organization of Biology is not a dramatic departure from other books, the authors have added modern content that will better prepare students for future careers in biology. Striking examples include: Chapter 5. Membrane Structure, Synthesis, and Transport: This chapter has a new section on the Synthesis of Membrane Components in Eukaryotic Cells. In this section, you will find a description of how cells make phospholipids, a critical topic that is often neglected. Chapter 6. An Introduction to Energy, Enzymes, and Metabolism: Based on reviewer comments, this newly created chapter splits the material that was originally in Chapter 7 of the first edition. Chapter
51
BIOLOGY 6 provides an introduction to energy, enzymes, and metabolism. It includes added material on ribozymes and a novel section at the end of the chapter that describes the important topic of how cells recycle the building blocks of their organic macromolecules. Chapter 7. Cellular Respiration, Fermentation, and Secondary Metabolism: In the second edition, Chapter 7 is now divided into three sections called Cellular Respiration in the Presence of Oxygen, Anaerobic Respiration and Fermentation, Chapter 15. The Eukaryotic Cell Cycle, Mitosis, and Meiosis: This chapter now begins with a section on the eukaryotic cell cycle, which was in Chapter 9 of the first edition. This new organization allows students to connect how the cell cycle is related to mitosis and meiosis. Also, a new Genomes and Proteomes Connection on cytokinesis has also been added which explains new information on how cells divide. Chapter 16. Simple Patterns of Inheritance: To make the topics stand out better for students, this chapter has been subdivided into six sections entitled Mendel’s Laws of Inheritance, The Chromosome Theory of Inheritance, Pedigree Analysis of Human Traits, Sex Chromosomes and X-Linked Inheritance Patterns, Variations in Inheritance Patterns and Their Molecular Basis, and Genetics and Probability. Chapter 21. Genomes, Proteomes, and Bioinformatics: This chapter has been updated with the newest information regarding genome sequences. Students are introduced to the NCBI website, and a collaborative problem at the end of the chapter asks the students to identify a mystery gene sequence using the BLAST program. Chapter 23. An Introduction to Evolution: To help the students make connections between genes and traits, newly discovered examples, such as the role of allelic differences in the Igf2 gene among dog breeds, have been added. Chapter 26. Taxonomy and Systematics: The chapter begins with a modern description of taxonomy that divides eukaryotes into eight supergroups. To make each topic easier to follow, the chapter is now subdivided into five sections entitled Taxonomy, Phylogenetic Trees, Cladistics, Molecular Clocks, and Horizontal Gene Transfer. Chapter 33. The Invertebrates: With the huge number of invertebrate species and the medical importance of many, a new Genomes and Proteomes Connection discusses DNA barcoding, which may allow for rapid classification of species. The taxonomy of the annelids, arthropods and chordates has been updated. Chapter 60. Biodiversity and Conservation Biology: The link between biodiversity and ecosystem function has been underscored by better explaining Tilman’s field experiments. The chapter also provides a new section on climate change as a cause of species extinction and loss of biodiversity. A new discussion of bioremediation has been provided in the restoration ecology section. Outstanding Media • Connect * Enhanced Image and Lecture PPt * New Animations * Active Learning Exercises • Learn * Engaging, Interactive Questions and Activities * Student Self Study • Succeed * Enhanced Testbank * Powerful Diagnostics and Reports for Students and Instructors * Connect Plus eBook CONTENTS 1 An Introduction to Biology Unit 1 Chemistry 2 The Chemical Basis of Life I: Atoms, Molecules, and Water 3 The Chemical Basis of Life II: Organic Molecules Unit 2 Cell 4 General Features of Cells
52
5 Membrane Structure, Synthesis, and Transport 6 An Introduction to Energy, Enzymes, and Metabolism 7 Cellular Respiration, Fermentation, and Secondary Metabolism 8 Photosynthesis 9 Cell Communication 10 Multicellularity Unit 3 Genetics 11 Nucleic Acid Structure, DNA Replication, and Chromosome Structure 12 Gene Expression at the Molecular Level 13 Gene Regulation 14 Mutation, DNA Repair, and Cancer 15 The Eukaryotic Cell Cycle, Mitosis, and Meiosis 16 Simple Patterns of Inheritance 17 Complex Patterns of Inheritance 18 Genetics of Viruses and Bacteria 19 Developmental Genetics 20 Genetic Technology 21 Genomes, Proteomes, and Bioinformatics Unit 4 Evolution 22 The Origin and History of Life 23 An Introduction to Evolution 24 Population Genetics 25 Origin of Species and Macroevolution 26 Taxonomy and Systematics Unit 5 Diversity 27 Bacteria and Archaea 28 Protists 29 Plants and the Conquest of Land 30 The Evolution and Diversity of Modern Gymnosperms and Angiosperms 31 Fungi 32 An Introduction to Animal Diversity 33 The Invertebrates 34 The Vertebrates Unit 6 Plants 35 An Introduction to Flowering Plant Form and Function 36 Flowering Plants: Behavior 37 Flowering Plants: Nutrition 38 Flowering Plants: Transport 39 Flowering Plants: Reproduction Unit 7 Animals 40 Introduction to Animal Form and Function 41 Neuroscience I: Cells of the Nervous System 42 Neuroscience II: Evolution and Function of the Brain and Nervous Systems 43 Neuroscience III: Sensory Systems 44 The Muscular-Skeletal System and Locomotion 45 Nutrition, Digestion, and Absorption 46 Control of Energy Balance, Metabolic Rate, and Body Temperature 47 Circulatory Systems 48 Respiratory Systems 49 Excretory Systems and Salt and Water Balance 50 Endocrine Systems 51 Animal Reproduction 52 Animal Development 53 Immune Systems Unit 8 Ecology 54 An Introduction to Ecology and Biomes 55 Behavioral Ecology 56 Population Ecology 57 Species Interactions 58 Community Ecology 59 Ecosystems Ecology 60 Biodiversity and Conservation Biology
BIOLOGY
*9780077350024*
New
International Edition BIOLOGY 9th Edition By Peter Raven, Missouri Botanical Gardens, George Johnson, Washington University-St Louis, Kenneth Mason, Purdue University-West Lafayette, Jonathan Losos, Washington University-St Louis and Susan Singer, Carleton College
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077350024 ISBN: 9780071222068 [IE] This edition continues the evolution of Raven & Johnson’s Biology. The author team is committed to continually improving the text, keeping the student and learning foremost. We have integrated new pedagogical features to guide the student through the learning process. This latest edition of the text maintains the clear, accessible, and engaging writing style of past editions with the solid framework of pedagogy that highlights an emphasis on evolution and scientific inquiry that have made this a leading textbook for students majoring in biology. This emphasis on the organizing power of evolution is combined with an integration of the importance of cellular, molecular biology and genomics to offer our readers a text that is student friendly and current. NEW TO THIS EDITION Committed to Students New pedagogical features to guide student learning • Each chapter begins with an outline of the chapter. • Learning outcomes are included for every major topic to help students see the forest for the trees and focus on the main concepts and relationships of the details being presented to them. • Scientific Thinking illustrations are highlighted and provide students with questions, as well as a hypothesis, prediction, observation, experiment, etc., as appropriate to guide their thought process and teach them to think like a scientist. • Inquiry questions are found throughout the text to push the students further in their ability to think scientifically. • Learning outcomes are revisited with a short review prior to moving on to the next major topic. • A logically organized summary is available at the end of each chapter for students to use as a quick study tool. • End of chapter review questions include Understanding, Applying and Synthesizing levels. Committed to Biology Educators The dynamic author team comprised of Jonathan Losos, Evolutionary Biologist at Harvard University, Ken Mason, Molecular Biologist at University of Iowa, and Susan Singer, Plant Geneticist, Carleton College, have joined forces to move this high-quality textbook forward in a significant way for a new generation of students. All three authors have extensive experience teaching undergraduate biology and have used this knowledge as a guide in producing a text that is up-to-date, beautifully illustrated, and pedagogically sound for the student. They have provided clear, explicit learning objectives, and more closely integrate the text with its media support materials to provide instructors with an excellent complement to their teaching. Committed to Today’s Learning Environment • • •
Connect Learn Succeed
CONTENTS Part 1: The Molecular Basis of Life 1--The Science of Biology 2--The Nature of Molecules
53
3--The Chemical Building Blocks of Life Part II: Biology of the Cell 4--Cell Structure 5--Membranes 6--Energy and Metabolism 7--How Cells Harvest Energy 8--Photosynthesis 9--Cell Communication 10--How Cells Divide Part III: Genetic and Molecular Biology 11--Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis 12--Patterns of Inheritance 13--Chromosomes, Matting & the Meiosis-Inheritance Connection 14--DNA: The Genetic Material 15--Genes and How They Work 16--Control of Gene Expression 17--Biotechnology 18--Genomics 19--Cellular Mechanisms of Development Part IV: Evolution 20--Genes Within Populations 21--The Evidence for Evolution 22--The Origin of Species 23--Systematics and the Phylogenetic Revolution 24--Genome Evolution 25--Evolution of Development Part V: Diversity of Life on Earth 26--The Tree of Life 27--Viruses 28--Prokaryotes 29--Protists 30--Overview of Green Plants 31--Fungi 32--Overview of Animal Diversity 33--Noncoelomate Invertebrates 34--Coelomate Invertebrates 35--Vertebrates Part VI: Plant Form and Function 36--Plant Form 37--Vegetative Plant Development 38--Transport in Plants 39--Plant Nutrition and Soils 40--Plant Defense Responses 41--Sensory Systems in Plants 42--Plant Reproduction Part VII: Animal Form and Function 43--The Animal Body and Principles of Regulation 44--The Nervous System 45--Sensory Systems 46--The Endocrine System 47--The Musculoskeletal System 48--The Digestive System 49--The Respiratory System 50--The Circulatory System 51--Osmotic Regulation and the Urinary System 52--The Immune System 53--The Reproductive System 54--Animal Development Part VIII: Ecology and Behavior 55--Behavioral Biology 56--Population Ecology 57--Community of Ecology 58--Dynamics of Ecosystems 59--The Biosphere 60--Conservation Biology
BIOLOGY
New
All text, artwork, and photos necessary to understand a particular concept (e.g., prokaryotic vs. eukaryotic replication) appear either on the same page or facing pages.
*9780077274337*
International Edition
Contents
BIOLOGY 10th Edition By Sylvia S Mader
2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077274337 ISBN: 9780071288866 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/maderbiology10 Biology is a comprehensive introductory biology textbook for nonmajors or mixed-majors courses that covers biology in a traditional order from the structure and function of the cell to the organization of the biosphere. The book, which centers on the evolution and diversity of organisms, is appropriate for a one- or two-semester course. It’s no wonder that Sylvia Mader’s Biology continues to be a text that’s appreciated as much by instructors as it is by the students who use it. The ninth edition is the epitome of Mader’s expertise: Its concise, precise writing uses an economy of words to present the material as succinctly and clearly as possible, thereby enabling students -- even non-majors -- to understand the concepts without necessarily asking the instructor to explain further. New to this edition THE MADER AUTHOR STORY• Sylvia Mader is the subject matter expert and learning system architect in one. Dr. Mader represents the student by paging the book and striking the proper balance of art, photo, text, and application. • Sylvia has taught millions of non-majors students the language of biology. • Her teaching experience at Mass Bay CC is what led Sylvia to making the time to design her text layout specifically to the non-majors market. Phonetic pronunciations have been added to the Glossary. KEY CONTENT UPDATES -These are based on reviewer suggestions and biological discoveries: Overview of Change to Biology, Tenth Edition Visuals: The brilliant visual program of the previous edition is enhanced even more by the addition many new micrographs and innovative page layouts. Cellular Biology: Cell signaling receives expanded coverage as a mechanism of cellular metabolism and cell division control. Genetics: Reorganization of the genetics chapters results in increased genome coverage including the role of small RNA molecules in regulation Systematics: Cladistics is better explained and new evolutionary trees are presented for protists, plants, and animals. Evolution: A new chapter “Speciation and Microevolution” points to the possible role of Hox genes in punctuated evolution. Plant Evolution: A reorganization of chapter 23 better describes the evolution of plants from an aquatic green algal ancestor. Animal Evolution: Reorganization of part VI results in two new animal diversity chapters: the invertebrates and the vertebrates. Approximately 70 animations of key biological processes accompany Biology 10e. Approximately 50 of these animations are available in a Spanish version. McGraw-Hill’s Biology Digitized Video Clips DVD. Licensed from some of the highest-quality science video producers in the world, these brief segments range from 15 seconds to two minutes in length and cover all areas of general biology from cells to ecosystems.
54
1 A View of Life Part I THE CELL 2 Basic Chemistry 3 The Chemistry of Organic Molecules 4 Cell Structure and Function 5 Membrane Structure and Function 6 Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes 7 Photosynthesis 8 Cellular Respiration Part II GENETIC BASIS OF LIFE 9 The Cell Cycle and Cellular Reproduction 10 Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction 11 Mendelian Patterns of Inheritance 12 Molecular Biology of the Gene 13 Regulation of Gene Activity 14 Biotechnology and Genomics Part III EVOLUTION 15 Darwin and Evolution 16 How Populations Evolve 17 Speciation and Macroevolution 18 Origin and History of Life 19 Systematics and Phylogeny Part IV MICROBIOLOGY and EVOLUTION 20 Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaea 21 Protist Evolution and Diversity 22 Fungi Evolution and Diversity Part V PLANT EVOLUTION and BIOLOGY 23 Plant Evolution and Diversity 24 Flowering Plants: Structure and Organization 25 Flowering Plants: Nutrition and Organization 26 Flowering Plants: Control of Growth Responses 27 Flowering Plants: Reproduction Part VI ANIMAL EVOLUTION and DIVERSITY 28 Invertebrates 29 Vertebrates 30 Human Evolution Part VII COMPARATIVE ANIMAL BIOLOGY 31 Animal Organization and Homeostasis 32 Circulation and Cardiovascular Systems 33 Lymph Transport and Immunity 34 Digestive Systems and Nutrition 35 Respiratory Systems 36 Body Fluid Regulation and Excretory Systems 37 Neurons and Nervous Systems 38 Sense Organs 39 Locomotion and Support Systems 40 Hormones and Endocrine Systems 41 Reproductive Systems 42 Animal Development Part VIII BEHAVIOR and ECOLOGY 43 Behavioral Ecology 44 Population Ecology 45 Community and Ecosystem Ecology 46 Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere 47 Conservation of Biodiversi
BIOLOGY
Biology Majors - Laboratory
-Three dimensional molecular structures are manipulated to reveal their properties. Lab Topic 7 Determining the Properties of an Enzyme -Reviewers have given this experiment an “A” for years because it works; -Improved directions on making derivative graphs;--Excellent results for lab report.
New
Lab Topic 8 Measuring Cellular Respiration -Given an “A” by reviewers; -Introduction rewritten to give better background on experiments; -New experiment on respiratory efficiency in yeasts added; -Aerobic respiration experiment analysis clarified; -Excellent results for lab report.
*9780073383057*
BIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS LAB MANUAL 9th Edition
Lab Topic 9 Investigating Photosynthesis -Formerly in plant biology section, topic moved to metabolism section to better coordinate with textbooks; -New experiment added on visualizing chloroplasts; -Analysis section rewritten to reflect hypothesis testing; -Excellent results for lab report.
By Warren Dolphin, Iowa State University
Lab Topic 10 Mitosis and Chromosome Number -Only commercial lab manual to look at mitosis experimentally and to apply statistical analysis; -Given an A by reviewers; -New introduction with more modern emphasis; -Procedures and analysis sections clarified; -Excellent results for lab report.
2011 (January 2010) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073383057
www.mhhe.com/labcentral The lead author of eight successful previous editions has brought together a team that combined, has well over 60 years experience in offering beginning biology labs to several thousand students each year at Iowa State University. Their experience and diverse backgrounds ensure that this extensively revised edition will meet the needs of a new generation of students. Designed to be used with all majors-level general biology textbooks, the included labs are investigative, using both discovery- and hypothesis-based science methods. Students experimentally investigate topics, observe structure, use critical thinking skills to predict and test ideas, and engage in hands-on learning. Students are often asked, “what evidence do you have that…” in order to encourage them to think for themselves. By emphasizing investigative, quantitative, and comparative approaches to the topics, the authors continually emphasize how the biological sciences are integrative, yet unique. An instructor’s manual, available through McGraw-Hill Lab Central, provides detailed advice based on the authors’ experience on how to prepare materials for each lab, teachings tips and lesson plans, and questions that can be used in quizzes and practical exams. This manual is an excellent choice for colleges and universities that want their students to experience the breadth of modern biology. CONTENTS With revision descriptions
Lab Topic 11 Modeling Meiosis and Determining Cross-Over Frequency -Ascaris observations replaced with hands-on chromosome simulation activity emphasizing sources of hereditary variability; -Only commercial lab manual to look at crossing over experimentally and to use quantitative analysis of results; -Excellent results for lab report. Lab Topic 12 Determining Genotypes of Fruit Flies -Introduces students to classical genetic system; -New simplified experiment added, challenging students to determine parental genotype from progeny phenotype; -Excellent results for lab report. Lab Topic 13 Isolating DNA and Working with Plasmids -Students get to work directly with DNA and to test experimental hypotheses;-Plasmid procedure rewritten to include use of jellyfish green fluorescent protein to illustrate potential of genetic engineering, introduce reporter gene concept, and estimate transformation efficiency; -Excellent results for lab report. Lab Topic 14 Testing Assumptions in Microevolution and Inducing Mutations -Rewritten to use new BioQuest version of computer simulation;--Section added to illustrate the role of camouflage in natural selection; -Includes experimental induction of mutations in E. coli; -Excellent results for lab report. Lab Topic 15 Working with Bacterial Diversity -New introduction, capturing the diverse biology of this prokaryote group; -Procedures heavily edited to clarify student activities; -Several experiments yield data that are excellent for lab reports.
Lab Topic 1 Science: A Way of Knowing -New section on discoverybased science added to better correlate with textbooks; -New experiment in hypothesis-based science section reduces time needed; -Clarified section on evaluating published information.
Lab Topic 16 Diversity Among Protists -Class and phylum names updated to go with Cambell et al., Raven et al. and Brooker et al.; -Discovery science at its best as student investigate the diversity of the group.
Lab Topic 2 Using Microscopes -Completely reorganized as a quick introduction to microscopes; -Can be used at same time as another lab topic; -Includes basic as well as advanced skills. Lab Topic 3 Cellular Structure Reflects Function -Reorganized to reflect Prokaryotic versus Eukaryotic cell differences; -Representative cell types chosen to illustrate that form reflects function; -Cellular ultrastructure section added.
Lab Topic 17 Investigating Plant Phylogeny: Seedless Plants -Given an “A” by reviewers for its major theme of adaptation to the terrestrial environment; -Headings were added to allow instructors greater flexibility in assigning sections to be completed. -More accurate fern section and focus on discovery science; -Excellent opportunity for thematic lab report.
Lab Topic 4 Membranes, Diffusion and Osmosis -Completely rewritten with several new experiments to meet needs of reviewers; -Emphasis on osmotic challenges that cells encounter and cellular responses; -Emphasizes hypothesis testing. Lab Topic 5 Using Quantitative Techniques -New emphasis on topics of precision and accuracy in measurements; -Simplified statistical analysis of data; -Clarification of spectrophotometric assay descriptions. Lab Topic 6 Visualizing Biological Molecules Only lab in commercially available manuals using new bioinformatics visualization techniques; -Rewritten to use open source Jmol Molecular Visualization program;
55
Lab Topic 18 Investigating Plant Phylogeny: Seed Plants -Reviewers give it an “A” for its terrestrial adaptation theme;--Angiosperm reproduction has been moved from the plant functional anatomy section to here at reviewers’ suggestion; -Excellent opportunity for thematic lab report. Lab Topic 19 Observing Fungal Diversity and Symbiotic Relationships -Reviewers gave this lab an A as it was written, but it was extensively reorganized to promote comparisons between phyla based on body plans; -Better investigation of what constitutes a fungus was added; -Deleted powdery mildews and added section on Penicillium -Tax-
BIOLOGY onomy consistent with major texts.
New
Lab Topic 20 From Basal to Bilateral Animals -Discusses revision of animal phylogeny that is occurring among evolutionary biologists; -Uses modern idea of ancestral and derived characters to discuss sponges, cnidarians and flatworms while introducing students to their interesting biology; -Students test phylogenetic hypotheses.
*9780077389697*
BIOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL 9th Edition
Lab Topic 21 Ancestral and Derived Characteristics of Lophotrochozoans -Illustrates the basis for new animal clades, while reconciling modern classification with traditional; -Organ systems in annelids and mollusks thoroughly explored; -Comparative approach is emphasized; -Students test phylogenetic hypotheses. Lab Topic 22 Ancestral and Derived Characteristics of Ecdysozoans -Explores the basis for this new animal clade; -Nematodes moved to this section reflecting new DNA classification; -Illustrates the diversity of arthropods; -Students test phylogenetic hypotheses. Lab Topic 23 Ancestral and Derived Characteristics of Deuterostomes -Rewritten to emphasize ancestral and derived characteristics of group; -Echinoderm dissection rewritten with a more systems approach; -Invertebrate chordate sections given a more comparative approach; -Students test phylogenetic hypotheses. Lab Topic 24 Investigating Plant Cells, Tissues, and Primary Growth -Reviewers give this an A; -Rewritten to emphasize structure-function relationships Lab Topic 25 Primary-Secondary Growth and Transport in Roots and Stems -Rewritten to emphasize structure-function relationships. Lab Topic 26 Angiosperm Germination, and Development -Rewritten to focus on seed development, hormonal control of development, seeds and fruits, dispersal, plant-animal interaction. -Sections on gametogenesis and fertilization moved to Lab Topic 18. Lab Topic 27 Investigating Digestive, Urogenital and Reproductive Systems -For dissection efficiency, digestive, renal and reproductive systems have been grouped in this reorganization of the fetal pig dissection; -Emphasis has been added on digestive processes and function of liver and pancreas. Lab Topic 28 Investigating Circulatory Systems -Added measurements of blood pressure/pulse and exercise response using ADI computer interfaced data collection; -Blood pressure protocols updated to include modern measurement systems and effects of exercise; -Added emphasis on health relevance of cardiac structure and blood pressure measurements; -Computer-based blood pressure protocols are integrated into physiology portion of lab. Lab Topic 29 Ventilation and Gas Exchange System -Rewritten to emphasize structure-function relationships of respiratory organs; -Protocols on ventilation measurements updated to include widely used computer-based systems; -Expanded coverage of gill systems. Lab Topic 30 Investigating the Properties of Muscle and Skeletal Systems -Rewritten to include structure-function comparisons of vertebrate groups; -Computer-based muscle contraction protocols are integrated into physiology portion of lab. Lab Topic 31 Investigating Nervous and Sensory Systems -Rewritten to update treatment of glial cells and functional specialization of brain regions; -Retinal neural wiring discussion improved; -Eye and ear sections rewritten to focus attention structural adaptation for sensitivity, acuity and color in eyes and frequency, amplitude, and direction in ears. Lab Topic 32 Investigating Early Events in Animal Development -Topic moved to animal functional anatomy section; -Genetic control of development added to introduction; Lab Topic 33 Estimating Population Size and Growth -Rewritten to better illustrate population dynamics, using computer simulation.
56
By Darrell S Vodopich, Baylor University and Randy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077389697
www.mhhe.com/labcentral This laboratory manual is designed for an introductory majors biology course with a broad survey of basic laboratory techniques. The experiments and procedures are simple, safe, easy to perform, and especially appropriate for large classes. Few experiments require a second class-meeting to complete the procedure. Each exercise includes many photographs, traditional topics, and experiments that help students learn about life. Procedures within each exercise are numerous and discrete so that an exercise can be tailored to the needs of the students, the style of the instructor, and the facilities available. New to this edition A dedicated website has been developed and will include: -Practice questions allow students to familiarize themselves with the core concepts and practice for each lab exercise. - Worksheets for each exercise will assist students in focusing on the important concepts, can be completed and submitted by each student. - Excellent animations enrich the students understanding of key biological concepts. - How to Videos offer students an opportunity to view procedures prior to entering the lab, which will increase their effectiveness in successfully completing the lab. Investigation work sheets accompany each lab to challenge the ach student to better understand hypothesis testing and experimental design. CONTENTS 1 Scientific Methods 2 Measurements in Biology: The Metric System and Data Analysis 3 The Microscope: Basic Skills of Light Microscopy 4 The Cell: Structure and Function 5 Solutions, Acids, and Bases: The pH Scale 6 Biologically Important Molecules: Carbohydrates, Proteins, Lipids, and Nucleic Acids 7 Separating Organic Compounds: Column Chromatography, Paper Chromatography, and Gel Electrophoresis 8 Spectrophotometry: Identifying Solutes and Determining Their Concentration 9 Diffusion and Osmosis: Passive Movements of Molecules in Biologal Systems 10 Cellular Membranes: Effects of Physical and Chemical Stress 11 Enzymes: Factors Affecting the Rate of Activity 12 Respiration: Aerobic and Anaerobic Oxidation of Organic Molecules 13 Photosynthesis: Pigment Separation, Starch Production, and CO2 Uptake 14 Mitosis: Replication of Eukaryotic Cells 15 Meiosis: Reduction Division and Gametogenesis 16 Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: DNA Isolation and Bacterial Transformation 17 Genetics: The Principles of Mendel 18 Evolution: Natural Selection and Morphological Change in Green Algae
BIOLOGY 19 Human Evolution: Skull Examination 20 Ecology: Diversity and Interaction in Plant Communities 21 Community Succession 22 Population Growth: Limitations of the Environment 23 Pollution: The Effect of Chemical, Thermal, and Acid Pollution 24 Survey of Bacteria: Kingdoms Archaebacteria and Bacteria 25 Survey of the Kingdom Protista: The Algae 26 Survey of the Kingdom Protista: Protozoa and Slime Molds 27 Survey of the Kingdom Fungi: Molds, Sac Fungi, Mushrooms, and Lichens 28 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Liverworts, Mosses, and Hornworts of Phyla Hepaticophyta, Bryophyta, and Anthocerophyta 29 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Seedles Vascular Plants of Phyla Pterophyta and Lycophyta 30 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Gymnosperms of Phyla Cycadophyta, Ginkgophyta, Coniferophyta, and Gnetophyta 31 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Angiosperms 32 Plant Anatomy: Vegetative Structure of Vascular Plants 33 Plant Physiology: Transpiration 34 Plant Physiology: Tropisms, Nutrition, and Growth Regulators 35 Bioassay: Measuring Physiologically Active Substances 36 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Porifera and Cnidaria 37 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Platyhelminthes and Nematoda 38 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Mollusca and Annelida 39 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phylum Arthropoda 40 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Echinodermata, Hemichordata, and Chordata 41 Vertebrate Animal Tissues: Epithelial, Connective, Muscular, and Nervous Tissues 42 Human Biology: The Human Skeletal System 43 Human Biology: Muscles and Muscle Contraction 44 Human Biology: Breathing 45 Human Biology: Circulation and Blood Pressure 46 Human Biology: Sensory Perception 47 Vertebrate Anatomy: External Features and Skeletal System of the Rat 48 Vertebrate Anatomy: Muscles and Internal Organs of the Rat 49 Vertebrate Anatomy: Urogenital and Circulatory Systems of the Rat 50 Embryology: Comparative Morphologies and Strategies of Development 51 Animal Behavior: Taxis, Kinesis, and Agonistic Behavior
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
57
New
*9780077226176*
LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY BIOLOGY 10th Edition By Sylvia S Mader
2010 (January 2009) / 544 pages ISBN: 9780077226176
www.mhhe.com/labcentral The Laboratory Manual to accompany Biology reflects all of the exceptional features of the Biology text. Instructors appreciate the refined exercises that are so numerous you won’t need to look anywhere else for student activities. Author Sylvia Mader’s writing in the laboratory manual, just as in the text, emphasizes clarity, with carefully worded study questions that are direct in their intent and purpose. The lab manual’s accessible writing accompanies unparalleled illustrations to provide students with clear exercises and questions. The visuals have been updated to be even easier for students--both majors and non-majors--to comprehend. The dramatic illustrations and photographs not only help students understand concepts and process, but also give them an appreciation for the beauty of organisms and biological structure. McGraw-Hill’s Biology Digitized Video Clips on the accompanying DVD will capture students’ interest while illustrating key biological concepts and processes. CONTENTS Laboratory 1: Scientific Method Laboratory 2: Metric Measurement and Microscopy Laboratory 3: Chemical Composition of Cells Laboratory 4: Cell Structure and Function Laboratory 5: How Enzymes Function Laboratory 6: Photosynthesis Laboratory 7: Cellular Respiration Laboratory 8: Mitosis and Meiosis Laboratory 9: Mendelian Genetics Laboratory 10: Human Genetics Laboratory 11: DNA Biology and Technology Laboratory 12: Evidences of Evolution Laboratory 13: Mechanisms in Evolution: Genetic Drift and Natural Selection Laboratory 14: Bacteria and Protists Laboratory 15: Fungi Laboratory 16: Nonvascular Plants and Seedless Vascular Plants Laboratory 17: Seed Plants Laboratory 18: Organization of Flowering Plants Laboratory 19: Water Absorption and Transport in Plants Laboratory 20: Control of Plant Growth and Responses Laboratory 21: Reproduction in Flowering Plants Laboratory 22: Introduction to Invertebrates Laboratory 23: Invertebrate Coelomates Laboratory 24: The Vertebrates Laboratory 25: Animal Organization Laboratory 26: Basic Mammalian Anatomy I Laboratory 27: Basic Mammalian Anatomy II Laboratory 28: Chemical Aspects of Digestion Laboratory 29: Homeostasis Laboratory 30: Nervous System and Senses Laboratory 31: Musculoskeletal System Laboratory 32: Animal Development Laboratory 33: Symbiotic Relationships Laboratory 34: Sampling Ecosystems Laboratory 35: Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems
BIOLOGY
Human Biology
grade book can be downloaded to Excel, WebCT, or Blackboard. The Companion Website The companion website contains the following resources for instructors:
Textbook
•
•
*9780077280116*
New
International Edition •
HUMAN BIOLOGY 11th Edition
•
By Sylvia S Mader
• •
2010 (January 2009) / 608 pages ISBN: 9780077280116 ISBN: 9780070167780 [IE]
•
http://www.mhhe.com/maderhuman11e
•
New to this edition NEW Chapter Opening Case Studies New case studies bring human biology to life. Each story line continues throughout the chapter, and students will find themselves absorbed in each of the characters. Critical Thinking questions in the chapter end matter connect the case study with the chapter concepts. NEW Have You Ever Wondered . . .
Presentation Tools– This easy-to-use table of assets includes enhanced image PowerPoints, (including editable art, tables, and photos), lecture PowerPoints with animations, animation PowerPoints, as well as labeled and unlabeled JPEG images. Presentation Center – This online digital library contains photos, artwork, animations, and other media types that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. All assets are copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education, but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. The visual resources in this collection include: ArtFull-color digital files of all illustrations in the book can be readily incorporated into lecture presentations, exams, or custom-made classroom materials. In addition, all files are preinserted into PowerPoint slides for ease of lecture preparation. Photos The photos collection contains digital files of photographs from the text, which can be reproduced for multiple classroom uses. Tables Every table that appears in the text has been saved in electronic form. Animations Numerous full-color animations illustrating important processes are also provided. Harness the visual impact of concepts in motion by importing these files into classroom presentations or online course materials. Instructor’s Manual – The instructor’s manuals contains chapter outlines, lecture enrichment ideas, and critical thinking questions. Computerized Test Bank – A comprehensive bank of test questions is provided within a computerized test bank powered by McGraw-Hill’s flexible electronic testing program EZ Test Online. EZ Test Online allows you to create paper and online tests or quizzes in this easy to use program! A new tagging scheme allows you to sort questions by difficulty level, topic, and section. Imagine being able to create and access your test or quiz anywhere, at any time, without installing the testing software. Now, with EZ Test Online, instructors can select questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks or author their own, and then either print the test for paper distribution or give it online.
This unique feature presents the types of spontaneous inquiries that students may have as they study the workings of the human body. Questions and answers can be serious or funny, but each will capture the student’s attention.
Test Creation
NEW Infectious Diseases Supplement
•
The entire genetics chapter has been updated to include the most recent information possible. This edition now combines genetics and genetic counseling topics in one chapter.
•
NEW Historical Focus Boxed Reading
Online Test Management
A brand-new feature of this text will allow students to enjoy human biology in a historical context. This unique highlight will appeal to learners in all disciplines: history, philosophy, sociology, women’s studies, African American studies, and many others. Individuals such as Vivien Thomas, who helped to develop modern cardiac surgery (“Heart Surgeon Without a Degree,” Chap. 5) and Ignaz Semmelweis, who made safe childbirth possible (“An End to Laudable Pus,” Chap. 17) will interest and inspire students. Sports fans will discover the story of Lou Gehrig (“The Iron Horse,” Chap. 12). Those interested In European history will enjoy “Hemophilia: The Royal Disease” (Chap. 20). Outstanding media study tools for students. Connect is a complete, online tutorial, electronic homework, and course management system designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. The program enables students to complete their homework online, as assigned by their instructor. Connect allows instructors to automatically grade and report easy-to-assign homework and quizzing, build their own assignments, track student progress, and share course materials with colleagues. Connect also provides instructors with the ability to create or edit questions from the question bank, or important their own content. The fully integrated
58
•
• • • • • •
Author/edit questions online using the 14 different question type templates Create question pools to offer multiple versions online— great for practice Export your tests for use in WebCT, Blackboard, PageOut, and Apple’s iQuiz Sharing tests with colleagues, adjuncts, TAs is easy Set availability dates and time limits for your quiz or test Assign points by question or question type with dropdown menu Provide immediate feedback to students or delay feedback until all finish the test Create practice tests online to enable student mastery Your roster can be uploaded to enable student self- registration.
Online Scoring and Reporting • • • • •
Automated scoring for most of EZ Test’s numerous question types Allows manual scoring for essay and other open-response questions Manual rescoring and feedback are also available EZ Test’s grade book is designed to easily export to your grade book View basic statistical reports
New Chapter Openers Throughout -- Each chapter begins with an engaging, real-life vignette that captures the student’s attention. The vignette is referenced throughout the chapter with connections/ applications woven into the chapter and finally at the end of the
BIOLOGY chapter students are asked to consider the vignette in light of the chapter concepts by discussing critical-thinking questions related to the chapter opener.
Laboratory 7: Cardiovascular System Laboratory 8: Chemical Aspects of Digestion Laboratory 9: Energy Requirements and Ideal Weight Laboratory 10: Urinary and Reproductive Systems Laboratory 11: Homeostasis Laboratory 12: Musculoskeletal System Laboratory 13: Nervous System and Senses Laboratory 14: Development Laboratory 15: Mitosis and Meiosis Laboratory 16: Patterns of Genetic Inheritance Laboratory 17: DNA and Biotechnology Laboratory 18: Evolution Laboratory 19: Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems
Contents 1 Exploring Life and Science Part I Human Organization 2 Chemistry of Life 3 Cell Structure and Function 4 Organization and Regulation of Body Systems Part II Maintenance of the Human Body 5 Cardiovascular System: Heart and Blood Vessels 6 Cardiovascular System: Blood 7 Lymphatic System and Immunity 8 Digestive System and Nutrition 9 Respiratory System 10 Urinary System and Excretion Part III Movement and Support in Humans 11 Skeletal System 12 Muscular System Part IV Integration and Coordination in Humans 13 Nervous System 14 Senses 15 Endocrine System Part V Reproduction in Humans 16 Reproductive System 17 Development and Aging Part VI Human Genetics 18 Patterns of Chromosome Inheritance 19 Cancer 20 Patterns of Genetic Inheritance 21 DNA Biology and Technology Part VII Human Evolution and Ecology 22 Human Evolution 23 Global Ecology 24 Human Population, Planetary Resources, and Conservation
Biology
Supplements
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BIOLOGY 3rd Edition By George Fried (deceased) and George J Hademenos 2010 (July 2009) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780071625616
A Schaum Publication Schaum’s Outline of Biology provides a systematic review of biology with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises you can work on as you learn and as you review. The revised edition will include both biochemical and molecular approaches to modern biology and an understanding of life in terms of the precise characteristics of macromolecules such as DNA, RNA, and protein.
Human Biology Laboratory
New
CONTENTS Part I: Fundamentals of Biology 1. The Basic Structure of Science 2. The Chemistry of Life: An Inorganic Perspective 3. The Chemistry of Life: The Organic Level Part II: Biology of the Cell 4. The Cullular Organization of Life 5. Energy Transformations 6. Photosynthesis Part III: Genetics and Inheritance 7. The Nature of the Gene 8. Cell Reproduction 9. The Mechanism of Inheritance 10. Control Mechanicsms in Genetics 11. Embryology 12. Animal Reproduction Part VI: Plant Biology 13. Basic Structure and Function in Vascular Plants 14. Interactions of Vascular Plants with Their Environment Part V: Animal Biology 15. Homeostasis: Regulation of Phsyiological Functions 16. Animal Nutrition and the Digestive System 17. The Excretory System 18. The Circulatory System 19. Immunology 20. The Respiratory System 21. Hormones and the Endocrine System 22. The Nervous System 23. The Musculoskeletal System: Support and Movement
*9780077235130* LAB MANUAL HUMAN BIOLOGY 11th Edition By Sylvia Mader
2010 (February 2009) / 320 pages ISBN: 9780077235130 CONTENTS Laboratory 1: Scientific Method Laboratory 2: Light Microscopy Laboratory 3: Chemical Composition of Cells Laboratory 4: Cell Structure and Function Laboratory 5: Human Body Tissues Laboratory 6: Basic Mammalian Anatomy I
59
BIOLOGY
Professional References
24. Animal Behavior Part VI: Evolution and Ecology 25. Evolution: The Process 26. Ecology 27. Origin of Life Part VII: Biological Diversity 28. The Kingdom Monera (The Prokaryotes) 29. The Kingdom Protista 30. The Kingdom Fungi 31. The Kingdom Plantae 32. The Kingdom Animalia 33. The Primates
BIOPHYSICS DEMYSTIFIED By Goldfarb 2010 (May 2010) / 400 pages ISBN: 9780071633642
A Professional Reference Title (Details unavailable at press time)
SCHAUM’S A-Z BIOLOGY
STEM CELL TECHNOLOGIES Basics and Applications
By Bill Indge 2003 / 320 pages ISBN: 9780071419345
A Schaum Publication Schaum’s A-Z handbooks make excellent complements to course textbooks and test preparation guides. Ideal for ambitious high school seniors--especially AP students--and college freshmen, they feature concise, thoroughly cross-referenced definitions of hundreds of key terms and phrases that help students quickly break through the jargon barrier. Clear explanations of key concepts, supplemented with lucid illustrations, help build mastery of theory and provide a ready reference to supplement class work. Each entry begins with a clear, one-sentence definition and is followed by an explanation and examples.
By Satish Totey and Kaushik D Deb 2010 (February 2010) / 720 pages ISBN: 9780071635721
A Professional Reference Title Stem cell-based therapies, also known as cell replacement therapies or regenerative medicine, provide the means to cure a host of diseases and disorders. Featuring 28 contributions from prestigious global experts, this book details the basics of stem cell biology and explores therapeutic and medical treatments stem cells can offer. The book covers embryonic and adult stem cells and includes a 32-page color insert with 70 color figures. Contents
A-to-Z format for ready reference Clear definitions and explanations, cross-referenced and enhanced with numerous worked examples and illustrations Extended explanations of more important concepts Review lists of entries that relate to main topics in the Appendix aid review
1. Foreword 2. Preface 3. Introduction Part l: Embryonic Stem Cells 8. Derivation of Human Embryonic Stem Cells 10. Epigenetics in Human ESCS in Culture and Derivation 11. Embryonic Stem Cells as a TheraphTherapyabetes Part II: Adult Stem Cells 19. Recent Advances on Adult Stem Cells and Their Therapeutic Applications 22. Mesenchymal Stem Cell Therapies for Cardiac Infarctions, Limb Ischemia 23. Dental Pulp Stem Cells
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF BIOLOGY By George H. Fried and George J. Hademenos 2001 / 154 pages ISBN: 9780071369718
International Edition
A Schaum Professional Publication
SCHAUM’S 3000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN BIOLOGY
CONTENTS Chapter 1: The Chemistry of Life. Chapter 2: Cell Structure and Function. Chapter 3: The Molecular Basis of Inheritance. Chapter 4: The Cellular Basis of Inheritance. Chapter 5: The Mechanism of Inheritance. Chapter 6: Classification of Prokaryotes. Chapter 7: Classification of Eukaryotes. Chapter 8: Plant STructure and Function. Chapter 9: Intercellular Communication. Chapter 10: Musculoskeletal System. Chapter 11: Respiration and Circulation. Chapter 12: Homeostasis and Excretion. Chapter 13: Nurition and Digestion. Chapter 14: Reproduction and Early Human Development. Chapter 15: Evolution and the Origin of Life. Chapter 16: Ecology.
By Stephen Bernstein and Ruth Bernstein of University of Colorado at Boulder 1989 / 406 pages ISBN: 9780070050228 (Out of Print) ISBN: 9780070991576 [IE]
A Schaum’s Publication (International Edition is not for sale in Japan) CONTENTS Chemistry of Life. Molecular Genetics. Inheritance. Evolution. Diversity of Life. History of Life: Major Patterns. Plants: Form and Function. Animals: Form and Function. Ecology.
60
61
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
Developmental Biology / Embryology..................................................................71 Genetics..............................................................................................................72 Human Genetics..................................................................................................74 Introductory Microbiology Laboratory..................................................................66 Introductory Microbiology - Majors Text.............................................................. 63 Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Text.......................................................64 Molecular Biology................................................................................................71 Professional References.....................................................................................75 STDs / AIDS........................................................................................................70
NEW TITLES CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
2011
Author
ISBN
Microbiology Lab Manual, 8e
Harley
9780077292812
66
Prescott’s Microbiology, 8e
Willey
9780077350130
63
Page
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
2010
Author
ISBN
Human Genetics, 9e
Lewis
9780073525273
74
Aids Update 2010, 19e
Stine
9780073527611
70
62
Page
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
Introductory Microbiology – Majors Text
New
*9780077350130*
PRESCOTT’S MICROBIOLOGY 8th Edition By Joanne Willey, Hofstra University, Linda Sherwood, Montana State University-Bozeman and Chris Woolverton, Kent State University-Kent 2011 (February 2010) ISBN: 9780077350130
www.mhhe.com/willey8 The author team of Prescott’s Microbiology continues the tradition of past editions by providing a balanced, comprehensive introduction to all major areas of microbiology. Because of this balance, Microbiology is appropriate for microbiology majors and mixed majors courses. The new authors have focused on readability, artwork, and the integration of several key themes (including evolution, ecology and diversity) throughout the text, making an already superior text even better. New to this edition Thorough review of all concepts to update the presentation of material, include only the most relevant, up-to-date examples, and make it a fantastic resource for today’s student. Chapter Glossary: Each chapter begins with a glossary: a list of key terms discussed in the chapter. Each term is succinctly defined. Search This: The authors have provided key terms students can use to search the web for additional information. Micro Inquiries: Select figures throughout the chapters will contain thought questions giving the instructor an additional assessment opportunity.
• • •
International Edition PRESCOTT’S PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIOLOGY
CONNECT: the future in online course management is here! •
Part III: Microbial Metabolism 9 Introduction to Metabolism 10 Catabolism: Energy Release and Conservation 11 Anabolism: The Use of Energy in Biosynthesis Part IV: Microbial Molecular Biology and Genetics 12 Genes: Structure, Replication, and Expression 13 Regulation of Cellular Processes 14 Mechanisms of Genetic Variation 15 Recombinant DNA Technology 16 Microbial Genomics Part V: The Diversity of the Microbial World 17 Microbial Taxonomy and the Evolution of Diversity 18 The Archaea 19 The Deinococci and Nonproeobacteria Gram Negatives 20 The Proteobacteria 21 The Low G + C Gram-Positive Bacteria: The Firmicutes 22 The High G + C Gram-Positive Bacteria: The Actinobacteria 23 The Protists 24 The Fungi 25 The Viruses Part VI: Ecology and Symbiosis 26 Biogeochemical Cycling 27 Methods in Microbial Ecology 28 Microorganisms in Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 29 Microorganisms in Terrestrial Ecosystems 30 Microbial Interactions Part VII: Pathogenicity and Host Response 31 Infection and Pathogenicity 32 Nonspecific (Innate) Host Resistance 33 Specific (Adaptive) Immunity Part VIII: Microbial Diseases, Detection, and their Control 34 Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 35 Clinical Microbiology and Immunology 36 Epidemiology and Public Health Microbiology 37 Human Diseases Caused by Viruses and Prions 38 Human Diseases Caused by Bacteria 39 Human Diseases Caused by Fungi and Protists Part IX: Applied Microbiology 40 Microbiology of Food 41 Industrial Microbiology 42 Applied Environmental Microbiology Appendix I: A Review of the Chemistry of Biological Molecules Appendix II: Common Metabolic Pathways
Instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests easily online Students have 24/7 online access to an eBook Online study assets are specifically tied to every illustration in the textbook Study-on-the-Fly downloadable art and audio files for students
By Joanne Willey Hofstra University, Linda Sherwood, Montana State University-Bozeman and Chris Woolverton, Kent State University-Kent 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780077213411 ISBN: 9780071283670 [IE]
McGraw-Hill’s Connect Microbiology provides unmatched flexibility for instructors to create auto-graded assignments and conceptual exploration for students.
http://www.mhhe.com/prescottprinciples Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology continues in the tradition of the market leading Prescott, Harley, and Klein’s Microbiology. In using the 7th edition of PHK’s Microbiology as the foundation for the development of Principles, the authors have presented a streamlined, briefer discussion of the broad discipline of microbiology and have focused on readability and the integration of several key themes with an emphasis on evolution, ecology and diversity throughout the text. To accomplish this, each chapter focuses on key concepts and includes only the most relevant, up-to-date examples. Unique to Principles is the inclusion of microbial pathogens into the diversity chapters (chapters 19-24). Thus when students read about the metabolic and genetic diversity of each bacterial, protist, and viral taxon, they are also presented with the important pathogens. In this way, the physiological adaptations that make a given organism successful can be immediately related to its role as a pathogen and pathogens can be readily compared to
Contents Part I: Introduction to Microbiology 1 The Evolution of Microorganisms and Microbiology 2 Microscopy 3 Bacteria and Archaea 4 Eukaryotic Microbial Structure and Function 5 Viruses and Other Acellular Infectious Agents Part II: Microbial Nutrition, Growth, and Control 6 Microbial Nutrition 7 Microbial Growth and Reproduction 8 Control of Microorganisms in the Environment
63
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
phylogenetically similar microbes.
Contents Part I: Introduction to Microbiology Chapter 1: The History and Scope of Microbiology Chapter 2: Microscopes and the Study of Microbial Structure Chapter 3: Procaryotic Cell Structure Chapter 4: Eucaryotic Cell Structure and Function Chapter 5: Viruses and Other Cellular Agents Part II: Microbial Nutrition, Growth, and Control Chapter 6: Microbial Nutrition Chapter 7: Microbial Growth Chapter 8: Control of Microorganisms by Physical and Chemical Agents Part III: Microbial Metabolism Chapter 9: Introduction to Metabolism Chapter 10: Catabolism: Energy Release and Conservation Chapter 11: Anabolism: The Use of Energy in Biosynthesis Part IV: Microbial Molecular Biology and Genetics Chapter 12: Gene Structure, Replication, and Expression Chapter 13: Regulation of Gene Expression Chapter 14: Mechanisms of Genetic Variation Chapter 15: Microbial Genomics Chapter 16: Biotechnology and Industrial Microbiology Part V: The Diversity of The Microbial World Chapter 17: Microbial Evolution, Taxonomy, and Diversity Chapter 18: The Archaea Chapter 19: Deinococci and Nonproteobacteria Gram Negative Bacteria Chapter 20: Proteobacteria Chapter 21: Low G + C Gram Positive Bacteria Chapter 22: High G + C Gram Positive Bacteria Chapter 23: Eucaryotic Microbes Chapter 24: Viral Diversity Part VI: Ecology and Symbiosis Chapter 25: Biogeochemical Cycling and Introductory Microbial Ecology Chapter 26: Microorganisms in Natural Environments Chapter 27: Microbial Interactions Part VII: Host Defenses Chapter 28: Nonspecific (Innate) Host Resistance> Chapter 29: Specific (Adaptive) Immunity Part VIII: Microbial Diseases and Their Control Chapter 30: Pathogenicity of Microorganisms Chapter 31: Antimicrobial Chemotherapy Chapter 32: Clinical Microbiology and Immunology Chapter 33: The Epidemiology of Infectious Disease Part IX: Applied Microbiology Chapter 34: Microbiology of Food Chapter 35: Industrial Microbiology
Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Text
International Edition MICROBIOLOGY A Systems Approach, 2nd Edition By Marjorie Kelly Cowan, Miami University of OH-Oxford and Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena Area Community College 2009 (February 2008) / 896 pages ISBN: 9780077266868 ISBN: 9780071269834 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/cowan2 Microbiology: A Systems Approach is a non-majors/allied health microbiology textbook that has quickly become known for its unique organization, appealing writing style, and current medical applications. Cowan/Talaro utilizes an organ systems approach, but unlike any other book, this text first describes the clinical presentation (the particular set of symptoms) and then all of the organisms that could cause the symptom as opposed to just providing a long list of organisms to study. This treatment is unique and represents a real difference in the method of teaching microbiology. Contents Chapter 1 The Main Themes of Microbiology Chapter 2 The Chemistry of Biology Chapter 3 Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms Chapter 4 Procaryotic Profiles: The Bacteria and Archaea Chapter 5 Eucaryotic Cells and Microorganisms Chapter 6 An Introduction to the Viruses Chapter 7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth Chapter 8 Microbial Metabolism: The Chemical Crossroads of Life Chapter 9 Microbial Genetics Chapter 10 Genetic Engineering: A Revolution in Molecular Biology Chapter 11 Physical and Chemical Control of Microbes Chapter 12 Drugs, Microbes, Host—The Elements of Chemotherapy Chapter 13 Microbe-Human Interactions: Infection and Disease Chapter 14 Nonspecific Host Defenses Cowan’s Microbiology 2/e TOC, contd. Chapter 15 Specific Immunity and Immunization Chapter 16 Disorders in Immunity Chapter 17 Diagnosing Infections Chapter 18 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Skin and Eyes Chapter 19 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Nervous System Chapter 20 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems Chapter 21 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Respiratory System Chapter 22 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Gastrointestinal Tract Chapter 23 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Genitourinary System Chapter 24 Environmental Microbiology Chapter 25 Applied Microbiology
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
64
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS International Edition
International Edition
MICROBIOLOGY A Human Perspective, 6th Edition
FOUNDATIONS IN MICROBIOLOGY 7th Edition
By Eugene W Nester, Denise G Anderson and C Evans Roberts Jr of University of Washington and Martha T Nester 2009 (September 2008) / 928 pages ISBN: 9780077250416 ISBN: 9780071284424 [IE]
By Katheleen Park Talaro, Pasadena Area Community College 2009 (September 2008) / 928 pages ISBN: 9780077260576 ISBN: 9780077369088 (Loose Leaf Version) ISBN: 9780071284455 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/nester6
www.mhhe.com/talaro7
Appropriate for the non-major/allied health student, this authoritative text carefully explains the fundamentals of microbiology, providing a general overview of the principles followed by more detailed explanations. With its clear and concise writing style, Microbiology: A Human Perspective offers modern coverage on such topics as genomics, biofilms, and quorum sensing. A body systems approach is used in the coverage of diseases.
Written with the non-major/allied health student in mind, Foundations in Microbiology offers an accessible writing style through the use of tools such as case files and analogies to thoroughly explain difficult microbiology concepts. Active learning is promoted via innovative features such as concept mapping and “Visual Understanding” questions (using art to make content connections between chapters). A taxonomic approach is used for the study of pathogens.
Contents
Contents
Chapter 1: Humans and the Microbial World Chapter 2: The Molecules of Life Chapter 3: Microscopy and Cell Structure Chapter 4: Dynamics of Prokaryotic Growth Chapter 5: Control of Microbial Growth Chapter 6: Metabolism: Fueling Cell Growth Chapter 7: The Blueprint of Life, from DNA to Protein Chapter 8: Bacterial Genetics Chapter 9: Biotechnology and Recombinant DNA Chapter 10: Identification and Classification of Prokaryotes Chapter 11: The Diversity of Prokaryotic Organisms Chapter 12: The Eukaryotic Members of the Microbial World Chapter 13: Viruses of Bacteria Chapter 14: Viruses, Prions, and Viroids: Infectious Agents of Animals and Plants Chapter 15: The Innate Immune Response Chapter 16: The Adaptive Immune Response Chapter 17: Host-Microbe Interactions Chapter 18: Immunologic Disorders Chapter 19: Applications of Immune Responses Chapter 20: Epidemiology Chapter 21: Antimicrobial Medications Chapter 22: Respiratory System Infections Chapter 23: Skin Infections Chapter 24: Wound Infections Chapter 25: Digestive System Infections Chapter 26: Genitourinary Infections Chapter 27: Nervous System Infections Chapter 28: Blood and Lymphatic Infections Chapter 29: HIV Disease and Complications of Immunodeficiency Chapter 30: Microbial Ecology Chapter 31: Environmental Microbiology: Treatment of Water, Wastes, and Polluted Habitats Chapter 32: Food Microbiology Appendix I: Microbial Mathematics Appendix II: Microbial Terminology Appendix III: Pronunciation Key for Bacterial, Fungal, Protozoan, and Viral Names Appendix IV: Metabolic Pathways Appendix V: Answers to Multiple Choice Questions
1 The Main Themes of Microbiology 2 The Chemistry of Biology 3 Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms 4 A Survey of Prokaryotic Cells and Microorganisms 5 A Survey of Eukaryotic Cells and Microorganisms 6 An Introduction to the Viruses 7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth 8 Microbial Metabolism 9 Microbial Genetics 10 Genetic Engineering 11 Physical and Chemical Agents for Microbial Control 12 Drugs, Microbes, Host--The Elements of Chemotherapy 13 Microbe-Human Interactions 14 Nonspecific Host Defenses 15 Adaptive, Specific Immunity and Immunization 16 Disorders in Immunity 17 Diagnosing Infections 18 The Cocci of Medical Importance 19 The Gram-Positive Bacilli of Medical Importance 20 The Gram-Negative Bacilli of Medical Importance 21 Miscellaneous Bacterial Agents of Disease 22 The Fungi of Medical Importance 23 The Parasites of Medical Importance 24 Introduction to Viruses That Infect Humans: The DNA Viruses 25 The RNA Viruses That Infect Humans 26 Environmental Microbiology 27 Applied Microbiology
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
65
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS CONTENTS
International Edition FOUNDATIONS IN MICROBIOLOGY Basic Principles, 7th Edition By Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena Area Community College 2009 (September 2008) / 64 pages ISBN: 9780077263164 ISBN: 9780071284479 [IE]
http://aris.mhhe.com Written with the non-major/allied health student in mind, Foundations in Microbiology, Basic Principles offers an accessible writing style through the use of tools such as case files and analogies to thoroughly explain difficult microbiology concepts. Active learning is promoted via innovative features such as concept mapping and “Visual Understanding” questions (using art to make content connections between chapters). A taxonomic approach is used for the study of pathogens. Contents 1 The Main Themes of Microbiology 2 The Chemistry of Biology 3 Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms 4 A Survey of Prokaryotic Cells and Microorganisms 5 A Survey of Eukaryotic Cells and Microorganisms 6 An Introduction to Viruses 7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth 8 An Introduction to Microbial Metabolism: The Chemical Crossroads of Life 9 Microbial Genetics 10 Genetic Engineering: A Revolution in Molecular Biology 11 Physical and Chemical Agents for Microbial Control 12 Drugs, Microbes, Host—The Elements of Chemotherapy 13 Microbe-Human Interactions: Infection and Disease 14 Nonspecific Host Defenses 15 Adaptive, Specific Immunity and Immunization 16 Disorders in Immunity 17 Diagnosing Infections Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E
Introductory Microbiology Laboratory
New
*9780077292812*
MICROBIOLOGY LAB MANUAL 8th Edition By John Harley, Eastern Kentucky University 2011 (February 2010) ISBN: 9780077292812
Laboratory Exercises in Microbiology, 8/e has been prepared to accompany Prescott’s Microbiology, 8e, written by new authors Joanne Willey, Linda Sherwood, and Christopher Woolverton. Like the text, the laboratory manual provides a balanced introduction to laboratory techniques and principles that are important in each area of microbiology.
66
1 Microscopic Techniques 1 Bright-Field Light Microscope and Microscopic Measurement of Organisms 2 The Hanging Drop Slide and Bacterial Motility 3 Dark-Field Light Microscope 4 Phase-Contrast Light Microscope 5 Flourescence Microscope 2 Bacterial Morphology and Staining 6 Negative Staining 7 Smear Preparation and Simple Staining 8 Gram Stain 9 Acid-Fast Staining (Ziehl-Neelsen and Kinyoun) Procedures 10 Endospore Staining (Schaeffer-Fulton or Wirtz-Conklin) 11 Capsule Staining 12 Flagella Staining: West and Difco’s SpotTest Methods 3 Basic Laboratory and Culture Techniques 13 Sterilization and Microbiological Culture Media Preparation 14 Culture Transfer Instruments, Techniques, and Isolation and Maintenance of Pure Cultures 15 Spread-Plate Technique 16 The Streak-Plate Technique and Different Media 17 Pour-Plate Technique 18 Cultivation of Anaerobic Bacteria 19 Determination of Bacterial Numbers 4 Biochemical Activities of Bacteria 20 Carbohydrates I: Fermentation and B-Galactosidase Activity 21 Carbohydrates II: Triple Sugar Iron Agar Tests 22 Carbohydrates III: Starch Hydrolysis 23 Lipids: Lipid Hydrolysis 24 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes I: Hydrogen Sulfide Production and Motility 25 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes II: The IMViC Tests 26 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes III: Casein Hydrolysis 27 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes IV: Gelatin Hydrolysis 28 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes V: Catalase Activity 29 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes VI: Coagulase and DNase Activity 30 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes VII: Oxidase Test 31 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes VIII: Urease Activity 32 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes IX: Lysine and Ornithine Decarboxylase Test 33 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes X: Phenylalanine Deamination 34 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes XI: Nitrate Reduction 5 Rapid Multitest Systems 35 The API® 20E System 36 The Enterotube® II System 6 Unknown Identification 37 Using the First Edition of Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology to Identify Bacteria 38 General Unknown 7 Environmental Factors Affecting Growth of Microorganisms 39 Temperature 40 pH 41 Osmotic Pressure 42 The Effects of Chemical Agents on Bacteria I: Disinfectants 43 The Effects of Chemical Agents on Bacteria II: Antimicrobial Agents (Kirby-Bauer Method) 44 Hand Washing, Environmental Sampling, and Microbiological Monitoring 45 Determination of a Bacterial Growth Curve: Classical and TwoHour Methods 8 Environmental and Food Microbiology 46 Standard Coliform Most Probably Number (MPN)Test and Presence-Absence Coliform Test 47 Membrane Filter Technique for Coliform and Fecal Streptococci; KONFIRM™ Test for Fecal Coliforms 48 Isolation of Escherichia coli Bacteriophages from Sewage and Determining Bacteriophage Titers 49 Enumeration of Soil Microorganisms
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS 50 Bacterial Count of a Food Product 51 Examination of Milk for Bacteria 9 Medical Microbiology 52 Hemagglutination Reactions: Blood Groups 53 Isolation of Normal Microbiota from the Human Body 54 Staphylococci 55 Pneumococci 56 Streptococci 57 Neisseriae 58 Aerobic and Anaerobic Endospore-Forming Bacteria 10 Survey of Selected Eucaryotic Microorganisms 59 Fungi I: Yeasts 60 Fungi II: Zygomycota, Ascomyceta, and Basidiomyceta 11 Microbial Genetics and Genomics 61 Bacterial Mutation 62 Bacterial Transformation 63 Bacterial Conjugation: The Transfer of Antibiotic-Resistant Plasmids 64 Isolation of Genomic DNA from Baker’s Yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae 65 Isolation and Purification of Genomic DNA from Escherichia coli Appendix A Dilutions with Sample Problems Appendix B Metric and English Measurement Equivalents Appendix C Transmission-Absorbance Table for Spectrophotometry Appendix D Logarithms Appendix E pH and pH Indicators Appendix F Scientific Notation Appendix G Identification Charts Appendix H Reagents, Solutions, Stains, and Tests Appendix I Culture Media Appendix J Sources and Maintenance of Microbiological Stock Cultures
BENSON’S MICROBIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11th Edition By Alfred Brown, Auburn University--Auburn 2009 (January 2008) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073522555 The classic resource for undergraduate microbiology laboratory courses just keeps getting better. The 78 self-contained, clearly illustrated exercises and full-color format makes Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, the ideal lab manual. Appropriate for either a majors or non-majors lab course, this manual assumes no prior organic chemistry course has been taken. Contents Part 1 Microscopy Exercise 1 Brightfield Microscopy Exercise 2 Darkfield Microscopy Exercise 3 Phase-Contrast Microscopy Exercise 4 Fluorescence Microscopy Exercise 5 Microscopic Measurements Part 2 Survey of Microorganisms Exercise 6 Protozoans, Algae, and Cyanobacteria Exercise 7 Ubiquity of Bacteria Exercise 8 The Fungi: Yeasts and Molds Part 3 Manipulation of Microorganisms Exercise 9 Aseptic Technique Exercise 10 Pure Culture Techniques Part 4 Staining and Observation of Microorganisms Exercise 11 Smear Preparation Exercise 12 Simple Staining Exercise 13 Negative Staining Exercise 14 Capsular Staining Exercise 15 Gram Staining
67
Exercise 16 Spore Staining: Two Methods Exercise 17 Acid-Fast Staining: Ziehl-Neelsen Method Exercise 18 Motility Determination Part 5 Culture Methods Exercise 19 Culture Media Preparation Exercise 20 Preparation of Stock Cultures Exercise 21 Cultivation of Anaerobes Exercise 22 Enumeration of Bacteria: The Standard Plate Count Exercise 23 Slime Mold Culture Exercise 24 Slide Culture: Molds Part 6 Bacterial Viruses Exercise 25 Determination of a Bacteriophage Titer Exercise 26 Burst Size Determination: A One-Step Growth Curve Exercise 27 Isolation of Phage from Flies Exercise 28 Phage Typing Part 7 Enviornmental Influences and Control of Microbial Growth Exercise 29 Temperature: Effects on Growth Exercise 30 Temperature: Lethal Effects Exercise 31 pH and Microbial Growth Exercise 32 Water Activity and Osmotic Pressure Exercise 33 Ultraviolet Light: Lethal Effects Exercise 34 The Effects of Lysozyme on Bacterial Cells Exercise 35 Evaluation of Alcohol: Its Effectiveness as an Antiseptic Exercise 36 Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: The Kirby-Bauer Method Exercise 37 Evaluation of Antiseptics: The Filter Paper Disk Method Exercise 38 Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing Part 8 Identification of Unknown Bacteria Exercise 39 Morphological Study of Unknown Bacterium Exercise 40 Cultural Characteristics Exercise 41 Physiological Characteristics: Oxidation and Fermentation Tests Exercise 42 Physiological Characteristics: Hydrolytic and Degradative Reactions Exercise 43 Physiological Characteristics: Multiple Test Media Exercise 44 Use of Bergey’s Manual Part 9 Miniaturized Multitest Systems Exercise 45 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The API 20E System Exercise 46 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The Enterotube II System Exercise 47 O/F Gram-Negative Rods Identification: The Oxi/Ferm Tube II System Exercise 48 Staphyococcus Identification: The API Staph-Ident System Part 10 Diversity and Environmental Microbiology Exercise 49 Isolation of an Antibiotic Producer: The Actinomyces Exercise 50 Nitrogen Cycle: Ammonification Exercise 51 Symbiotic Nitrogen Fixation: Rhizobium Exercise 52 Free-Living Nitrogen Fixation: Azotobacter Exercise 53 Denitrification: Paracoccus Denitrificans Exercise 54 The Winogradsky Column Exercise 55 Purple Nonsulfer Photosynthetic Bacteria Exercise 56 Sulfate Reducing Bacteria: Desulfovibrio Exercise 57 Bacterial Commensalism Exercise 58 Bacterial Synergism Exercise 59 Microbial Antagonism Part 11 Applied Microbiology Exercise 60 Bacterial Counts of Foods Exercise 61 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Qualitative Tests Exercise 62 The Membrane Filter Method Exercise 63 Reductase Test Exercise 64 Microbial Spoilage of Canned Food Exercise 65 Microbiology of Alcohol Fermentation Part 12 Bacterial Genetics and Biotechnology Exercise 66 Mutant Isolation by Replica Plating Exercise 67 Bacterial Transformation Exercise 68 Polymerase Chain Reaction for Amplifying DNA Exercise 69 Plasmid Isolation Part 13 Medical Microbiology and Immunology Exercise 70 The Staphylococci: Isolation and Identification Exercise 71 The Streptococci: Isolation and Identification Exercise 72 Gram-Negative Intestinal Pathogens
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS Exercise 73 Slide Agglutination Test: Serological Typing Exercise 74 Slide Agglutination (Latex) Test: For S. aureus Identification Exercise 75 Tube Agglutination Test: The Heterophile Antibody Test Exercise 76 White Blood Cell Study: The Differential WBC Count Exercise 77 Blood Grouping Exercise 78 A Synthetic Epidemic Appendix A Tables Appendix B Indicators, Stains, Reagents Appendix C Media Appendix D Identification Charts Appendix E The Streptococci: Classification, Habitat, Pathology, and Biochemical Characteristics
BENSON’S MICROBIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11th Edition By Alfred Brown, Auburn University--Auburn 2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073522548 The classic resource for undergraduate microbiology laboratory courses just keeps getting better. The 60 self-contained clearly illustrated exercises, and four-color format makes Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, the ideal lab manual. Appropriate for either a majors or non-majors lab course, this lab manual assumes no prior organic chemistry course has been taken. Contents Part 1 Microscopy Exercise 1 Brightfield Microscopy Exercise 2 Darkfield Microscopy Exercise 3 Phase-Contrast Microscopy Exercise 4 Microscopic Measurements Part 2 Survey of Microorganisms Exercise 5 Protozoans, Algae, and Cyanobacteria Exercise 6 Ubiquity of Bacteria Exercise 7 The Fungi: Yeasts and Molds Part 3 Manipulation of Microorganisms Exercise 8 Aseptic Technique Exercise 9 Pure Culture Techniques Part 4 Staining and Observation of Microorganisms Exercise 10 Smear Preparation Exercise 11 Simple Staining Exercise 12 Negative Staining Exercise 13 Capsular Staining Exercise 14 Gram Staining Exercise 15 Spore Staining: Two Methods Exercise 16 Acid-Fast Staining: Ziehl-Neelsen Method Exercise 17 Motility Determination Part 5 Culture Methods Exercise 18 Culture Media Preparation Exercise 19 Cultivation of Anaerobes Exercise 20 Enumeration of Bacteria: The Standard Plate Count Exercise 21 Slime Mold Culture Exercise 22 Slide Culture: Molds Part 6 Bacterial Viruses Exercise 23 Determination of a Bacteriophage Titer Exercise 24 Isolation of Phage from Flies Exercise 25 Phage Typing Part 7 Enviornmental Influences and Control of Microbial Growth Exercise 26 Temperature: Effects on Growth Exercise 27 Temperature: Lethal Effects Exercise 28 pH and Microbial Growth Exercise 29 Water Activity and Osmotic Pressure Exercise 30 Ultraviolet Light: Lethal Effects Exercise 31 Oligodynamic Action
68
Exercise 32 Evaluation of Alcohol: Its Effectiveness As an Antiseptic Exercise 33 Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: The Kirby-Bauer Method Exercise 34 Evaluation of Antiseptics: The Filter Paper Disk Method Exercise 35 Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing Part 8 Identification of Unknown Bacteria Exercise 36 Morphological Study of Unknown Bacterium Exercise 37 Cultural Characteristics Exercise 38 Physiological Characteristics: Oxidation and Fermentation Tests Exercise 39 Physiological Characteristics: Hydrolytic and Degradative Reactions Exercise 40 Physiological Characteristics: Multiple Test Media Exercise 41 Use of Bergey’s Manual Part 9 Miniaturized Multitest Systems Exercise 42 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The API 20E System Exercise 43 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The Enterotube II System Exercise 44 O/F Gram-Negative Rods Identification: The Oxi/Ferm Tube II System Exercise 45 Staphyococcus Identification: The API Staph-Ident System Part 10 Diversity and Environmental Microbiology Exercise 46 Bacterial Counts of Foods Exercise 47 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Qualitative Tests Exercise 48 The Membrane Filter Method Exercise 49 Reductase Test Exercise 50 Microbial Spoilage of Canned Food Exercise 51 Microbiology of Alcohol Fermentation Part 11 Medical Microbiology and Immunology Exercise 52 The Staphylococci: Isolation and Identification Exercise 53 The Streptococci: Isolation and Identification Exercise 54 Gram-Negative Intestinal Pathogens Exercise 55 Slide Agglutination Test: Serological Typing Exercise 56 Slide Agglutination (Latex) Test: For S. aureus Identification Exercise 57 Tube Agglutination Test: The Heterophile Antibody Test Exercise 58 White Blood Cell Study: The Differential WBC Count Exercise 59 Blood Grouping Exercise 60 A Synthetic Epidemic
LABORATORY APPLICATIONS IN MICROBIOLOGY A Case Study Approach By Barry Chess, Pasadena Area Community College 2009 (September 2008) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073375250
http://www.mhhe.com/chess Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach is designed to use real life case studies as the basis for exercises in the laboratory. This is the only microbiology lab manual focusing on this means of instruction, an approach particularly applicable to the microbiology laboratory. The author has carefully organized the exercises so that students develop a solid intellectual base beginning with a particular technique, moving through the case study, and finally applying new knowledge to unique situations beyond the case study. Contents ESSENTIAL LABORATORY SKILLS Exercise 1 Safety Considerations in the Microbiology Laboratory Exercise 2 Microscopy and Measurement of Microscopic Specimens SURVEY OF MICROORGANISMS Exercise 3 Identification and Classification of Algae Exercise 4 Survey of Medically Important Protozoa Exercise 5 Ubiquity of Bacteria Exercise 6 Identification and Classification of Fungi MANIPULATION, STAINING, AND OBSERVATION OF MICROORGANISMS
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS Exercise 7 Aseptic Techniques Exercise 8 Pure Culture Techniques Exercise 9 Simple Staining, Negative Staining, and Gram Staining Exercise 10 Capsular Staining Exercise 11 Acid-Fast and Endospore Staining ENVIRONMENTAL INFLUENCES ON THE GROWTH OF MICROORGANISMS Exercise 12 Viable Plate Count Exercise 13 Cultivation of Anaerobes Exercise 14 Temperature Effects on Bacterial Growth and Survival Exercise 15 pH and Microbial Growth Exercise 16 Effects of Osmotic Pressure on Bacterial Growth CONTROL OF MICROBIAL GROWTH Exercise 17 Lethal Effects of Ultraviolet Light Exercise 18 Evaluation of Disinfectants: Use-Dilution Method Exercise 19 Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing Exercise 20 Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: Kirby-Bauer, Tube Dilution, and E-Test Methods EPIDEMIOLOGY Exercise 21 Phage Typing of Bacteria Exercise 22 Simulated Epidemic Exercise 23 Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report MICROBIAL GENETICS Exercise 24 Bacterial Transformation Exercise 25 The Ames Test Exercise 26 DNA Extraction from Bacterial Cells Exercise 27 Measures of Water Quality: Most Probable Number Procedure Exercise 28 Measures of Water Quality: Membrane Filtration Method Exercise 29 Measures of Milk Quality: Methylene Blue Reductase Test Exercise 30 Bacterial Counts of Food MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY Exercise 31 Epidemiology of Gastrointestinal Illness: Differentiation of Enterobacteriaceae Exercise 32 Isolation and Identification of Staphylococci Exercise 33 Isolation and Identification of Streptococci IDENTIFICATION OF UNKNOWN BACTERIA Exercise 34 Identification of Bacterial Unknowns LABORATORY TECHNIQUES, REAGENTS, AND ASSAYS Analysis of Bacterial Cultures Based on Morphological Characteristics Exercise 35 Colony Morphology Exercise 36 Growth in Solid and Liquid Media Exercise 37 Simple Stain Exercise 38 Negative Stain Exercise 39 Capsule Stain Exercise 40 Gram Stain Exercise 41 Endospore Stain Exercise 42 Acid-Fast Stain Exercise 43 Motility Methods: Wet Mount and Hanging Drop Exercise 44 Flagella Stain Techniques for Inoculation of Media Exercise 45 Streak Plate Isolation Exercise 46 Loop Dilution Exercise 47 Spread Plate Commonly Used Differential and Selective Media Exercise 48 Fluid Thioglycollate Media Exercise 49 Mannitol Salt Agar Exercise 50 MacConkey Agar Exercise 51 Desoxycholate Agar Exercise 52 Endo Agar Exercise 53 Eosin Methylene Blue Agar Exercise 54 Hektoen Enteric Agar Exercise 55 Xylose Lysine Desoxycholate Agar Exercise 56 Blood Agar Exercise 57 Motility Media Exercise 58 SIM Medium Exercise 59 Kligler’s Iron Agar Exercise 60 Triple Sugar Iron Agar Exercise 61 Lysine Iron Agar Exercise 62 Litmus Milk Commonly Used Biochemical Tests Exercise 63 Oxidation-Fermentation Test
69
Exercise 64 Phenol Red Broth Exercise 65 Purple Broth Exercise 66 Methyl Red and Voges-Proskauer Tests Exercise 67 Catalase Test Exercise 68 Oxidase Test Exercise 69 Nitrate Reduction Test Exercise 70 Coagulase Test Exercise 71 Citrate Test Exercise 72 Malonate Test Exercise 73 Decarboxylation Test Exercise 74 Phenylalanine Deaminase Test Exercise 75 Bile Esculin Test Exercise 76 Starch Hydrolysis Exercise 77 ONPG Test Exercise 78 Urease Test Exercise 79 Casease Test Exercise 80 Gelatinase Test Exercise 81 DNase Test Exercise 82 Lipase Test Exercise 83 CAMP Test Exercise 84 PYR Test Commercial Identification Systems Exercise 85 API 20E System Exercise 86 Enterotube II System Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests Exercise 87 Antibiotic Disk Sensitivity Tests for Bacterial Identification Exercise 88 -Lactamase Test Quantitative Techniques Exercise 89 Viable Plate Count Exercise 90 Direct Cell Count Appendix A Spectrophotometric Determination of Bacterial Growth: Use of the Spectrophotometer Appendix B Use of Pipettes in the Laboratory Appendix C Preparation of Culture Media Appendix D Media, Reagents, and Stain Formulas Appendix E Data Sheet for Unknown Identification Glossary Index
MICROBIOLOGY EXPERIMENTS TO ACCOMPANY MICROBIOLOGY 6th Edition By John Kleyn and Mary Bicknell of University of Washington 2009 (November 2008) / 352 pages ISBN: 9780072995497
www.mhhe.com/labcentral All experiments are correlated to Nester’s Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 6/e, but can be used with any non-majors/allied health microbiology textbook. CONTENTS Part 1 Basic Microbiology Exercise 1 Ubiquity of Microorganisms Exercise 2 Pure Culture and Aseptic Technique Exercise 3 Introduction to the Compound Light Microscope Exercise 4 The Use of the Immersion Lens and Determining Motility in a Wet Mount Exercise 5 Simple Stains: Positive and Negative Stains Exercise 6 Differential and Special Stains Exercise 7 Chemically Defined, Complex, Selective, and Differential Media Exercise 8 Quantification of Microorganisms Exercise 9 Aerobic and Anaerobic Growth Exercise 10 The Effect of Incubation Temperature on Generation Time Exercise 11 Moist and Dry Heat Sterilization: Thermal Death Point and Thermal Death Time Exercise 12 Control of Microbial Growth with Ultraviolet Light
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS Exercise 13 Osmotic Pressure and Its Effect on the Rate and Amount of Microbial Growth Exercise 14 Antiseptics and Antibiotics Exercise 15 Selection of Bacterial Mutants Resistant to Antibiotics Exercise 16 Transformation: A Form of Genetic Recombination Exercise 17 Bacterial Conjugation Exercise 18 Gene Regulation: Induction and Catabolite Repression Part 2 The Other Microbial World Exercise 19 Microscopic Identification of Fungi Exercise 20 Paratitology: Protozoa and Helminths Exercise 21 Titering Prokaryotic Viruses Part 3 Microbes and Humans Exercise 22 Normal Skin Flora Exercise 23 Respiratory Microorganisms Exercise 24 Identification of Enteric Gram-Negative Rods Exercise 25 Clinical Unknown Identification Part 4 Immunology Exercise 26 Differential White Blood Cell Stains Exercise 27 Lysosome, an Enzymatic Form of Natural Resistance Exercise 28 Lancefield Grouping of Pathogenic Streptococci Exercise 29 Use of an Enzyme-Linked Immunoabsorbent Assay (ELISA) Test of Coccidiodes immitis Identification Exercise 30 An Ouchterlony Double Immunodiffusion Test for Coccidiodes immitis Identification Part 5 Public Health Exercise 31 What is the Role of Propionibacterium acnes in Acne? Exercise 32 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Multiple-Tube Fermentation and Membrane Filter Techniques Part 6 Applications of Biotechnology Exercise 33 Identifying DNA with Restriction Enzymes Exercise 34 Identification of Bacteria Using the Ribosomal Data Project Part 7 Individual Projects Individual Project 35 Hydrocarbon-Degrading Bacteria, Cleaning Up After Oil Spills Individual Project 36 Luminescent Bacteria: Bateria That Produce Light Appendix 1 Living Microorganisms (Bacteria, Fungi, Protozoa, and Helminths) Chosen for Study in this Manual Appendix 2 Dilution Practice Problems Appendix 3 Use of the Metric System with Conversions to the English System of Measurement Appendix 4 Alternative Procedures Appendix 5 Use of the Ocular Micrometer for Measurement of Relative and Absolute Cell Size Appendix 6 Use of the Hemocytometer for Determining Total Cell Number in a Liquid Suspension Appendix 7 History and Working Principles of Light Microscopy Appendix 8 Additional Reading
STDs / AIDS
New
*9780073527611*
AIDS UPDATE 2010 19th Edition By Gerald J Stine, University of North Florida
2010 (December 2009) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073527611
http://www.mhcls.com/text-data/catalog/0073527610.mhtml AIDS UPDATE 2010 presents a balanced review of current research and information on HIV infection, HIV disease, and AIDS. AIDS UPDATE 2010 places discussion within a biological, medical, and social framework, helping readers more fully understand this devastating pandemic. New to this edition Information on the first 29 years and counting on HIV/AIDS. Estimated data and information out to years 2015 and 2025 are provided. Many photographs, figures, tables, highlighted or boxed ancillary information, and line art are new, revised, or relocated. New global data reduction in HIV/AIDS cases from the WHO/ UNAIDS is presented. The increase in HIV case data for the United States from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is also presented. A testbank is available for instructors.
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
70
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
Molecular Biology
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY By William Stansfield, California State Polytechnic University 1996 / 384 pages ISBN: 9780070608986
A Schaum’s Publication
International Edition
CONTENTS
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 4th Edition
1. Cells 2. Biomacromolecules 3. Chromosomes 4. Transcription and Gene Regulation 5. Translation 6. Mutations 7. The Genetics of Bacteria and Their Viruses 8. Genetic Engineering / Recombinant DNA Technology 9. Nucleic Acid Manipulations 10. Eukaryotic Cells and Their Viruses 11. Cellular Communication 12. Development in Multicellular Organisms 13. The Immune System 14. Molecular Evolution.
By Robert Weaver, University of Kansas-Lawrence 2008 (January 2007) ISBN: 9780073319940 ISBN: 9780071275484 [IE]
Developmental Biology / Embryology International Edition
ANALYSIS OF BIOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT 2nd Edition By Klaud Kalthoff, University of Texas at Austin 2001 /816 pages ISBN: 9780071253567 [IE]
1 Introduction 1 A Brief History 2 The Molecular Nature of Genes 3 An Introduction to Gene Function 2 Methods of Molecular Biology 4 Molecular Cloning Methods 5 Molecular Tools for Studying Genes and Gene Activity 3 Transcription in Prokaryotes 6 The Mechanism of Transcription in Prokaryotes 7 Operons: Fine Control of Prokaryotic Transcription 8 Major Shifts in Prokaryotic Transcription 9 DNA-Protein Interactions in Prokaryotes 4 Transcription in Eukaryotes 10 Eukaryotic RNA Polymerases and Their Promoters 11 General Transcription Factors in Eukaryotes 12 Transcription Activators in Eukaryotes 13 Chromatin Structure and Its Effects on Transcription 5 Posttranscriptional Events 14 Messenger RNA Processing I: Splicing 15 Messenger RNA Processing II: Capping and Polyadenylation 16 Other RNA Processing Events 6 Translation 17 The Mechanism of Translation I: Initiation 18 The Mechanism of Translation II: Elongation and Termination 19 Ribosomes and Transfer RNA 7 DNA Replication, Recombination, and Transposition 20 DNA Replication I: Basic Mechanism and Enzymology 21 DNA Replication II: Detailed Mechanism 22 Homologous Recombination 23 Transposition 8 Genomes 24 Genomics and Proteomics
www.mhhe.com/kalthoff
CONTENTS
Molecular Biology, 4/e by Robert Weaver, is designed for an introductory course in molecular biology. The text is geared not only toward presenting concepts of molecular biology, but also the experiments that led to those concepts. Guided by this experimental approach, Dr. Weaver has been published by National Institutes as well as National Geographic.
http://www.mhhe.com/weaver4
CONTENTS Part I From Gametogenesis to Histogenesis 1 Analysis of Development 2 The Role of Cells in Development 3 Gametogenesis 4 Fertilization 5 Cleavage 6 Cell Fate, Potency and Determination 7 Genomic Equivalence and the Cytoplasmic Environment 8 Localized Cytoplasmic Determinants 9 Axis Formation and Mesoderm Induction 10 Gastrulation 11 Cell Adhesion and Morphogenesis 12 Organogenesis 13 Ectodermal Organs 14 Endodermal and Mesodermal Organs Part II Control of Gene Expression in Development 15 The Use of Mutants and Transgenic Organisms in the Analysis of Development 16 Transcriptional Control 17 RNA Processing 18 Translational Control and Post-translational Modifications 19 Genetic and Paragenetic Information Part III Current Topics in Developmental Biology 20 Cell Differentiation
71
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS 21 Pattern Formation and Embryonic Fields 22 Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Pattern Formation in the Drosophila Embryo 23 Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Vertebrate Development 24 Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Pattern Formation in Plants 25 Experimental and Genetic Analysis of Caenorhabditis elegans Development 26 Sex Determination 27 Hormonal Control of Development 28 Organismic Growth and Oncogenes
International Edition INTRODUCTION TO GENETICS By David Hyde, University of Notre Dame 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780073224817 ISBN: 9780071106757 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/hyde Hyde’s Introduction to Genetics teaches the principles of genetics with an innovative approach that emphasizes the basic concepts involved in solving problems as well as teaching students how to manipulate genetic data. While most genetics textbooks provide some examples and several problems for the student to work, the texts primarily stress facts and historical information. It is often left to the student to make the connection from what is in the text to elucidating the approaches to solve problems. Dr. David Hyde presents these skills to the students throughout the narrative in a stepped-out fashion, making an explicit tie between the facts and their application. This text maintains the rigor that faculty require in a genetics book, while incorporating a student-friendly presentation style that helps the reader comprehend the material.
Genetics International Edition
CONTENTS
GENETICS Analysis and Principles, 3rd Edition By Robert J Brooker, University of Minnesota--Minneapolis 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780077229726 ISBN: 9780071287647 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/brookergenetics3e Genetics: Analysis and Principles is a one-semester, introductory genetics textbook that takes an experimental approach to understanding genetics. By weaving one or two experiments into the narrative of each chapter, students can simultaneously explore the scientific method and understand the genetic principles that have been learned from these experiments. Contents Ch. 1: Overview of Genetics Ch. 2: Mendelian Inheritance Ch. 3: Reproduction and Chromosome Transmission Ch. 4: Extensions of Mendelian Inheritance Ch. 5: Linkage and Genetic Mapping in Eukaryotes Ch. 6: Genetic Transfer and Mapping in Bacteria and Bacteriophages Ch. 7: Non-Mendelian Inheritance Ch. 8: Variation in Chromosome Structure and Number Ch. 9: Molecular Structure of DNA and RNA Ch. 10: Chromosome Organization and Molecular Structure Ch. 11: DNA Replication Ch. 12: Gene Transcription Ch. 13: Translation of mRNA Ch. 14: Gene Regulation in Bacteria and Bacteriophages Ch. 15: Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes Ch. 16: Gene Mutation and DNA Repair Ch. 17: Recombination and Transposition at the Molecular Level Ch. 18: Recombinant DNA Technology Ch. 19: Biotechnology Ch. 20: Structural Genomics Ch. 21: Functional Genomics, Proteomics, and Bioinformatics Ch. 22: Medical Genetics and Cancer Ch. 23: Developmental Genetics Ch. 24: Quantitative Genetics Ch. 25: Population Genetics Ch. 26: Evolutionary Genetics
72
1 Genetics and the Scientific Method Patterns and Mechanisms of Classical Inheritance 2 Mendelian Genetics 3 Mitosis and Meiosis 4 Sex Determination and Sex Linkage 5 Modifications to Mendelian Ratios 6 Linkage and Mapping in Eukaryotes Molecular Basis of Inheritance and Gene Expression 7 DNA Structure and Chromosome Organization 8 Changes in Chromosome Structure and Number 9 DNA Replication 10 Gene Expression: Transcription 11 Gene Expression: Translation DNA Technologies 12 Recombinant DNA Technology 13 Applications of Recombinant DNA Technology 14 Genomics and Bioinformatics Control of Gene Expression 15 Prokaryotic Genetics 16 Gene Expression: Control in Prokaryotes and Phages 17 Gene Expression: Control in Eukaryotes 18 DNA Mutation and Repair 19 Extranuclear Inheritance Genetics and Biological Processes 20 Mutational Analysis 21 Developmental Genetics 22 Cancer Genetics Population Genetics and Evolution 23 Population Genetics 24 Quantitative Genetics 25 Evolutionary Genetics
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS Contents
International Edition GENETICS From Genes to Genomes, 3rd Edition By Leland Hartwell, University of Washington 2008 (October 2006) ISBN: 9780073227382 ISBN: 9780071102155 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/hartwell3 Genetics: From Genes to Genomes is a cutting-edge, introductory genetics text authored by an unparalleled author team, including Nobel Prize winner, Leland Hartwell. The Third Edition continues to build upon the integration of Mendelian and molecular principles, providing students with the links between early genetics understanding and the new molecular discoveries that have changed the way the field of genetics is viewed.
1. The Physical Basis of Heredity 2. Patterns of Inheritance 3. The Biochemical Casis of Heredity 4. Genetic Interactions 5. The Genetics of Sex 6. Linkage and Chromosome Mapping 7. Cytogenetics 8. Quantitative Genetics 9. Population Genetics and Evolution 10. Genetics of Bacteria 11. Viruses, Transposable Elements, and Cancer 12. Molecular Genetics and Biotechnology 13. The Molecular Biology of Eukaryotes
International Edition
CONTENTS 1 Genetics: The Study of Biological Information 2 Mendel’s Breakthrough: Patterns, Particles, and Principles of Heredity 3 Extensions to Mendel: Complexities in Relating Genotype to Phenotype 4 The Chromosome Theory of Inheritance 5 Linkage, Recombination, and the Mapping of Genes on Chromosomes 6 DNA: How the Molecule of Heredity Carries, Replicates, and Recombines Information 7 Anatomy and Function of a Gene: Dissection Through Mutation 8 Gene Expression: The Flow of Genetic Information from DNA to RNA to Protein 9 Deconstructing the Genome: DNA at High Resolution 10 Reconstructing the Genome Through Genetic and Molecular Analysis 11 The Direct Detection of Genotype Distinguishes Individual Genomes 12 Systems Biology and Proteomics 13 The Eukaryotic Chromosome: An Organelle for Packaging and Managing DNA 14 Chromosomal Rearrangements and Changes in Chromosome Number Reshape Eukaryotic Genomes 15 The Prokaryotic Chromosome: Genetic Analysis in Bacteria 16 The Chromosomes of Organelles Outside the Nucleus Exhibit Non-Mendelian Patterns of Inheritance 17 Gene Regulation in Prokaryotes 18 Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes 19 Cell-Cycle Regulation and the Genetics of Cancer 20 Using Genetics to Study Development 21 The Genetic Analysis of Populations and How They Evolve 22 Evolution at the Molecular Level
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF GENETICS 5th Edition By Susan Elrod, California Polytechnic State University - San Luis Obispo 2010 (February 2010) / 560 pages ISBN: 9780071625036
A Schaum’s Publication Schaum’s Outline of Genetics provides a systematic review of anatomy and physiology with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow you to work on your own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include comprehensive review of the chromosome theory of heredity, linkage, gene interactions, maternal inheritance, molecular knowledge, transmission genetics, and the biochemical basis of heredity.
73
PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS 7th Edition By Robert Tamarin, University of Massachusetts 2002 ISBN: 9780071243209 [IE with OLC&CD]
www.mhhe.com/tamarin7 CONTENTS I Genetics and the Scientific Method 1 Introduction II Mendelism and the Chromosomal Theory 2 Mendel’s Principles 3 Mitosis and Meiosis 4 Probability and Statistics 5 Sex Determination, Sex Linkage, and Pedigree Analysis 6 Linkage and Mapping in Eukaryotes 7 Linkage and Mapping in Prokaryotes and Bacterial Viruses 8 Cytogenetics III Molecular Genetics 9 Chemistry of the Gene 10 Gene Expression: Transcription 11 Gene Expression: Translation 12 DNA: Its Mutation, Repair, and Recombination 13 Genomics, Biotechnology, and Recombinant DNA 14 Gene Expression: Control in Prokaryotes and Phages 15 The Eukaryotic Chromosome 16 Gene Expression: Control in Eukaryotes 17 Non-Mendelian Inheritance IV Quantitative and Evolutionary Genetics 18 Quantitative Inheritance 19 Population Genetics: The Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium and Mating Systems 20 Population Genetics: Processes That Change Allelic Frequencies Appendix A Brief Answers to Selected Exercises, Problems, and Critical Thinking Questions Appendix B Suggestions for Further Reading
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
Human Genetics
Author wrote key supplements: Author wrote the test bank to accompany the ninth edition. Completely new Case Workbook to accompany Human Genetics has been rewritten to emphasize the multifactorial nature of traits and disorders, use more examples of normal variation than of very rare diseases, incorporate the latest technology such as genome-wide association (GWA) studies, and achieve continuity and familiarity by focusing on one extended family with mixed ancestry.
*9780073525273*
New
Applied Questions that require higher-level thinking
International Edition
Extensive media package: Adopters can access electronic files for every piece of line art, all tables and select photos from Human Genetics, 9e, as well as animations and videos chosen to complement the content in this book. Instructors can download line art from other McGraw-Hill textbooks and choose from our entire library of animations through Presentation Center. Students have access to practice multiple-choice quizzes, BioTutorial quizzes, genetics interactives, and key term flashcards through the Human Genetics website www. mhhe.com/lewisgenetics9.
HUMAN GENETICS 9th Edition By Ricki Lewis, SUNY at Albany
Contents 2010 (October 2009) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073525273 ISBN: 9780071220040 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/lewisgenetics9 Human Genetics: Concepts and Applications, ninth edition, is a nonscience major’s human genetics text that clearly explains what genes are, how they function, how they interact with the environment, and how our understanding of genetics has changed since completion of the human genome project. Meticulously updated, focused on concepts, and rich with personal stories from people whose lives are dramatically affected by the principles being discussed, Human Genetics is a textbook that will prepare the next generation of citizens for the decisions that lie ahead. New to this edition Accurate and updated: Cutting-edge scientific coverage is incorporated throughout the book. Dr. Lewis’ experience as a scientific journalist enables her to keep current with breaking topics in genetics, giving students the most up-to-date human genetics text on the market. Clear human focus: Compelling, human interest examples from the author’s extensive experience as a genetic counselor and hospice volunteer keep students interested in the narrative through stories about real people dealing with real genetic issues. • • •
Case studies at the beginning of each chapter and Reading boxes provide students with real-life applications of the concepts to be discussed in the chapter. Individuals tell of their experience with genetic conditions through In Their Own Words essays. Bioethics: Choices for the Future Boxes, found at the ends of appropriate chapters, encourage students to ask difficult questions of themselves, and to predict how the new science of genetics might impact their lives.
New pedagogy: Author added new Forensic Focus questions at the end of relevant chapters and new Questions for Discussion to Bioethics boxes. These question sets are in addition to the existing pedagogical tools: chapter opening outline summary of key concepts at the end of each numbered section step-by-step strategies for solving genetics problems at relevant places in the text end-of-chapter summary short answer Review Questions that test knowledge and comprehension
Part 1 Introduction Chapter 1 Overview of Genetics Chapter 2 Cells Chapter 3 Meiosis and Development Part 2 Transmission Genetics Chapter 4 Single-Gene Inheritance Chapter 5 Beyond Mendel’s Laws Chapter 6 Matters of Sex Chapter 7 Multifactorial Traits Chapter 8 Genetics of Behavior Part 3 DNA and Chromosomes Chapter 9 DNA Structure and Replication Chapter 10 Gene Action: From DNA to Protein Chapter 11 Gene Expression and Epigenetics Chapter 12 Gene Mutation Chapter 13 Chromosomes Part 4 Population Genetics Chapter 14 Constant Allele Frequencies Chapter 15 Changing Allele Frequencies Chapter 16 Human Ancestry and Eugenics Part 5 Immunity and Cancer Chapter 17 Genetics of Immunity Chapter 18 Genetics of Cancer Part 6 Genetic Technology Chapter 19 Genetic Technologies: Amplifying, Modifying, and Monitoring DNA Chapter 20 Genetic Testing and Treatment Chapter 21 Reproductive Technologies Chapter 22 Genomics
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
74
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
Professional References
BIOTECHNOLOGY DEMYSTIFIED By Sharon Walker 2007 (Sept 2006) / 320 pages ISBN: 9780071448123
A Professional Publication CONTENTS
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MICROBIOLOGY 2nd Edition
Part 1: Fundamental Topics in Molecular and Cellular Biology Chapter 1: The Molecules of Life: The stuff you are made of Chapter 2: The Cellular Basis of Life: What cells look like and what they do Chapter 3: Information Flow within the Cell: Going from gene to protein Chapter 4: DNA Replication and Cell Division: How life continues Chapter 5: Regulation of gene expression: cells don’t express every gene they have Chapter 6: Signal Transduction: How cells interact with what is outside Part 2: Essential Experimental Techniques in Biotechnology Chapter 7: Genetic Engineering: How you do something with DNA Chapter 8: Assays for Gene Function: I made this DNA, now what? Part 3: Advanced Topics in Biotechnology Chapter 9: Cancer and the Cell Cycle: When good cells go bad Chapter 10: Infectious Disease: Bacteria and viruses and prions, oh my! Chapter 11: Immunology: How the body protects itself from invasion Chapter 12: Genetic Disease: When good genes go bad Part 4: Applications of Biotechnology Chapter 13: The Human Genome Project: What it is and what it’s used for Chapter 14: Reproductive Cloning: Understanding the controversy Chapter 15: Genetically Modified (GM) Crops: The new way to make a better tomato Chapter 16: Drug Discovery: The accelerated pace of finding new drugs Chapter 17: Future Prospects for Biotechnology: Is it bright or a lack of foresight?
By Edward Alcamo, Farmingdale State College and Jennifer M Warner 2009 (July 2009) / 464 pages ISBN: 9780071623261
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Microbiology 2. The Chemical Basis of Microbiology 3. Microbial Size and Microscopy 4. Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes 5. Microbial Growth and Cultivation 6. Metabolism of Microorganisms 7. DNA and Gene Expression 8. Microbial Genetics 9. Control of Microorganisms 10. The Major Groups of Bacteria 11. The Fungi 12. The Protozoa 13. The Unicellular Algae 14. The Viruses 15. The Host-Parasite Relationship 16. Host Resistance and the Immune System 17. Immune Tests and Disorders 18. Microbial Diseases of the Skin and Eyes 19. Microbial Diseases of the Nervous System 20. Microbial Diseases of the Respiratory System 21. Microbial Diseases of the Digestive System 22. Microbial Diseases of the Blood and Viscera 23. Microbial Diseases of the Urogenital System 24. Food and Industrial Microbiology 25. Environmental Microbiology Answers to Questions
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF IMMUNOLOGY By George Pinchuk 2002 / 304 pages ISBN: 9780071373661
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS 1. Overview of Immunity and the Immune System 2. Cells, Tissues, and Organs of the Immune System 3. Antibodies and Antigens 4. Maturation of B Lympocytes and Expression of Immunoglobullin Genes 5. The Major Histocompatibility Complex 6. Antigen Processing and Presentation 7. T-Lymphocyte Antigen Recognition and Activation 8. B-Lymphocyte Activation and Antibody Production 9. Immunologic Tolerance 10. Cytokines 11. Innate Immunity 12. Effector Mechanisms of Cell-Mediated Immunity 13. Effector Mechanisms of Humoral Immunity 14. Immunity to Microbes 15. Transplantation Immunology 16. Immunity to Tumors 17. Autoimmunity and Autoimmune Diseases 18. Immunodeficiencies.
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
75
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
76
77
NUTRITION
Introduction to Nutrition - Multimedia....................................................................................................81 - Textbook.......................................................................................................79 Nutritional Assessment....................................................................................... 84 Nutrition and Sport............................................................................................. 83 Nutrition Through the Life Cycle - Nutrition & Human Development................................................................. 83 Professional References.................................................................................... 84
NEW TITLES NUTRITION
2011
Author
ISBN
Nutrition for Healthy Living, 2e
Schiff
9780077350116
79
Contemporary Nutrition, 8e
Wardlaw
9780077354817
80
2010
Author
ISBN
Nutritional Assessment, 5e
Lee
9780073375564
84
Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 9e
Williams
9780073375557
83
Page
NUTRITION
78
Page
NUTRITION
Introduction to Nutrition
• •
Textbook
•
Creates individual learning plan for each student based on their individual knowledge level and decay of knowledge over time. Intelligently varies questions to match and improve students’ knowledge. Students actively learn the required concepts more easily and efficiently.
Tegrity Campus-100% of students rate their professor’s lecture notes as their #1 study resource!
*9780077350116*
New
The average instructor speaks 120 words per minute while the average student writes only 20 requiring the student to decide between listening or taking notes. With Tegrity Campus students no longer have to make that decision. Tegrity Campus is a student achievement system that impacts learning by improving student efficiency, retention, and satisfaction. It makes class time available all the time by automatically capturing, storing, and indexing every lecture. A simple one-click start and stop process automatically captures audio, PowerPoint, all computer screens, video, and more. Tegrity Campus offers automatic creation of enhanced podcasts including slides, indexing, and text titles with zero production work.
International Edition NUTRITION FOR HEALTHY LIVING 2nd Edition
CONTENTS PART ONE: Laying the Foundation for Better Health 1. The Basics of Nutrition 2. Evaluating Nutrition Information 3. Planning Nutritious Diets 4. Body Basics PART TWO: Nutrients and Your Health 5. Carbohydrates 6. Fats and Other Lipids 7. Proteins 8. Vitamins 9. Water and Minerals PART THREE: Applying Your Nutrition Knowledge 10. Energy Balance and Weight Control 11. Nutrition for Physically-Active Lifestyles 12. Food Safety Concerns 13. Nutrition for a Lifetime
By Wendy J Schiff, Saint Louis CC-MeramecKirkwood 2011 (March 2010) ISBN: 9780077350116 ISBN: 9780071222099 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/schiff2 Nutrition for Healthy Living takes an innovative approach to basic nutrition. With its uniquely concise organization and a distinct focus on consumerism, this engaging, fun-to-read text will provide students with the scientific foundation needed to make informed nutritional lifestyle decisions well beyond the classroom. New to this edition New Real People/Real Stories have been expanded to include real-life stories of celiac disease and weigh-loss. Recipes for Healthy Living will feature more recipes with ingredients/skills geared for average college student. Recipes feature various ethnic cuisines and now also include a Daily Value graph of key nutrients. The Daily Value graph is in addition to the protein/fat/ carbohydrate pie charts already in the textbook and give additional science content to those who want it. Eating Well for Less: New content has been added to address this issue especially during current economic crisis. Examples will found in Ch, 3 and Ch. 7. New Highlight box on Cancer in Ch. 8. This expands coverage of cancer and nutritional aspects related to the disease. Over 100 new/revised Photos and Figures help students more easily comprehend new science content. Dynamic, modern-looking art along with expanded coverage of nutrition science and practical advice are interwoven to provide today’s students with the tools they need to learn and apply knowledge to their own lives.
Complimentary copies
CONNECT Plus-the future in online course management is here! • • •
Interactive Learning platform allows instructors to deliver autograded assignments, quizzes, and tests easily online. Instructors can assign readings via an interactive, media-rich eBook; Students have 24/7 online access. Sophisticated reporting allows instructors to analyze class performance against a variety of criteria such as learning outcome and difficulty level.
LearnSmart-Help your students to Learn Fast, Learn Easy, Learn Smart! •
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
Artificially intelligent adaptive diagnostic tool.
79
NUTRITION
New
have to make that decision. Tegrity Campus is a student achievement system that impacts learning by improving student efficiency, retention, and satisfaction. It makes class time available all the time by automatically capturing, storing, and indexing every lecture. A simple one-click start and stop process automatically captures audio, PowerPoint, all computer screens, video, and more. Tegrity Campus offers automatic creation of enhanced podcasts including slides, indexing, and text titles with zero production work.
*9780077354817*
International Edition
Contents
CONTEMPORARY NUTRITION 8th Edition By Gordon M Wardlaw and Anne M Smith of Ohio State University-Columbus 2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077354817 ISBN: 9780071222143 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/wardlawcont8 Contemporary Nutrition is designed for students with little or no background in college-level biology, chemistry or physiology. It provides the ideal balance of reliable nutrition information and practical consumeroriented knowledge. With a friendly writing style, the authors act as the student’s personal guide to dispelling common misconceptions and to gaining a solid foundation for making informed nutrition choices. Contemporary Nutrition emphasizes that a population consists of individuals with varying genetic and cultural backgrounds, and these individuals will have varying responses to diet. The knowledge gained from this text will allow students to personalize nutrition information and make smart choices.
NUTRITION: A KEY TO HEALTH Chapter 1: What You Eat and Why Chapter 2: Guidelines for Designing a Healthy Diet Chapter 3: The Human Body: A Nutrition Perspective THE ENERGY NUTRIENTS AND ENERGY BALANCE Chapter 4: Carbohydrates Chapter 5: Lipids Chapter 6: Proteins Chapter 7: Energy Balance and Weight Control VITAMINS, MINERALS AND WATER Chapter 8: Vitamins Chapter 9: Water and Minerals NUTRITION: BEYOND THE NUTRIENTS Chapter 10: Nutrition: Fitness and Sports Chapter 11: Eating Disorders: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, and Other Conditions Chapter 12: Undernutrition Throughout the World Chapter 13: Safety of Food and Water NUTRITION: A FOCUS ON THE LIFE STAGES Chapter 14: Pregnancy and Breastfeeding Chapter 15: Nutrition from Infancy through Adolescence Chapter 16: Nutrition during Adulthood
New to this edition Over 200 new or revised figures and photos have been added to the already fantastic instructional art program in this edition to appeal to today’s visual learners. New and updated content includes a discussion of the economic factors related to food choices, the latest Mediterranean Diet Pyramid, the American Heart Association’s new “Meet the Fats” program, and more.
Daily Values have been added to the food source graphs for each nutrient.
http://www.mhhe.com/wardlawpers8
CONNECT Plus-the future in online course management is here!
• •
Perspectives in Nutrition, 8th edition, is an introductory nutrition text appropriate for nutrition and science majors, as well as mixed majors/non-majors nutrition courses. This text has the richly deserved reputation of providing an accurate, current, in-depth and thoughtful introduction to the dynamic field of nutrition. The 8th edition introduces a new author team whose primary goal has been to maintain the strengths and philosophy that have been the hallmark of this book yet enhance the accessibility and personal application of materials for today’s students.
Interactive Learning platform allows instructors to deliver autograded assignments, quizzes, and tests easily online Instructors can assign readings via an interactive, media-rich eBook; Students have 24/7 online access Sophisticated reporting allows instructors to analyze class performance against a variety of criteria such as learning outcome and difficulty level.
LearnSmart-Help your students to Learn Fast, Learn Easy, Learn Smart! • • • •
WARDLAW’S PERSPECTIVES IN NUTRITION 8th Edition By Carol Byrd-Bredbenner, Jacqueline Berning, Univesity of Colorado, Donna Beshgetoor, San Diego State University and Gaile Moe, Seattle Pacific University 2009 (September 2008) / 960 pages ISBN: 9780077263201 ISBN: 9780071284462 [IE]
Concept Maps have been added to help students better make the mental connections between key aspects of the macronutrients (see Ch. 4, 5, and 6)
•
International Edition
Artificially intelligent adaptive diagnostic tool. Creates individual learning plan for each student based on their individual knowledge level and decay of knowledge over time. Intelligently varies questions to match and improve students’ knowledge. Students actively learn the required concepts more easily and efficiently.
Tegrity Campus-100% of students rate their professor’s lecture notes as their #1 study resource! The average instructor speaks 120 words per minute while the average student writes only 20 requiring the student to decide between listening or taking notes. With Tegrity Campus students no longer
80
Contents Part 1 Nutrition Basics 1 The Science of Nutrition 2 Tools of a Healthy Diet 3 The Food Supply 4 Human Digestion and Absorption Part 2 Energy-Yielding Nutrients and Alcohol 5 Carbohydrates 6 Lipids 7 Protein 8 Alcohol Part 3 Metabolism and Energy Balance 9 Energy Metabolism
NUTRITION NUTRITION: BEYOND THE NUTRIENTS Chapter 13: Nutrition: Fitness and Sports Chapter 14: Eating Disorders: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, and Other Conditions Chapter 15: Food Safety Chapter 16: Undernutrition throughout the World NUTRITION: A FOCUS ON THE LIFE STAGES Chapter 17: Pregnancy and Breastfeeding Chapter 18: Nutrition from Infancy through Adolescence Chapter 19: Nutrition during Adulthood APPENDIXES: A: Solutions to Case Studies and Check Your Knowledge B: Daily Values Used in Food Labels C: Dietary Advice for Canadians D: The Exchange System E: Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment F: Chemical Structures in Nutrition G: Height-Weight Tables H: Sources of Nutrition Information I: English-Metric Conversions
10 Energy Balance, Weight Control, & Eating Disorders 11 Nutrition, Exercise, and Sports Part 4 Vitamins and Minerals 12 Fat-Soluble Vitamins 13 Water-Soluble Vitamins 14 Water and Major Minerals 15 Trace Minerals Part 5 Nutrition Applications in the Life Cycle 16 Nutritional Aspects of Pregnancy and Breastfeeding 17 Nutrition during the Growing Years 18 Nutrition throughout Adulthood Appendixes A Human Physiology B Chemistry C Glycolysis, Citric Acid Cycle, , Electron Transport Chain, Eicosanoids, and Homocysteine Metabolism D Dietary Advice for Canadians E Exchange Systems F Fatty Acids in Foods G Height-Weight Tables H Nutrition Calculations I English-Metric Conversions J Estimated Average Requirements (EARs) for Nutrients K CDC Growth Charts L Sources of Nutrition Information M Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment
Multimedia
International Edition
NUTRITIONCALC PLUS 3.2 CD-ROM
CONTEMPORARY NUTRITION A Functional Approach
By ESHA Research 2009 (December 2008) ISBN: 9780077312435
By Gordon M Wardlaw and Anne M Smith of Ohio State University, James E Bailey 2009 (February 2008) ISBN: 9780077227784 ISBN: 9780071284639 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/ncp3
www.mhhe.com/wardlawcontfa1 Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach is an alternate version of Wardlaw-Smith’s Contemporary Nutrition, 7e. While Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach shares the recognized strengths of the seventh edition, it offers a unique approach to the coverage of vitamins and minerals. It departs from a traditional presentation by instead organizing vitamins and minerals within the context of physiological functions and the health conditions they influence. The text will provide students who lack a strong science background the ideal balance of reliable nutrition information and practical consumeroriented knowledge. With their friendly writing style, the authors act as the student’s personal guide to dispelling common misconceptions and to gaining a solid foundation for making informed nutrition choices. Contents NUTRITION: A KEY TO HEALTH Chapter 1: What You Eat and Why Chapter 2: Guidelines for Designing a Healthy Diet Chapter 3: The Human Body: A Nutrition Perspective ENERGY NUTRIENTS AND ENERGY BALANCE Chapter 4: Carbohydrates Chapter 5: Lipids Chapter 6: Proteins Chapter 7: Energy Balance and Weight Maintenance VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER Chapter 8: Overview of the Micronutrients Chapter 9: Nutrients Involved with Fluid and Electrolyte Balance Chapter 10: Nutrients that Function as Antioxidants Chapter 11: Nutrients Involved in Bone Health Chapter 12: Nutrients Involved with Energy Metabolism and Blood Health
NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 is a suite of powerful dietary self-assessment tools. Use NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 to analyze and monitor personal diet and health goals. An easy-to use interface and the reliability of the ESHA database make NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 the best choice for nutrition analysis software. Enhancements to 3.0 include the ability to track up to three profiles, 365-day calendar function, a 27,000-food database, and a new recipe function. NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW! Both the CD and Online versions now share an identical user-friendly interface. Instructors will be able to write one set of assignment directions, regardless of which version students have purchased. NEW! NCP 3.0 now offers the ability to enter up to three Profiles. Users can enter their own personal data and intakes, as well as those of two other individuals (e.g., assigned case study, diabetic person, vegetarian friend). NEW! NCP 3.0 now offers an intuitive 365-day calendar in which users can easily track their daily food intakes and activities. NEW! Users will now be able to create and analyze their own Recipes and add them to their personal database. This feature gives users ultimate flexibility in creating accurate food lists. NEW! To ensure an accurate dietary analysis, caution notes now appear to alarm users of possible entry error. For instance: -If a user enters an amount for a single food that exceeds 1/3 of his/her recommended daily calories, the user will receive a warning message asking to verify whether the amount chosen is correct. -A warning note will appear if the activities chosen exceed 24 hours in a day.
81
NUTRITION -If the activities entered do not match the user’s Profile’s Activity Level, NCP will generate a notice asking if the user wishes to return to his/ her Profile and adjust the Activity Level.
NEW! NCP 3.0 now offers an intuitive 365-day calendar in which users can easily track their daily food intakes and activities.
NEW! NCP 3.0 now gives users access to 27,000 foods, including more ethnic and fast food choices. All nutrient data comes from ESHA Research, the country’s leading nutrient database company. NEW! Each step in the diet analysis process is now fully supported by integrated Help and Info descriptions. Each screen provides instructions, as well as handy tips and explanatory notes. NEW! Users can now easily email reports or download documents into Excel or Word (and similar programs) to make completing assignments even easier.
NEW! To ensure an accurate dietary analysis, caution notes now appear to alarm users of possible entry error. For instance: -If a user enters an amount for a single food that exceeds 1/3 of his/her recommended daily calories, the user will receive a warning message asking to verify whether the amount chosen is correct. -A warning note will appear if the activities chosen exceed 24 hours in a day. -If the activities entered do not match the user’s Profile’s Activity Level, NCP will generate a notice asking if the user wishes to return to his/ her Profile and adjust the Activity Level.
Features Four easy steps are all users need to successfully complete for an accurate dietary analysis:
NEW! NCP 3.0 now gives users access to 27,000 foods, including more ethnic and fast food choices. All nutrient data comes from ESHA Research, the country’s leading nutrient database company.
-Profile -- Create a profile by entering personal information, such as weight and height, to generate individualized nutrient recommendations.
NEW! Each step in the diet analysis process is now fully supported by integrated Help and Info descriptions. Each screen provides instructions, as well as handy tips and explanatory notes.
-Food Intake – Compile a food intake list by searching for foods eaten and entering amounts and specifying meals.
NEW! Users can now easily email reports or download documents into Excel or Word (and similar programs) to make completing assignments even easier.
-Activities – Estimate activity level and calories burned by tracking specific daily exercise.
FEATURES Four easy steps are all users need to successfully complete for an accurate dietary analysis:
-Reports – Analyze diet and exercise with 9 different customized reports. The latest DRI values are included for essential nutrients, vitamins, and minerals.
-Profile -- Create a profile by entering personal information, such as weight and height, to generate individualized nutrient recommendations.
Users can analyze and adjust their energy expenditure and weight control goals.
-Food Intake – Compile a food intake list by searching for foods eaten and entering amounts and specifying meals.
Intuitive tool bar icons make navigating through the program easy.
-Activities – Estimate activity level and calories burned by tracking specific daily exercise. -Reports – Analyze diet and exercise with 9 different customized reports. The latest DRI values are included for essential nutrients, vitamins, and minerals.
NUTRITIONCALC PLUS 3.2 ONLINE ACCESS CARD
Users can analyze and adjust their energy expenditure and weight control goals.
By ESHA Research 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780073375526 (Access Card)
Intuitive tool bar icons make navigating through the program easy.
www.mhhe.com/ncp3 NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 is a suite of powerful dietary self-assessment tools. Use NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 to analyze and monitor personal diet and health goals. An easy-to use interface and the reliability of the ESHA database make NutritionCalc Plus 3.0 the best choice for nutrition analysis software. Enhancements to 3.0 include the ability to track up to three profiles, 365-day calendar function, a 27,000-food database, and a new recipe function. NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW! Both the CD and Online versions now share an identical user-friendly interface. Instructors will be able to write one set of assignment directions, regardless of which version students have purchased. NEW! NCP 3.0 now offers the ability to enter up to three Profiles. Users can enter their own personal data and intakes, as well as those of two other individuals (e.g., assigned case study, diabetic person, vegetarian friend). NEW! Users will now be able to create and analyze their own Recipes and add them to their personal database. This feature gives users ultimate flexibility in creating accurate food lists.
82
NUTRITION
Nutrition Through The Life Cycle
Nutrition and Sport
New
*9780073375557*
Nutrition & Human Development
International Edition
NUTRITION FOR HEALTH, FITNESS AND SPORT 9th Edition
International Edition
By Melvin H Williams, Old Dominion University
NUTRITION THROUGHOUT THE LIFE CYCLE 4th Edition By Bonnie Worthington-Roberts, University of Washington and Sue Williams, SRW Productions 2000 / 464 pages ISBN: 9780072927320 ISBN: 9780071183796 [IE]
2010 (February 2009) / 648 pages ISBN: 9780073375557 ISBN: 9780071220019 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/williams9
www.mhhe.com/worthington CONTENTS Chapter 1. Introduction to the Lifecycle: The Role of Nutrition (B. Worthington-Roberts) Chapter 2. The Assessment of Nutritional Needs (S. Rodwell Williams) Chapter 3. Maternal Nutrition: The Beginning of Life and the Physiology of Pregnancy (B. Worthington-Roberts) Chapter 4. Maternal Nutrition: Overall Nutrition and the Roles of Specific Nutrients (B. Worthington-Roberts) Chapter 5. Maternal Nutrition: Issues Beyond the Nutrients (B. Worthington-Roberts) Chapter 6. Lactation: The Mother and Her Milk (B. WorthingtonRoberts) Chapter 7. Lactation: Breast-Feeding Is a Desirable Option (B. Worthington-Roberts) Chapter 8. Nutrition in Infancy: Physiology, Development, and Nutritional Recommendations (D. Johnson) Chapter 9. Nutrition in Infancy: Feeding in the First Year of Life (D. Johnson) Chapter 10. Nutrition in Childhood (C. Trahms) Chapter 11. Adolescent Nutrition: General (B. Spear) Chapter 12. Weight-Related Concerns and Disorders Among Adolescents (D. Neumark-Sztainer, J. Moe) Chapter 13. Nutrition During the Middle Adult Years (S. Rodwell Williams) Chapter 14. Nutrition in the Older Adult (E. Schlenker)
83
This textbook provides the reader with thorough coverage of the role nutrition plays in enhancing one’s health, fitness, and sport performance. Current research and practical activities are incorporated throughout. New to this edition The reference lists have been completely updated for this ninth edition, with the inclusion of over 900 new references, and provide the scientific basis for the new concepts or additional support for those concepts previously developed. These references provide greater in-depth reading materials for the interested student. The text has been updated throughout, including new questions, figures, and tables. A new feature, Cool Websites, offers readers appropriate Internet sources from which they can obtain additional information on specific exercise and nutrition topics. The appendix has been expanded to include the MyPyramid for Kids. Contents 1 Introduction to Nutrition for Health, Fitness, and Sports Performance 2 Healthful Nutrition for Fitness and Sport: The Consumer Athlete 3 Human Energy 4 Carbohydrates: The Main Energy Food 5 Fat: An Important Energy Source during Exercise 6 Protein: The Tissue Builder 7 Vitamins: The Organic Regulators 8 Minerals: The Inorganic Regulators 9 Water, Electrolytes and Temperature Regulation 10 Body Weight and Composition for Health and Sport 11 Weight Maintenance and Loss through Proper Nutrition and Exercise 12 Weight Gaining through Proper Nutrition and Exercise 13 Food Drugs and Related Supplements Appendix A—Units of Measurement: English System—Metric System Equivalents Appendix B—Approximate Caloric Expenditure per Minute for Various Physical Activities Appendix C—Self-Test on Drinking Habits and Alcoholism Appendix D—Determination of Healthy Body Weight Appendix E—Exchange Lists for Meal Planning Appendix F—Calories, Percent Fat, Cholesterol, Sodium, and Dietary Fiber in Selected Fast-Food Restaurant Products
NUTRITION
Professional References
Appendix G—Energy Pathways of Carbohydrate, Fat, and Protein Appendix H—Small Steps: 120 Small Steps to a Healthier Diet and Increased Physical Activity Appendix I—Sample Menu for a 2000-Calorie Food Pattern Appendix J—MyPyramid for Kids
NUTRITION ALMANAC 6th Edition
Nutritional Assessment
By Lavon J Dunne, John D Kirschmann, Nutrition Search, Inc 2007 (December 2006) / 384 pages ISBN: 9780071436588
A Professional Reference Publication CONTENTS
*9780073375564*
New
1: Nutrition and Health 2: Exercise 3: Sources of calories 4: Nutrients 5: Ailments and Other Stressful Conditions 6: Normal Life Cycle 7: Herbs 8: Foods, Beverages, and Natural Supplementary Foods 9: Table of Food Composition Bibliography Index
International Edition NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT 5th Edition By Robert D Lee, Central Michigan University and David C Nieman, Appalachian State University
2010 (September 2009) / 608 pages ISBN: 9780073375564 ISBN: 9780071267724 [IE] This text describes the four major methods of nutritional assessment (dietary, anthropometric, biometric, and clinical) in an understandable and contemporary way. It thoroughly covers assessment of the hospitalized individual, but also serves as an invaluable resource to the nutrition professional working in such areas as public health and community nutrition, corporate health, and sports medicine. New to this edition Updated figures and tables reflect most recent data on nutritional status and health Contents 1 Introduction to Nutritional Assessment 2 Standards for Nutrient Intake 3 Measuring Diet 4 National Dietary and Nutrition Surveys 5 Computerized Dietary Analysis Systems 6 Anthropometry 7 Assessment of the Hospitalized Patient 8 Nutritional Assessment in Disease Prevention 9 Biochemical Assessment of Nutritional Status 10 Clinical Assessment of Nutritional Status 11 Counseling Theory and Technique
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
84
85
PLANTS & ANIMALS
Animal Behavior................................................................................................. 89 Botany (Economic)............................................................................................. 88 Botany - Lab Manuals........................................................................................ 89 Botany - Non Majors - Textbook...................................................................................................... 87 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.......................................................................93 Invertebrate Biology............................................................................................91 Marine Biology.....................................................................................................90 Parasitology.........................................................................................................90 Vertebrate Biology - Laboratory....................................................................................................92 - Textbook.......................................................................................................92 Zoology - Laboratory - Majors......................................................................................96 - Textbook.......................................................................................................94
NEW TITLES PLANTS & ANIMALS
2011
Author
ISBN
Laboratory Manual to accompany Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
9780073040530
89
Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
9780073040523
87
2010
Author
ISBN
Marine Biology, 8e
Castro
9780073524160
90
Zoology, 8e
Miller
9780073028200
94
Biology of the Invertebrates, 6e
Pechenik
9780073028262
91
Page
PLANTS & ANIMALS
86
Page
PLANTS & ANIMALS
Botany - Non Majors
-Chapter 25 has been significantly revised and updated to include new photographs as well as discussions of communities; the effect of soil mineral content on plant species distribution; trophic efficiency; allelopathy; life histories; the water, carbon, and nitrogen cycles; succession, using Mount St. Helens as an example; climate change and its potential implications; wind, water, and soil erosion, land reclamation; loss of biodiversity; acid rain; wetlands; species invasions; and land restoration.
Textbook
*9780073040523*
New
The same emphasis on traditional life cycles has been retained, as this is considered to be one of the most important attributes of the book, distinguishing it from most other plant biology books. Some of the life cycles have been enlarged and revised to make them more visible and accurately display structures described in the text.
International Edition
Contents
STERN’S INTRODUCTORY PLANT BIOLOGY 12th Edition By James Bidlack, University of Central Oklahoma and Shelley Jansky, University of WisconsinMadison
2011 (January 2010) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073040523 ISBN: 9780071222129 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/stern12e This introductory text assumes little prior scientific knowledge on the part of the student. It includes sufficient information for some shorter introductory botany courses open to both majors and nonmajors, and is arranged so that certain sections can be omitted without disrupting the overall continuity of the course. Stern emphasizes current interests while presenting basic botanical principles. New to this edition Most of the chapters include new opening photographs, revisions as suggested by reviewers, and updated additional readings.
Chapter 1: What Is Plant Biology? Chapter 2: The Nature of Life? Chapter 3: Cells Chapter 4: Tissues Chapter 5: Roots and Soils Chapter 6: Stems Chapter 7: Leaves Chapter 8: Flowers, Fruits, and Seeds Chapter 9: Water in Plants Chapter 10: Plant Metabolism Chapter 11: Growth Chapter 12: Meiosis and Alternation of Generation Chapter 13: Genetics Chapter 14: Plant Breeding and Propagation Chapter 15: Evolution Chapter 16: Plant Names and Classification Chapter 17: Domain (Kingdom) Bacteria, Domain (Kingdom) Archaea, and Viruses Chapter 18: Kingdom Protista Chapter 19: Kingdom Fungi Chapter 20: Introduction to the Plant Kingdom: Bryophytes Chapter 21: The Seedless Vascular Plants: Ferns and Their Relatives Chapter 22: Introduction to Seed Plants: Gymnosperms Chapter 23: Seed Plants: Angiosperms Chapter 24: Flowering Plants and Civilization Chapter 25: Ecology Chapter 26: Biomes
Chapter 1: New text on use of ethanol in vehicles. Chapter 4: A discussion of chimeras. Chapter 6: An introduction to dendroclimatology. Chapter 10: New art to expand upon presentation of the Calvin cycle. Chapter 13: A discussion of transposable elements and an explanation of the United States National Plant Genome Initiative. Chapter 17: A discussion of drug resistant bacteria. Chapter 23: Clarification of the use of ”n” and “x” for describing ploidy levels in plants. Chapters 15 (Evolution), 16 (Taxonomy), and 25 (Ecology) have been extensively modified.
-An introductory section has been added to Chapter 15, outlining applications of evolutionary theory in agriculture, medicine, ecology, and biotechnology, and new photos have been added to enhance the discussion.
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected]
-Chapter 16 has been modified to include a discussion of challenges faced by taxonomists when classifying plants. Morphological, breeding, ecological, cladistic, eclectic, and nominalistic species concepts are also described.
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
87
PLANTS & ANIMALS International Edition
International Edition PRINCIPLES OF BOTANY
PLANTS AND SOCIETY 5th Edition
By Gordon Uno, National Science Foundation, Richard Storey, Colorado College and Randy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis 2001 ISBN: 9780071180870 [IE]
By Estelle Levetin and Karen McMahon of University of Tulsa 2008 (October 2007) ISBN: 9780077221256 ISBN: 9780071285841 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/botany
www.mhhe.com/levetin5e
CONTENTS
This introductory, one quarter/one-semester text takes a multidisciplinary approach to studying the relationship between plants and people. The authors strive to stimulate interest in plant science and encourage students to further their studies in botany. Also, by exposing students to society’s historical connection to plants, Levetin and McMahon hope to instill a greater appreciation for the botanical world. Plants and Society covers basic principles of botany with strong emphasis on the economic aspects and social implications of plants and fungi.
1 An Introduction to Plants and Their Study 2 The Ecology and Natural Selection of Plants 3 Energy and Cell Chemistry 4 Plant Cells and Tissue Systems 5 DNA, Genes, and Cell Division 6 Plant Growth and Development 7 Root Systems and Plant Mineral Nutrition 8 Stems and Secondary Growth 9 Leaves and the Movement of Water 10 Photosynthesis 11 Respiration 12 Flowers, Fruits and Seeds 13 Genetics 14 Evolution 15 The Diversity and Classification of Plants 16 Bacteria, Fungi and Algae 17 Bryophytes and Ferns: The Seedless Plants 18 Gymnosperms and Angiosperms: The Seed Plants 19 Ecology Appendix A: What is Genetic Engineering? Appendix B: Fundamentals of Chemistry for Botany Students
Contents I Plants and Society: The Botanical Connections to Our Lives 1 Plants in Our Lives II Introduction to Plant Life: Botanical Principles 2 The Plant Cell 3 The Plant Body 4 Plant Physiology 5 Plant Life Cycle: Flowers 6 Plant Life Cycle: Fruits and Seeds 7 Genetics 8 Plant Systematics and Evolution 9 Diversity of Plant Life III Plants as a Source of Food 10 Human Nutrition 11 Origins of Agriculture 12 The Grasses 13 Legumes 14 Starchy Staples 15 Feeding a Hungry World IV Commercial Products Derived from Plants 16 Stimulating Beverages 17 Herbs and Spices 18 Materials: Cloth, Wood, and Paper V Plants and Human Health 19 Medicinal Plants 20 Psychoactive Plants 21 Poisonous and Allergy Plants VI Algae and Fungi: The Impact of Algae and Fungi on Human Affairs 22 The Algae 23 Fungi in the Natural Environment 24 Beverages and Foods from Fungi 25 Fungi that Affect Human Health VII Plants and the Environment 26 Plant Ecology Appendix A Metric System Appendix B Classification of Plants
Botany (Economic)
International Edition PLANTS AND SOCIETY 5th Edition By Estelle Levetin and Karen McMahon of University of Tulsa 2008 (October 2007) / 544 pages ISBN: 9780077221256 ISBN: 9780071285841 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/levetin5e This introductory, one quarter/one-semester text takes a multidisciplinary approach to studying the relationship between plants and people. The authors strive to stimulate interest in plant science and encourage students to further their studies in botany. Also, by exposing students to society’s historical connection to plants, Levetin and McMahon hope to instill a greater appreciation for the botanical world. Plants and Society covers basic principles of botany with strong emphasis on the economic aspects and social implications of plants and fungi. Contents I Plants and Society: The Botanical Connections to Our Lives 1 Plants in Our Lives II Introduction to Plant Life: Botanical Principles 2 The Plant Cell 3 The Plant Body 4 Plant Physiology
88
PLANTS & ANIMALS
Lab Manuals
5 Plant Life Cycle: Flowers 6 Plant Life Cycle: Fruits and Seeds 7 Genetics 8 Plant Systematics and Evolution 9 Diversity of Plant Life III Plants as a Source of Food 10 Human Nutrition 11 Origins of Agriculture 12 The Grasses 13 Legumes 14 Starchy Staples 15 Feeding a Hungry World IV Commercial Products Derived from Plants 16 Stimulating Beverages 17 Herbs and Spices 18 Materials: Cloth, Wood, and Paper V Plants and Human Health 19 Medicinal Plants 20 Psychoactive Plants 21 Poisonous and Allergy Plants VI Algae and Fungi: The Impact of Algae and Fungi on Human Affairs 22 The Algae 23 Fungi in the Natural Environment 24 Beverages and Foods from Fungi 25 Fungi that Affect Human Health VII Plants and the Environment 26 Plant Ecology Appendix A Metric System Appendix B Classification of Plants
New
*9780073040530*
Laboratory Manual to accompany Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology 12th Edition By James Bidlack, University of Central Oklahoma 2011 (January 2010) / 256 pages ISBN: 9780073040530 (Details unavailable at press time)
Animal Behavior
International Edition ECONOMIC BOTANY 3rd Edition By Beryl Simpson and Molly Ogorzaly of University of Texas at Austin 2001/ 210 pages ISBN: 9780072909388 ISBN: 9780071181884 [IE]
International Edition ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 5th Edition
www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/botany/simpson-links/weblinks.mhtml
By Lee C Drickamer, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, Stephen H Vessey, Bowling Green State University and Elizabeth Jakob, University of Massachusetts - Amherst 2002 ISBN: 9780070121997 ISBN: 9780071130202 [IE]
CONTENTS 1 Plants and Their Manipulation by People 2 Origins of Agriculture 3 Fruits and Nuts of Temperate Regions 4 Fruits and Nuts of Warm Regions 5 Cereal Grains and Forage Grasses 6 Legumes 7 Foods from Leaves, Stems, and Roots 8 Spices, Herbs, and Perfumes 9 Vegetable Oils and Waxes 10 Hydrogels, Elastic Latexes, and Resins 11 Medicinal Plants 12 Psychoactive Drugs and Poisons from Plants 13 Stimulating Beverages 14 Alcoholic Beverages 15 Fibers, Dyes, and Tannins 16 Wood, Cork, and Bamboo 17 Ornamental Plants 18 Algae 19 Uses of Plants in the Future
CONTENTS Part One The Study of Animal Behavior 1 Introduction 2 History of the Study of Animal Behavior 3 Approaches and Methods Part Two Behavior Genetics and Evolution 4 Genes and Evolution 5 Behavioral Genetics 6 Evolution of Behavior Patterns Part Three Mechanisms of Behavior 7 The Nervous System and Behavior 8 Hormones and Behavior, and Immunology and Behavior 9 Biological Timekeeping 10 Development of Behavior 11 Learning Behavior 12 Communication Part Four Finding Food and Shelter 13 Migration, Orientation, and Navigation 14 Habitat Selection 15 Foraging Behavior Part Five Social Organization and Mating Systems 16 Aggression
89
PLANTS & ANIMALS 17 Sexual Reproduction and Parental Care 18 Parental Investment and Mating Systems 19 Evolution of Social Systems References Glossary
Contents Chapter 1 The Science of Marine Biology Chapter 2 The Sea Floor Chapter 3 Chemical and Physical Features of Seawater and the World Ocean Chapter 4 Fundamentals of Biology Chapter 5 The Microbial World Chapter 6 Multicellular Primary Producers: Seaweeds and Plants Chapter 7 Marine Animals Without a Backbone Chapter 8 Marine Fishes Chapter 9 Marine Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals Chapter 10 An Introduction to Marine Ecology Chapter 11 Between the Tides Chapter 12 Estuaries: Where Rivers Meet the Sea Chapter 13 Life on the Continental Shelf Chapter 14 Coral Reefs Chapter 15 Life Near the Surface Chapter 16 The Ocean Depths Chapter 17 Resources from the Sea Chapter 18 The Impact of Humans on the Marine Environment Chapter 19 The Oceans and Human Affairs
Marine Biology
*9780073524160*
New
International Edition MARINE BIOLOGY 8th Edition
Parasitology
By Peter Castro, California State Poly University-Pomona and Michael E Huber, Global Coastal Strategies, Brisbane-Australia
International Edition
2010 (October 2009) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073524160 ISBN: 9780071113021 [IE]
FOUNDATIONS OF PARASITOLOGY 8th Edition
http://www.mhhe.com/castrohuber8e Marine Biology covers the basics of marine biology with a global approach, using examples from numerous regions and ecosystems worldwide. This introductory, one-semester text is designed for nonmajors. Authors Castro and Huber have made a special effort to include solid basic science content needed in a general education course, including the fundamental principles of biology, the physical sciences, and the scientific method. This science coverage is integrated with a stimulating, up-to-date overview of marine biology. New to this edition New and updated Eye on Science boxed readings throughout the book reflect current scientific research and technology in the field of marine biology. New topics include:
By Larry S Roberts, Florida Int’l University-Miami and John Janovy Jr, University of Nebraska-Lincoln 2009 (October 2008) / 728 pages ISBN: 9780073028279 ISBN: 9780071311038 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/robertsjanovy8e A parasitology text for biology and/or zoology students at the undergraduate level. Emphasizes principles with related information on the biology, physiology, morphology, and ecology of the major parasites of humans and domestic animals. This is not a diagnostic manual for medical students. Contents
-CSI: Ocean (use of the VENUS seafloor observatory in forensic research on how bodies decompose in the ocean) -Microbes and Minerals (the role of chemosynthesis in forming Earth’s diverse array of minerals) -Monitoring of Open-Ocean Microbes -Biological Mixing of the Ocean (how organisms may contribute to mixing processes) -Ecology and Economics -Exploring the Cayman Trench We have also updated the information on climate change, ocean acidification, the nitrogen cascade, and stratospheric ozone depletion to reflect the torrent of new research on global change. Examples include new findings on the accelerating rate of climate change, loss of Arctic sea ice, and ecological impacts, for example on polar bears.
90
1 Introduction to Parasitology 2 Basic Principles and Concepts I: Parasite Systematics, Ecology and Evolution 3 Basic Principles and Concepts II: Immunology and Pathology 4 Parasitic Prototoa: Form, Function, and Classification 5 Kinetoplasta: Trypanosomes and Their Kin 6 Other Flagellated Protozoa 7 The Amebas 8 Phylum Apicomplexa: Gregarines, Coccidia, and Related Organisms 9 Phylum Apicomplexa: Malaria Organisms and Piroplasms 10 Phylum Ciliophora: Ciliated Protistan Parasites 11 Microsporida and Myxozoa: Parasites with Polar Filaments 12 The Mesozoa: Pioneers or Degenerates? 13 Introduction to Phylum Platyhelminthes 14 Trematoda: Aspidobothrea 15 Trematoda: Form, Function, and Classification of Digeneans 16 Digeneans: Strigeiformes 17 Digeneans: Echinostomatiformes 18 Digeneans: Plagiorchiformes and Opisthorchiformes 19 Monogenoidea 20 Cestoidea: Form, Function, and Classification of the Tapeworms
PLANTS & ANIMALS 21 Tapeworms 22 Phylum Nematoda: Form, Function, and Classification 23 Nematodes: Trichinellida and Dioctophymatida, Enoplean Parasites 24 Nematodes: Tylenchina, Pioneering Parasites 25 Nematodes: Strongyloidea, Bursate Rhabditidans 26 Nematodes: Ascaridomorpha, Intestinal Large Roundworms 27 Nematodes: Oxyuridomorpha, Pinworms 28 Nematodes: Gnathostomatomorpha and Spiruromorpha, a Potpourri 29 Nematodes: Filaroidea, Filiarial Worms 30 Nematodes: Dracunculoidea, Guinea Worms and Others 31 Phylum Nematomorpha, Hairworms 32 Phylum Acanthocephala: Thorny-Headed Worms 33 Phylum Arthropoda: Form, Function, and Classification 34 Parasitic Crustaceans 35 Pentastomida: Tongue Worms 36 Parasitic Insects: Phthiraptera, Chewing and Sucking Lice 37 Parasitic Insects: Hemiptera, Bugs 38 Parasitic Insects: Fleas, Order Siphonaptera 39 Parasitic Insects: Diptera, Flies 40 Parasitic Insects: Strepsiptera, Hymenoptera, and Others 41 Parasitic Arachnids: Subclass Acari, Ticks and Mites
Contents 1 Environmental Considerations 2 Invertebrate Classification and Relationships 3 The Protozoan Protists 4 The Poriferans and Placozoans 5 Introduction to the Hydrostatic Skeleton 6 The Cnidarians 7 The Ctenophores 8 The Platyhelminthes 9 The Gnathifera: Rotifers, Acanthocephalans, and two smaller groups 10 The Rotifers and Acanthocephalans 11 The Nemertines 12 The Molluscs 13 The Annelids 14 The Arthropods 15 Two Phyla of Likely Arthropod Relatives: Tardigrada and Onychophora 16 The Nematodes 17 Four Phyla of Likely Nematode Relatives: Nematomorpha, Priapulida, Kinorhyncha, and Loricifera 18 Three Phyla of Uncertain Affiliation: Gastrotricha, Chaetognatha, and Cyliophora 19 The Lophophorates (Phoronids, Brachiopods, Bryozoans) and Entoprocts 20 The Echinoderms 21 The Hemichordates 22 The Xenoturbellids 23 The Nonvertebrate Chordates 24 Invertebrate Reproduction and Development--An Overview
Invertebrate Biology
New
*9780073028262*
International Edition BIOLOGY OF THE INVERTEBRATES 6th Edition By Jan A Pechenik, Tufts University
2010 (January 2009) / 608 pages ISBN: 9780073028262 ISBN: 9780071270410 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/pechenik6e This textbook is the most concise and readable invertebrates book in terms of detail and pedagogy (other texts do not offer boxed readings, a second color, end of chapter questions, or pronunciation guides). All phyla of invertebrates are covered (comprehensive) with an emphasis on unifying characteristics of each group. New to this edition A new chapter has been added called: The Xenoturbellids. Chapter 13 The Annelids and Chapter 18 Three Phyla of Uncertain Affiliation: Gastrotricha, Chaetognatha, and Cyliophora have been heavily revised and updated. Many new photographs and drawings have been added, to clarify the text and to help generate interest among students.
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
91
PLANTS & ANIMALS
Vertebrate Biology
Part 8 Reptiles (Including Birds): Morphology, Reproduction and Development Part 9 Mammals Part 10 Population Dynamics Part 11 Movements Part 12 Intraspecific Behavior and Ecology Part 13 Interspecific Interactions Part 14 Techniques for Ecological and Behavioral Studies Part 15 Extinction and Extirpation Part 16 Conservation and Management Appendices Glossary Bibliography Index
Textbook
International Edition VERTEBRATES COMPARATIVE ANATOMY, FUNCTION, EVOLUTION 5th Edition By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-Pullman 2009 (August 2008) / 800 pages ISBN: 9780073040585 ISBN: 9780071270335 [IE]
Laboratory
http://www.mhhe.com/kardong5e This one-semester text is designed for an upper-level majors course. Vertebrates features a unique emphasis on function and evolution of vertebrates, complete anatomical detail, and excellent pedagogy. Vertebrate groups are organized phylogenetically, and their systems discussed within such a context. Morphology is foremost, but the author has developed and integrated an understanding of function and evolution into the discussion of anatomy of the various systems. Contents 1 Introduction 2 Origin of Chordates 3 The Vertebrate Story 4 Biological Design 5 Life History 6 Integument 7 Skeletal System: The Skull 8 Skeletal System: The Axial Skeleton 9 Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton 10 The Muscular System 11 The Respiratory System 12 The Circulatory System 13 The Digestive System 14 The Urogenital System 15 The Endocrine System 16 The Nervous System 17 Sensory Organs 18 Conclusions
COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 5th Edition By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-Pullman and Edward J Zalisko, Blackburn College 2009 (October 2008) / 400 pages ISBN: 9780072970081 This high-quality laboratory manual may accompany any comparative anatomy text, but correlates directly to Kardong’s Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution text. This lab manual carefully guides students through dissections and is richly illustrated. First and foremost, the basic animal architecture is presented in a clear and concise manner. Throughout the dissections, the authors pause strategically to bring the students’ attention to the significance of the material they have just covered. Contents 1 Introduction Classification and Comparison Defining the Chordates Studying Advice Designing for Students 2 Protochordates H4>Protochordates 3 Agnathans--Examination of a Primitive Vertebrate: The Lamprey Agnathans Adult Lamprey Anatomy Anatomy of the Lamprey (Ammocoete) Larva 4 Vertebrate Integuments Introduction Examination of Vertebrate Integuments Specializations of the Integument 5 Skeletal System Tissues of the Skeletal System Divisions of the Skeletal System Postcranial Skeleton Skull Cranial Skeleton Teeth 6 Muscular System and External Anatomy Introduction Shark Dissection Necturus Cat 7 Digestive Systems Introduction Shark
International Edition VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY By Donald Linzey, Wytheville Community College 2001 / 552 pages ISBN: 9780697363879 (Out of Print) ISBN: 9780071188661 [IE]
www.digitalzoology.com CONTENTS Part 1 The Vertebrate Story: An Overview Part 2 Systematics and Vertebrate Evolution Part 3 Vertebrate Zoogeography Part 4 Early Chordates and Jawless Fishes Part 5 Gnathostome Fishes Part 6 Amphibians Part 7 Evolution of Reptiles
92
PLANTS & ANIMALS Necturus Cat 8 Circulatory and Respiratory Systems Introduction Shark Necturus Cat 9 Urogential System Shark Necturus Cat 10 Nervous System Introduction Shark Sheep Brain
International Edition COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES 9th Edition By George Kent, Louisiana State University-Baton Rouge and Robert Carr, Ohio University-Athens 2001 / 544 pages ISBN: 9780073038698 ISBN: 9780071181686 [IE] ISBN: 9780071282413 [IE with Updated Corrections]
www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/zoology/kentcarr/links.mhtml CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Concepts, Premises, and Pioneers 3 Protochordates and the Origin of Vertebrates 4 The Parade of the Craniates in Time and Taxa 5 Early Craniate Morphogenesis 6 Integument 7 Mineralized Tissues: An Introduction to the Skeleton 8 Vertebrae, Ribs, and Sterna 9 Skull and Visceral Skeleton 10 Girdles, Fins, Limbs, and Locomotion 11 Muscles 12 Digestive System 13 Respiratory System 14 Circulatory System 15 Urogential System 16 Nervous System 17 Sense Organs 18 Endocrine Organs Appendix Glossary Credits Index
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy International Edition VERTEBRATES COMPARATIVE ANATOMY, FUNCTION, EVOLUTION 5th Edition By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-Pullman 2009 (August 2008) / 800 pages ISBN: 9780073040585 ISBN: 9780071270335 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/kardong5e This one-semester text is designed for an upper-level majors course. Vertebrates features a unique emphasis on function and evolution of vertebrates, complete anatomical detail, and excellent pedagogy. Vertebrate groups are organized phylogenetically, and their systems discussed within such a context. Morphology is foremost, but the author has developed and integrated an understanding of function and evolution into the discussion of anatomy of the various systems. Contents 1 Introduction 2 Origin of Chordates 3 The Vertebrate Story 4 Biological Design 5 Life History 6 Integument 7 Skeletal System: The Skull 8 Skeletal System: The Axial Skeleton 9 Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton 10 The Muscular System 11 The Respiratory System 12 The Circulatory System 13 The Digestive System 14 The Urogenital System 15 The Endocrine System 16 The Nervous System 17 Sensory Organs 18 Conclusions
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
93
PLANTS & ANIMALS
Zoology
Chapter 15 has been extensively revised, including the addition of examples and photographs. It contains updated information and expanded coverage of insect thermoregulation using the honeybee as an example. Expanded coverage on insect development includes more details on advantages of holometabolous metamorphosis.
Textbook
*9780073028200*
New
Contents
International Edition ZOOLOGY 8th Edition By Stephen A Miller, College of the Ozarks and John P Harley, Eastern Kentucky University
2010 (September 2009) / 608 pages ISBN: 9780073028200 ISBN: 9780070164833 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/millerharley8e The 8th edition of Zoology continues to offer students an introductory general zoology text that is manageable in size and adaptable to a variety of course formats. It is a principlesoriented text written for the non-majors or the combined course, presented at the freshman and sophomore level. Zoology is organized into three parts. Part One covers the common life processes, including cell and tissue structure and function, the genetic basis of evolution, and the evolutionary and ecological principles that unify all life. Part Two is the survey of protists and animals, emphasizing evolutionary and ecological relationships, aspects of animal organization that unite major animal phyla, and animal adaptations. Part Three covers animal form and function using a comparative approach. This approach includes descriptions and full-color artwork that depict evolutionary changes in the structure and function of selected organ systems. New to this edition Incorporating feedback from current users and reviewers of the text, there has been an overall update of content throughout. The ecological perspective remains at the forefront of the book. In response to reviewer suggestions, pronunciations have been added to the Key Terms list at the end of each chapter as well as the glossary. The most up-to-date phylogenetic evolutionary tree has been added to the front cover of the book. This diagram will allow students immediate and continual reminders of the relationships among the animal phyla they are studying. In response to reviewer suggestions Concept Review questions (with answers) which include both true/false and multiple choice have been added to the end of each chapter. Chapter 8 has been completely rewritten in accordance with the 2005 reclassification of the Eukarya by the International Society of Protistologists. Emphasis is placed on the medically important protists. Chapter 10 includes coverage of two new phyla (1) Acoelomorpha and (2) Cycliophora, one of the most recently described phyla, which contains animals that live only on the mount parts of lobsters.
94
Part One: Biological Principles 1. Zoology: An Evolutionary and Ecological Perspective 2. Cells, Tissues, Organs, and Organ Systems of Animals 3. Cell Division and Inheritance 4. Evolution: History and Evidence 5. Evolution and Gene Frequencies 6. Ecology: Preserving the Animal Kingdom Part Two: Animal-Like Protists and Animalia 7. Animal Classification, Phylogeny, and Organization 8. Animal-like Protists: The Protozoa 9. Multicellular and Tissue Levels of Organization 10. The Triploblastic, Acoelomate Body Plan 11. Molluscan Success 12. Annelida: The Metameric Body Form 13. The Pseudocoelomate Body Plan: Aschelminthes (Lophotrochozoan and Ecdysozoan Phyla) 14. The Arthropods: Blueprint for Success 15. The Hexapods and Myriapods: Terrestrial Triumphs 16. The Echinoderms 17. Hemichordata and Invertebrate Chordates 18. The Fishes: Vertebrate Success in Water 19. Amphibians: The First Terrestrial Vertebrates 20. Reptiles: Nonavian Diapsid Amniotes 21. Birds: Reptiles by Another name 22. Mammals: Synapsid Amniotes Part Three: Form and Function: A Comparative Perspective 23. Protection, Support, and Movement 24. Communication I: Nervous and Sensory Systems 25. Communication II: The Endocrine System and Chemical Messages 26. Circulation and Gas Exchange 27. Nutrition and Digestion 28. Temperature and Body Fluid Regulation 29. Reproduction and Development 30. The Chemical Basis of Animal Life 31. Energy and Enzymes: Life’s Driving and Controlling Forces 32. How Animals Harvest Energy Stored in Nutrients 33. Embryology 34. Animal Behavior
PLANTS & ANIMALS International Edition
International Edition
ANIMAL DIVERSITY 5th Edition
INTEGRATED PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY 14th Edition
By Cleveland P Hickman Jr, Washington & Lee University, Larry S Roberts, Florida Int’l University-Miami, Susan L Keen, University of California Davis, Allan Larson, Washington University-St Louis and Eisenhour J David, Morehead State University 2009 (October 2008) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780072969450 ISBN: 9780071284493 [IE]
By Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee University, Larry S Roberts, Florida International University-Miami, Susan L Keen, University of California Davis, Allan Larson, Washington University-St Louis, Helen I’Anson, Washington & Lee University and David J Eisenhour, Morehead State University 2008 (October 2007) ISBN: 9780077221263 ISBN: 9780071287975 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/hickmanad5e
www.mhhe.com/hickmanipz14e
A top choice among students and instructors alike, Animal Diversity continues to earn the appreciation of both science majors and nonmajors alike. The book uses the theme of evolution to develop a broad-scale view of animal diversity—students focus not only the organisms themselves, but also the processes that produce evolutionary diversity. The book is unique in its comprehensive survey of zoological diversity and its emphasis on evolutionary, systematic and ecological principles, all in one package.
Emphasizing the central role of evolution in generating diversity, this best-selling text describes animal life and the fascinating adaptations that enable animals to inhabit so many ecological niches. Featuring high quality illustrations and photographs set within an engaging narrative, Integrated Principles of Zoology is considered the standard by which other texts are measured. With its comprehensive coverage of biological and zoological principles, mechanisms of evolution, diversity, physiology, and ecology, organized into five parts for easy access, this text is suitable for one- or two-semester introductory courses.
Contents 1 Science of Zoology and Evolution of Animal Diversity 2 Animal Ecology 3 Animal Architecture 4 Taxonomy and Phylogeny of Animals 5 Protozoan Groups 6 Sponges: Phylum Porifera 7 Radiate Animals: Cnidarians and Ctenophores 8 Acoelomate Bilateral Animals: Flatworms, Ribbon Worms, and Mesozoans 9 Gnathiferans and Smaller Lophotrochozoans 10 Molluscs 11 Annelids and Allied Taxa 12 Smaller Ecdysozoans 13 Arthropods 14 Chaetognaths, Echinoderms and Hemichordates 15 Vertebrate Beginnings: The Chordates 16 Fishes 17 The Early Tetrapods and Modern Amphibians 18 Amniote Origins and Nonavian Reptiles 19 Birds 20 Mammals
Contents
Part 1 Introduction to Living Animals 1 Life: Biological Principles and the Science of Zoology 2 The Origin and Chemistry of Life 3 Cells as Units of Life 4 Cellular Metabolism Part 2 Continuity and Evolution of Animal Life 5 Genetics: A Review 6 Organic Evolution 7 The Reproductive Process 8 Principles of Development Part 3 Diversity of Animal Life 9 Architectural Pattern of an Animal 10 Classification and Phylogeny of Animals 11 Protozoan Groups 12 Sponges and Placozoans 13 Radiate Animals 14 Flatworms, Mesozoans, and Ribbonworms 15 Gnathiferans and Smaller Lophotrochozoans 16 Molluscs 17 Annelids and Allied Taxa 18 Smaller Ecdysozoans 19 Trilobites, Chelicerates, and Myriapods 20 Crustaceans 21 Hexapods 22 Chaetognaths, Echinoderms, and Hemichordates 23 Chordates 24 Fishes 25 Early Tetrapods and Modern Amphibians 26 Amniote Origins and Nonavian Reptiles 28 Mammals Part 4 Activity of Life 29 Support, Protection, and Movement 30 Homeostasis 31 Internal Fluids and Respiration 32 Digestion and Nutrition 33 Nervous Coordination 34 Chemical Coordination 35 Immunity 36 Animal Behavior Part 5 Animals and Their Environments 37 The Biosphere and Animal Distribution 38 Animal Ecology Glossary Credits Index
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
95
PLANTS & ANIMALS
Zoology Laboratory - Majors
GENERAL ZOOLOGY LABORATORY MANUAL 15th Edition By Charles Lytle, North Carolina State University—Raleigh and John Meyer, North Carolina State University 2009 (November 2008) / 400 pages ISBN: 9780073051628
LABORATORY STUDIES IN ANIMAL DIVERSITY 5th Edition
http://www.mhhe.com/zoology
By Cleveland Hickman, Washington & Lee University 2009 (December 2008) / 288 pages ISBN: 9780073349251
General Zoology Laboratory Guide is ideal for the laboratory that emphasizes the dissection and microscopic study of live and preserved specimens. Recognized for its accuracy and readability, this manual is comprehensive in its representation of the major groups of animal phyla. This new edition is suitable for a wide range of course needs and structures.
Laboratory Studies in Animal Diversity offers students hands-on experience in learning about the diversity of life. It provides students the opportunity to become acquainted with the principal groups of animals and to recognize the unique anatomical features that characterize each group as well as the patterns that link animal groups to each other.
Contents Laboratory Safety Comparative Safety of Preservatives Handling and Care of Animals in the Laboratory 1. Microscopy 2. Animal Cells and Tissues 3. Mitosis and Meiosis 4. Development 5. Morphology, Classification, and Systematics 6. Protozoa 7. Porifera 8. Cnidaria and the Radiate Phyla 9. Platyhelminthes 10. Other Protostome Phyla 11. Mollusca 12. Annelida 13. Arthropoda 14. Echinodermata 15. Chordata 16. Shark Anatomy 17. Perch Anatomy 18. Frog Anatomy 19. Fetal Pig Anatomy 20. Rat Anatomy
CONTENTS Part 1: Activity of Life 1 Ecological Relationships of Animals 2 Introduction to Animal Classification Part 2: The Diversity of Animal Life 3 The Microscope 4 Protozoan Groups 5 The Sponges 6 The Radiate Animals 7 The Flatworms 8 Five Small Protostome Phyla 9 The Molluscs 10 The Annelids 11 The Chelicerate Arthropods 12 The Crustacean Arthropods 13 The Arthropods: Myriapods and Insects 14 The Echinoderms 15 Phylum Chordata: A Deuterostome Group 16 The Fishes—Lampreys, Sharks, and Bony Fishes 17 Class Amphibia 18 The Nonavian Reptiles 19 The Birds 20 The Mammals
96
97
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
College Physics.................................................................................................103 Conceptual Physics...........................................................................................102 Electricity & Magnetism..................................................................................... 111 Integrated Sciences...........................................................................................101 Introduction to Astronomy..................................................................................113 Intro to Physical Science.....................................................................................99 Mathematical Physics........................................................................................ 111 Modern Physics.................................................................................................110 Optics................................................................................................................112 Professional Reference.....................................................................................116 Technical Physics..............................................................................................107 University Physics.............................................................................................108
NEW TITLES PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
2011
Author
ISBN
University Physics: Standard Version, Chapters 1-35
Bauer
9780077354701
108
University Physics with Modern Physics (Chapters 1-40)
Bauer
9780077354787
109
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, 6e
Fix
9780073512181
113
Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
9780077354824
101
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
9780077292867
102
2010
Author
ISBN
Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, 6e
Arny
9780077345099
114
College Physics, 3e
Giambattista
9780077263218
103
Physics, 2e
Giambattista
9780077339685
104
The Physical Universe, 13e
Krauskopf
9780077270704
99
Page
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
98
Page
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
Intro to Physical Science
New
*9780077270704*
THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE 13th Edition By Konrad B Krauskopf (deceased) and Arthur Beiser, Formerly New York University
2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077270704
http://www.mhhe.com/krauskopf This is an outstanding text with a long history that has been updated and given a fresh look. The 2010 copyright year represents the 50th anniversary of the publishing of this classic text. The text is also accompanied by strong media component with the ARIS online homework system, “CPS” eInstruction student response system questions, more extensive online quizzing, and PowerPoint lectures. Aimed at presenting the essentials of physics, chemistry, earth science, and astronomy in a clear, easy-to-understand way, The Physical Universe shows students how science works, how scientists approach problems, and why science constantly evolves in its search for understanding. The text can also be packaged with its long time companion student study guide, which includes a review of chapter terms and concepts; self quizzing for extra practice; and solved problems from the text. New to this edition NEW Chapter 4 entitled “Energy and the Future” has much newly added text coverage, 17 sidebars, and 35 illustrations, 22 of them new. Contents 1 The Scientific Method How Scientists Study Nature The Solar System Universal Gravitation How Many of What 2 Motion Describing Motion Acceleration of Gravity Gravitation 3 Energy Work Energy Momentum Relativity Energy and Civilization 4 Energy and the Future The Energy Problem Fossil Fuels Alternative Sources Strategies for the Future 5 Matter and Heat Temperature and Heat Fluids Kinetic Theory of Matter Changes of State Energy Transformations
99
6 Electricity and Magnetism Electric Charge Electricity and Matter Electric Current Magnetism Using Magnetism 7 Waves Wave Motion Sound Waves Electromagnetic Waves Wave Behavior 8 The Nucleus Atom and Nucleus Radioactivity Nuclear Energy Fission and Fusion Elementary Particles 9 The Atom Quantum Theory of Light Matter Waves The Hydrogen Atom Quantum Theory of the Atom 10 The Periodic Law Elements and Compounds The Periodic Law Atomic Structure Chemical Bonds 11 Crystals, Ions, and Solutions Solids Solutions Acids and Bases 12 Chemical Reactions Quantitative Chemistry Chemical Energy Fuels Reaction Rates Oxidation and Reduction 13 Organic Chemistry Carbon Compounds Structures of Organic Molecules Organic Compounds Chemistry of Life 14 Atmosphere and Hydrosphere The Atmosphere Weather Climate The Hydrosphere 15 The Rock Cycle Rocks Within the Earth Erosion Vulcanism 16 The Evolving Earth Tectonic Movement Plate Tectonics Methods of Historical Geology Earth History 17 The Solar System The Family of the Sun The Inner Planets The Outer Planets The Moon 18 The Stars Tools of Astronomy The Sun The Stars Life Histories of the Stars 19 The Universe Galaxies The Expanding Universe Evolution of the Universe
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY PHYSICAL SCIENCE 8th Edition
Extraterrestrial Life Math Refresher The Elements Answers to Odd-Numbered Exercises Glossary
By Bill Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe 2009 (September 2008) ISBN: 9780073349190 The laboratory manual, written and classroom tested by the author, presents a selection of laboratory exercises specifically written for the interests and abilities of nonscience majors. There are laboratory exercises that require measurement, data analysis, and thinking in a more structured learning environment. Alternative exercises that are open-ended “Invitations to Inquiry” are provided for instructors who would like a less structured approach. When the laboratory manual is used with Physical Science, students will have an opportunity to master basic scientific principles and concepts, learn new problemsolving and thinking skills, and understand the nature of scientific inquiry from the perspective of hands-on experiences. The instructor’s edition of the laboratory manual can be found on the ARIS Site for Physical Science.
International Edition PHYSICAL SCIENCE 8th Edition By Bill Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe 2009 (September 2008) ISBN: 9780077263133 ISBN: 9780071280884 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/tillery Physical Science, Eighth Edition, is a straightforward, easy-to-read, but substantial introduction to the fundamental behavior of matter and energy. It is intended to serve the needs of non-science majors who are required to complete one or more physical science courses. It offers exceptional, straight-forward writing, complimented with useful pedagogical tools. Physical Science introduces basic concepts and key ideas while providing opportunities for students to learn reasoning skills and a new way of thinking about their environment. No prior work in science is assumed. The text offers students complete coverage of the physical sciences with a level of explanation and detail appropriate for all students. The sequence of chapters in Physical Science is flexible, and the instructor can determine topic sequence and depth of coverage as needed. The materials are also designed to support a conceptual approach, or a combined conceptual and problem-solving approach. With laboratory studies, the text contains enough material for the instructor to select a sequence for a two-semester course. It can also serve as a text in a one-semester physics and chemistry course. Contents 1 What Is Science? Physics 2 Motion 3 Energy 4 Heat and Temperature 5 Wave Motions and Sound 6 Electricity 7 Light Chemistry 8 Atoms and Periodic Properties 9 Chemical Bonds 10 Chemical Reactions 11 Water and Solutions 12 Organic Chemistry 13 Nuclear Reactions Astronomy 14 The Universe 15 The Solar System 16 Earth in Space Earth Science 17 Rocks and Minerals 18 Plate Tectonics 19 Building Earth’s Surface 20 Shaping Earth’s Surface 21 Geologic Time 22 Atmosphere of Earth 23 Weather and Climate 24 Earth’s Waters Appendix A Mathematical Review Appendix B Solubilities Chart Appendix C Relative Humidity Table Appendix D Solutions to Follow-UP Examples Appendix E Solutions for Group A Parallel Exercises
CONTENTS Introduction Materials Required for Each Experiment Experiments 1. Graphing 2. Ratios 3. Motion 4. Free Fall 5. The Pendulum 6. Projectile Motion 7. Newton’s Second Law 8. Conservation of Momentum 9. Rotational Equilibrium 10. Centripetal Force 11. Archimedes’ Principle 12. Boyle’s Law 13. Work and Power 14. Friction 15. Hooke’s Law 16. Thermometer Fixed Points 17. Absolute Zero 18. Specific Heat 19. Static Electricity 20. Electric Circuits 21. Series and Parallel Circuits 22. Ohm’s Law 23. Magnetic Fields 24. Electromagnets 25. Standing Waves 26. Speed of Sound in Air 27. Reflection and Refraction 28. Physical and Chemical Change 29. Hydrogen 30. Oxygen 31. Conductivity of Solutions 32. Percentage Composition 33. Metal Replacement Reactions 34. Producing Salts by Neutralization 35. Identifying Salts 36. Solubility Curves 37. Natural Water 38. Measurement of pH 39. Amount of Water Vapor in the Air 40. Nuclear Radiation 41. Growing Crystals 42. Properties of Common Minerals 43. Density of Igneous Rocks 44. Latitude and Longitude 45. Topographic Maps 46. Telescopes 47. Celestial Coordinates
100
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY 48. Motions of the Sun 49. Phases of Moon 50. Power Output of Sun 51. Special Project Appendix I. The Simple Line Graph II. The Slope of a Straight Line II. Experimental Error IV. Significant Figures V. Conversion of Units VI. Scientific Notation
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE 2nd Edition By Arthur Beiser, formerly of New York University 1988 / 368 pages ISBN: 9780070044197
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS Physical Quantities. Motion in a Straight Line. The Laws of Motion. Circular Motion and Gravitation. Energy. Momentum. Relativity. Fluids. Heat. Kinetic Theory of Matter. Thermodynamics. Electricity. Electric Current. Magnetism. Electromagnetic Induction. Waves. Lenses. Quantum Physics. The Nucleus. Radioactivity and Elementary Particles. Theory of the Atom. The Periodic Law. Molecules and Solids. Formulas and Equations. Stoichiometry. Gas Stoichiometry. Solutions. Acids and Bases. Oxidation and Reduction. Electrochemistry. Chemical Energy. Reaction Rates and Equilibrium. Organic Chemistry. The Atmosphere. Weather. The Oceans. Earth Materials. Erosion and Sedimentation. Vulcanism and Diastrophism. The Earth’s Interior. Continental Drift. Earth History. Earth and Sky. The Solar System. The Sun. The Stars. The Universe.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF LAGRANGIAN DYNAMICS By Dave Wells, University of Texas 1967 / 368 pages ISBN: 9780070692589
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS Background Material. Lagrange’s Equations of Motion of a Single Particle. Lagrange’s Equations of Motion for a System of Particles. Conservative Systems. Dissipative Forces. General Treatment of Moments and Products of Inertia. Lagrangian Treatment of Rigid Body Dynamics. The Euler Method of Rigid Body Dynamics. Small Oscillations about Positions of Equilibrium. Small Oscillations about Steady Motion. Forces of Constraint. Driving Forces Required to Establish Known Motions. Effects of Earth’s Figure and Daily Rotation on Dynamical Problems. Application of Lagrange’s Equations to Electrical and Electromechanical Systems. Hamilton’s Equations of Motion. Hamilton’s Principle. Basic Equations of Dynamics in Vector and Tensor Notation. Appendix: Relations between Direction Cosines.
Integrated Sciences
New
*9780077354824*
International Edition
INTEGRATED SCIENCE 5th Edition By Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University--Tempe, Eldon Enger and Frederick C Ross of Delta College 2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077354824 ISBN: 9780071222136 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/tillery Integrated Science, Fifth Edition is a straightforward, easy-to-read, yet substantial introduction to the fundamental behavior of matter and energy in living and nonliving systems. The authors provide even, well-integrated coverage of physics, chemistry, earth science, astronomy, and biology. The text’s pedagogy (chapter outlines, core concept maps, and overviews) reveals how the science disciplines are interrelated and integrated throughout the text. This edition continues to introduce basic concepts and key ideas while providing opportunities for students to learn reasoning skills and a new way of thinking about their environment. The book is intended to serve the needs of non-science majors who are required to complete one or more science courses as part of a general or basic studies requirement. No prior work in science is assumed. The language, as well as the mathematics, is as simple as can be practical for a college-level science course. New to this edition A section on Climate Change and Global Warming has been added to chapter 17.
101
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Ch 22 includes a NEW brief section on recent applications of evolutionary theory. CONNECT Physics for Integrated Science includes all Parallel Exercises from the text (in open-ended, numerical entry algorithmic format whenever possible) as well as all Questions for Thought in multiple-choice format (written by the authors of the text). CONNECT allows instructors to manage their courses and create online autograded homework, quizzes, and tests with an integrated grade book. Instructors also have access to PowerPoint lecture outlines, an Instructor’s Manual, an Instructor’s Edition Lab Manual, electronic images from the text, clicker questions, quizzes, animations, and many other resources directly tied to text-specific materials in Integrated Science. Students have access to self-quizzing, animations, and more. Contents Ch 1 What Is Science? Ch 2 Motion Ch 3 Energy Ch 4 Heat and Temperature Ch 5 Wave Motions and Sound Ch 6 Electricity Ch 7 Light Ch 8 Atoms and Periodic Properties Ch 9 Chemical Reactions Ch 10 Water and Solutions Ch 11 Nuclear Reactions Ch 12 The Universe Ch 13 The Solar System Ch 14 Earth in Space Ch 15 The Earth Ch 16 The Earth’s Surface Ch 17 Earth’s Weather Ch 18 Earth’s Waters Ch 19 Organic and Biochemistry Ch 20 The Nature of Living Things Ch 21 The Origin and Evolution of Life Ch 22 The History of Life on Earth Ch 23 Ecology and Environment Ch 24 Human Biology: Materials Exchange and Control Mechanisms Ch 25 Human Biology: Reproduction Ch 26 Mendelian and Molecular Genetics Appendix A: Mathematical Review Working with Equations Significant Figures Conversion of Units Scientific Notation Appendix B: Solubilities Chart Appendix C: Relative Humidity Table Appendix D: Solutions for Group A Parallel Exercises Appendix E: Problem Solving Glossary
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
New
*9780077292867*
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science 5th Edition
By Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe, Eldon Enger, Delta College and Robert S Ross, California State University-Chico 2011 (February 2010) ISBN: 9780077292867 The lab manual was written and classroom-tested by the authors of the text. It has been revised in recent editions to emphasize a more inquiry-oriented approach and to increase the number of biology labs. Each lab begins with an open-ended “Invitations to Inquiry,” designed to peak student interest in the lab concept. This is followed by laboratory exercises that require measurement and data analysis for work in a more structured learning environment. When the laboratory manual is used with Integrated Science text, students will have an opportunity to understand the nature of scientific inquiry from the perspective of hands-on experiences in order to master basic scientific principles and concepts and learn new problem-solving and thinking skills. There is also an instructor’s edition lab manual available for instructors on Instructor’s Companion Site.
Conceptual Physics International Edition PHYSICS OF EVERYDAY PHENOMENA 6th Edition By Thomas Griffith, Pacific University 2009 (September 2008) / 528 pages ISBN: 9780073512112 ISBN: 9780071284523 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/griffith The Physics of Everyday Phenomena, Sixth Edition, introduces students to the basic concepts of physics using examples of common occurrences. Intended for use in a one-semester or two-semester course in conceptual physics, this book is written in a narrative style, frequently using questions designed to draw the reader into a dialogue about the ideas of physics. This inclusive style allows the book to be used by anyone interested in exploring the nature of physics and explanations of everyday physical phenomena. Beginning students will benefit from the large number of student aids and the reduced math content. Professors will appreciate the organization of the material and the wealth of pedagogical tools. Contents Chapter One--Physics, the Fundamental Science Chapter Two--Describing Motion Chapter Three--Falling Objects and Projectile Motion Chapter Four--Newton’s Laws: Explaining Motion Chapter Five--Circular Motion, the Planets, and Gravity Chapter Six--Energy and Oscillations Chapter Seven--Momentum and Impulse Chapter Eight--Rotational Motion of Solid Objects Chapter Nine--The Behavior of Fluids Chapter Ten--Temperature and Heat Chapter Eleven--Heat Engines and the Second Law of Thermodynamics
102
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Chapter Twelve--Electrostatic Phenomena Chapter Thirteen--Electric Circuits Chapter Fourteen--Magnets and Electromagnetism Chapter Fifteen--Making Waves Chapter Sixteen – Light Waves and Color Chapter Seventeen--Light and Image Formation Chapter Eighteen--The Structure of the Atom Chapter Nineteen--The Nucleus and Nuclear Energy Chapter Twenty--Relativity Chapter Twenty-one--Beyond Everyday Phenomena Appendix A--Using Simple Algebra Appendix B--Decimal Fractions, Percentages, and Scientific Notation Appendix C--Vectors and Vector Addition Appendix D--Answers to Odd-Numbered Exercises and Challenge Problems Photo Credits Glossary Index
International Edition PHYSICS FOR POETS 5th Edition By Robert March, University of Wisconsin – Madison 2003 / 304 pages ISBN: 9780072472172 ISBN: 9780071198530 [IE] CONTENTS 1 A Vast and Most Excellent Science 2 Toward a Science of Mechanics 3 The Denouement: Newton’s Laws 4 The Moon and the Apple 5 The Romance of Energy 6 One Last Part for the Machine 7 Waves 8 Does the Earth Really Move? 9 The Birth of Relativity 10 The Wedding of Space and Time 11 E=mc2 and All That 12 Did God Have Any Choice? 13 The Atom Returns 14 Rutherford Probes the Atom 15 The Atom and the Quantum 16 Particles and Waves 17 Does God Play Dice? 18 Schrodinger’s Cat 19 The Dreams Stuff Is Made Of 20 The Whole Shebang
College Physics
*9780077263218*
New
International Edition COLLEGE PHYSICS 3rd Edition By Alan Giambattista, Cornell University-Ithaca
2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077263218 ISBN: 9780071284431 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/grr College Physics, Third Edition is the best solution for today’s college physics market. With a unique, new, approach to physics that builds a conceptual framework as motivation for the physical principles, consistent problem solving coverage strategies, stunning art, extensive end-of-chapter material, and superior media support, Giambattista, Richardson, and Richardson delivers a product that addresses today’s market needs with the best tools available. New to this edition New “Connections” feature identifies areas in each chapter where important concepts are revisited. A marginal “Connections” heading and summary adjacent to the coverage in the main text help students easily recognize that a previously introduced concept is being applied to the current discussion. New Checkpoint questions have been added to applicable sections of the text. The answers to the Checkpoints are found at the end of the chapter. Non-essential coverage and derivations have been moved from the text to the text’s online site. Identifiers in the text direct students to additional information online. The topical question from the chapter opening vignette now appears in the margin (along with a reduced version of the chapter opening image). Many helpful subheadings have been added to the text to help students quickly identify new subtopics. End of chapter problem sets have been revised and include many new problems: 107 new problems in total. The number of problems in the Review & Synthesis sections has been increased in the new edition(s); over 30 new problems in total. The MCAT® Review questions have been retained. Contents Chapter 1: Introduction PART ONE: MECHANICS Chapter 2: Force Chapter 3: Acceleration and Newton’s Second Law of Motion Chapter 4: Motion with a Changing Velocity Chapter 5: Circular Motion Chapter 6: Conservation of Energy Chapter 7: Linear Momentum Chapter 8: Torque and Angular Momentum Chapter 9: Fluids
103
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Chapter 10: Elasticity and Oscillations Chapter 11: Waves Chapter 12: Sound PART TWO: THERMAL PHYSICS Chapter 13: Temperature and the Ideal Gas Chapter 14: Heat Chapter 15: Thermodynamics PART THREE: ELECTROMAGNETISM Chapter 16: Electric Forces and Fields Chapter 17: Electric Potential Chapter 18: Electric Current and Circuits Chapter 19: Magnetic Forces and Fields Chapter 20: Electromagnetic Induction Chapter 21: Alternating Current PART FOUR: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND OPTICS Chapter 22: Electromagnetic Waves Chapter 23: Reflection and Refraction of Light Chapter 24: Optical Instruments Chapter 25: Interference and Diffraction PART FIVE: QUANTUM AND PARTICLE PHYSICS Chapter 26: Relativity Chapter 27: Early Quantum Physics and the Photon Chapter 28: Quantum Physics Chapter 29: Nuclear Physics Chapter 30: Particle Physics APPENDICES Appendix A: Mathematics Review A.1 Algebra A.2 Solving equations A.3 Exponents and logarithms A.4 Proportions and ratios A.5 Geometry A.6 Trigonometry A.7 Approximations A.8 Vectors Appendix B: Table of Selected Isotopes Answers to Selected Questions and Problems
New Checkpoint questions have been added to applicable sections of the text. The answers to the Checkpoints are found at the end of the chapter. Non-essential coverage and derivations have been moved from the text to the text’s online site. Identifiers in the text direct students to additional information online. Electronic Media Integration has been incorporated throughout the text. Icons indicate topics in the text where accompanying interactives, animations, and tutorials can be found online to aid in student understanding of physics concepts. The topical question from the chapter opening vignette now appears in the margin (along with a reduced version of the chapter opening image). Applications have been clearly identified as such in the text with a complete listing in the front matter. Many helpful subheadings have been added to the text to help students quickly identify new subtopics. End-of-chapter problem sets have been revised and include many new problems: over 100 new problems in total. The number of problems in the Review & Synthesis sections has been increased in the new edition(s); over 30 new problems in total. The MCAT® Review questions have been retained. Contents
*9780077339685*
New
easily recognize that a previously introduced concept is being applied to the current discussion.
International Edition PHYSICS 2nd Edition By Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Robert Richardson of Cornell University-Ithaca
2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077339685 ISBN: 9780070172449 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/grr Physics 2nd edition is an alternate version of the College Physics 3rd edition text by Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson. The key difference is that Physics covers kinematics and forces in the more traditional organization of beginning with Kinematics and proceeding to forces. (College Physics takes an integrated approach to forces and kinematics, introducing forces and interweaving kinematics.) New to this edition New “Connections” feature identifies areas in each chapter where important concepts are revisited. A marginal “Connections” heading and summary adjacent to the coverage in the main text help students
Chapter 1: Introduction PART ONE: MECHANICS Chapter 2: Motion Along a Line Chapter 3: Motion in a Plane Chapter 4: Force and Newton’s Laws of Motion Chapter 5: Circular Motion Chapter 6: Conservation of Energy Chapter 7: Linear Momentum Chapter 8: Torque and Angular Momentum Chapter 9: Fluids Chapter 10: Elasticity and Oscillations Chapter 11: Waves Chapter 12: Sound PART TWO: THERMAL PHYSICS Chapter 13: Temperature and the Ideal Gas Chapter 14: Heat Chapter 15: Thermodynamics PART THREE: ELECTROMAGNETISM Chapter 16: Electric Forces and Fields Chapter 17: Electric Potential Chapter 18: Electric Current and Circuits Chapter 19: Magnetic Forces and Fields Chapter 20: Electromagnetic Induction Chapter 21: Alternating Current PART FOUR: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND OPTICS Chapter 22: Electromagnetic Waves Chapter 23: Reflection and Refraction of Light Chapter 24: Optical Instruments Chapter 25: Interference and Diffraction PART FIVE: QUANTUM AND PARTICLE PHYSICS Chapter 26: Relativity Chapter 27: Early Quantum Physics and the Photon Chapter 28: Quantum Physics Chapter 29: Nuclear Physics Chapter 30: Particle Physics APPENDICES Appendix A: Mathematics Review A.1 Algebra A.2 Solving equations A.3 Exponents and logarithms A.4 Proportions and ratios
104
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY A.5 Geometry A.6 Trigonometry A.7 Approximations A.8 Vectors Appendix B: Table of Selected Isotopes Answers to Selected Questions and Problems
International Edition PHYSICS 7th Edition By Paul E Tippens 2007 (Dec 2005) ISBN: 9780073222707 ISBN: 9780071107594 [IE] ISBN: 9780071107969 [IE with OLC]
http://www.mhhe.com/tippens7e Contents MECHANICS 1 Introduction 2 Technical Mathematics 3 Technical Measurements and Vectors. 4 Translational Equilibrium and Friction 5 Torque and Rotational Equilibrium 6 Uniform Acceleration 7 Newton’s Second Law 8 Work, Energy, and Power 9 Impulse and Momentum 10 Uniform Circular Motion. 11 Rotation of Rigid Bodies 12 Simple Machines 13 Elasticity 14 Simple Harmonic Motion 15 Fluids THERMODYNAMICS, MECHANICAL WAVES, AND SOUND 16 Temperature and Expansion 17 Quantity of Heat 18 Transfer of Heat 19 Thermal Properties of Matter 20 Thermodynamics 21 Mechanical Waves 22 Sound ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, AND OPTICS 23 The Electric Force 24 The Electric Field 25 Electric Potential 26 Capacitance 27 Current and Resistance 28 Direct-Current Circuits 29 Magnetism and the Magnetic Field 30 Forces and Torques in a Magnetic Field 31 Electromagnetic Induction 32 Alternating-Current Circuits 33 Light and Illumination 34 Reflection and Mirrors 35 Refraction 36 Lenses and Optical Instruments 37 Interference, Diffraction, and Polarization MODERN PHYSICS 38 Modern Physics and the Atom 39 Nuclear Physics and the Nucleus INDEX
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF APPLIED PHYSICS 4th Edition Revised By Arthur Beiser 2009 (June 2009) / 480 pages ISBN: 9780071611572
A Schaum’s Publication Applied Physics is the study of algebra-based physics, a course taken by non-physics majors, mainly in technical schools, 2- and 4- year community colleges and universities, who need to apply physics to their every-day job, as opposed to focusing on further study or theoretical physics. Applied Physics is a required course for many engineers, mechanics, optical engineers, and other technical professions. For example, any kind of higher level mechanic or engineer, such as those found in aviation, throughout the military, or in optical engineering programs, study Applied Physics. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Useful Math Chapter 2. Vectors Chapter 3. Motion in a Straight Line Chapter 4. Motion in a Vertical Plane Chapter 5. Laws of Motion Chapter 6. Friction Chapter 7. Energy Chapter 8. Momentum Chapter 9. Circular Motion and Gravitation Chapter 10. Rotational Motion Chapter 11. Equilibrium Chapter 12. Simple Machines Chapter 13. Elasticity Chapter 14. Simple Harmonic Motion Chapter 15. Waves and Sound Chapter 16. Fluids at Rest Chapter 17. Fluids in Motion Chapter 18. Heat Chapter 19. Expansion of Solids, Liquids, and Gases Chapter 20. Kinetic Theory of Matter Chapter 21. Thermodynamics Chapter 22. Heat Transfer Chapter 23. Electricity Chapter 24. Electric Current Chapter 25. Direct-Current Circuits Chapter 26. Capacitance Chapter 27. Magnetism Chapter 28. Electromagnetic Induction Chapter 29. Alternating-Current Circuits Chapter 30. Light Chapter 31. Spherical Mirrors Chapter 32. Lenses Chapter 33. Physical and Quantum Optics Chapter 34. Atomic Physics Chapter 35. The Solid State Chapter 36. Nuclear Physics Appendix A. Physical Constants and Quantities Appendix B. Conversion Factors Appendix C. Natural Trigonometric Functions Index
105
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE PHYSICS 10th Edition By Frederick J Bueche, University of Dayton-Emeritus and Eugene Hecht, Adelphi University 2006 (Nov 2005) / 448 pages ISBN: 9780071448147
A Schaum’s Publication An introduction to physics that you don’t need to be a math whiz to understand. Schaum’s Outline of College Physics, Tenth Edition, is a clear, easily understood review of introductory noncalculus-based physics. It is especially helpful if you do not have a strong background in mathematics.
SCHAUM’S A-Z PHYSICS By Michael Chapple 2003 / 288 pages ISBN: 9780071419376
16 Electric Charge and Electric Field 17 Electric Potential and Capacitance 18 Electric Current and Resistance 19 Magnetism 20 Electromagnetic Induction 21 Alternating-Current Circuits 22 Geometrical Optics 23 Optical Instruments 24 Wave Optics 25 Relativity 26 Discovery of Atomic Structure 27 Origins of the Quantum Theory 28 Quantum Mechanics 29 The Nucleus 30 Lasers and Holography 31 Condensed Matter 32 Elementary Particle Physics Appendices: A Formulas from Algebra, Geometry, and Trigonometry B The International System of Units C Alphabetical List of Elements D Answers to Odd Numbered Problems
A Schaum’s Publication Schaum’s A-Z handbooks make excellent complements to course textbooks and test preparation guides. Ideal for ambitious high school seniors--especially AP students--and college freshmen, they feature concise, thoroughly cross-referenced definitions of hundreds of key terms and phrases that help students quickly break through the jargon barrier. Clear explanations of key concepts, supplemented with lucid illustrations, help build mastery of theory and provide a ready reference to supplement class work. Each entry begins with a clear, onesentence definition and is followed by an explanation and examples.
CONTENTS
Clear definitions and explanations, cross-referenced and enhanced with numerous worked examples and illustrations
Review lists of entries that relate to main topics in the Appendix aid review
International Edition CONTEMPORARY COLLEGE PHYSICS 2001 Update, 3rd Edition By Edwin R Jones and Richard L Childers of University of South Carolina 2001 / 1088 pages ISBN: 9780072415124 (with CD-ROM, Mandatory Package) ISBN: 9780071204910 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/jones CONTENTS 1 Measurements and Models 2 Motion in One Dimension 3 Motion in Two Dimensions 4 Force and Motion 5 Uniform Circular Motion 6 Work and Energy 7 Momentum 8 Applying the Conservation Laws 9 Rigid Bodies and Rotational Motion 10 Fluids 11 Thermal Physics 12 Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory 13 Thermodynamics 14 Periodic Motion 15 Waves and Sound
By J. Bueche, Emeritus University of Dayton, Eugene Hecht, Adelphi University and George J. Hademenos 2000 / 138 pages ISBN: 9780070527119
A Schaum’s Publication
A-to-Z format for ready reference
Extended explanations of more important concepts
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF COLLEGE PHYSICS
Newtonian Mechanics. Density, Elasticity, and Fluids. Heat, Temperature, and Thermodynamics. Waves. Electricity and Magnetism. Light and Geometrical Optics.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING PHYSICS II By Alvin Halpern 1998 / 592 pages ISBN: 9780070257078
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS Wave Motion. Sound. Coulomb’s Law and Electric Fields. Electric Potential and Capacitance. Simple Electric Circuits. Magnetism--Effect of the Field. Magnetism--Source of the Field. Magnetic Properties of Matter. Induced EMF. Inductance. Time Varying Electric Circuits. Electromagnetic Waves. Light and Optical Phenomena. Mirrors, Lenses and Optical Instruments. Interference, Diffraction and Polarization. Special Relativity. Particles of Light and Waves of Matter:Introduction to Quantum Physics. Modern Physics: Atomic, Nuclear and Solid-State Physics.
106
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
Technical Physics
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING PHYSICS I By Alvin Halpern, City University of New York 1995 / 471 pages ISBN: 9780070256538
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS
International Edition
Introduction and Mathematical Background. Motion in a Straight Line. Motion in a Plane. Forces and Equilibrium. Newton’s Second Law. Work and Mechanical Energy. Energy, Power and Simple Machines. Impulse and Momentum. Equilibrium for Rigid Bodies. Rotational Motion. Elasticity and Objects under Stress. Simple Harmonic Motion. Fluids at Rest. Fluids in Motion. Temperature and Heat. Thermal Energy Transfer. Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory. Thermodynamics: The First and Second Laws.
PHYSICS 7th Edition By Paul E Tippens 2007 (Dec 2005) ISBN: 9780073222707 ISBN: 9780071107594 [IE] ISBN: 9780071107969 [IE with OLC]
http://www.mhhe.com/tippens7e Contents
3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS By Alvin Halpern 1988 ISBN: 9780070257344
A Schaum’s Publication http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook. pl?isbn=0070257345&adkey=W02003
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia
Complimentary copies
Solved Problem Series -- These books help readers review and master what they’ve learned by showing them how to solve thousands of relevant problems. Perfect for preparing for graduate or professional exams, these detailed reminders of problem-solving techniques show readers the best strategies for answering even the toughest questions, including the types that appear on typical tests.
MECHANICS 1 Introduction 2 Technical Mathematics 3 Technical Measurements and Vectors. 4 Translational Equilibrium and Friction 5 Torque and Rotational Equilibrium 6 Uniform Acceleration 7 Newton’s Second Law 8 Work, Energy, and Power 9 Impulse and Momentum 10 Uniform Circular Motion. 11 Rotation of Rigid Bodies 12 Simple Machines 13 Elasticity 14 Simple Harmonic Motion 15 Fluids THERMODYNAMICS, MECHANICAL WAVES, AND SOUND 16 Temperature and Expansion 17 Quantity of Heat 18 Transfer of Heat 19 Thermal Properties of Matter 20 Thermodynamics 21 Mechanical Waves 22 Sound ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, AND OPTICS 23 The Electric Force 24 The Electric Field 25 Electric Potential 26 Capacitance 27 Current and Resistance 28 Direct-Current Circuits 29 Magnetism and the Magnetic Field 30 Forces and Torques in a Magnetic Field 31 Electromagnetic Induction 32 Alternating-Current Circuits 33 Light and Illumination 34 Reflection and Mirrors 35 Refraction 36 Lenses and Optical Instruments 37 Interference, Diffraction, and Polarization MODERN PHYSICS 38 Modern Physics and the Atom 39 Nuclear Physics and the Nucleus INDEX
Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
107
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
University Physics
*9780077354701*
New
University Physics, 1e includes enhanced calculus-coverage, including some mathematical topics that have been removed from other texts. However, these topics have been written such that they can be left-out without affecting the topic coverage. Detailed Derivations have also been called-out with a specified design so that they can be included or not, as appropriate for the course. There is also a Math Appendix which includes a calculus primer.
International Edition
UNIVERSITY PHYSICS Standard Version, Chapters 1-35
Self Test Opportunities Questions are included after the coverage of major concepts within the text. In-Class Exercises are designed to be used with personal response system technology. They appear in the text so that students may begin contemplating the concepts. These exercises are also available in PowerPoint format. Contents
By Wolfgang Bauer and Gary Westfall of Michigan State University-East Lansing
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077354701 ISBN: 9780071221788 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/bauerwestfall University Physics, 1e by Bauer and Westfall is a comprehensive text with enhanced calculus coverage incorporating a consistently used 7-step problem solving method. The authors include a wide variety of everyday contemporary topics as well as research-based discussions. Both are designed to help students appreciate the beauty of physics and how physics concepts are related to the development of new technologies in the fields of engineering, medicine, astronomy and more. Features Organized like a good research seminar: “Tell them what you will tell them, then tell them, and then tell them what you told them!” The authors start each chapter with What We Will Learn: a quick summary of the main points without any equations. And at the end of each chapter, What We Have Learned/Exam Study Guide contains chapter key concepts including major equations, symbols, and key terms. All symbols and letters used in the chapter’s formulas are also explained. University Physics consistently-used multi-step problem solving theme including Solved Problems, Examples, Problem Solving Practice, and EOCPs. Numbered Solved Problems are fully-stepped out, worked problems, each consistently following the 7-step method described in Chapter 1. Briefer Examples (Problem statement and Solution only) focus on a specific point(s) or concept. The briefer Examples also serve as a bridge between fully worked-out Solved Problems (with all 7-steps) and the homework problems (with no help). Problem Solving Practice will provide additional Solved Problems, again following the full 7-step format, and appear immediately before the end of chapter problems in order to review and emphasize the fundamental concepts of the chapter. Additional Problem Solving Strategies and Guidelines are also given here.
0 The Big Picture: Modern Physics Frontiers 1 Overview 2 Motion in a Straight Line 3 Motion in Two and Three Dimensions 4 Force 5 Kinetic Energy, Work, and Power 6 Potential Energy and Energy Conservation 7 Momentum and Collisions 8 Systems of Particles and Extended Objects 9 Circular Motion 10 Rotation 11 Static Equilibrium 12 Gravitation 13 Solids and Fluids 14 Oscillations 15 Waves 16 Sound 17 Temperature 18 Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics 19 Ideal Gases 20 The Second Law of Thermodynamics 21 Electrostatics 22 Electric Fields and Gauss’s Law 23 Electric Potential 24 Capacitors 25 Current and Resistance 26 Direct Current Circuits 27 Magnetism 28 Magnetic Fields of Moving Charges 29 Electromagnetic Induction 30 Electromagnetic Oscillations and Currents 31 Electromagnetic Waves 32 Geometric Optics 33 Lenses and Optical Instruments 34 Wave Optics 35 Relativity
Recent research results are presented throughout the text illustrating the incredible advances of the last few decades. The “Big Picture”section at the beginning of the text is designed to introduce students to some of the amazing new frontiers of research.
INVITATION TO PUBLISH
University Physics discusses the broad topic of energy through concepts of different energy sources (fossil, renewable, nuclear, etc.), energy efficiency, alternative energy sources, and effects of our energy supply choices on the environment and global warming. End of chapter Question and Problem sets: Multiple-Choice Questions, Questions, Problems, and Additional Problems contributed by a panel of writers to provide a wide variety of content and level. These same contributors authored the test bank questions for consistency.
108
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
New
University Physics, 1e includes enhanced calculus-coverage, including some mathematical topics that have been removed from other texts. However, these topics have been written such that they can be left-out without affecting the topic coverage. Detailed Derivations have also been called-out with a specified design so that they can be included or not, as appropriate for the course. There is also a Math Appendix which includes a calculus primer.
*9780077354787*
International Edition
UNIVERSITY PHYSICS WITH MODERN PHYSICS (CHAPTERS 1-40)
Self Test Opportunities Questions are included after the coverage of major concepts within the text. In-Class Exercises are designed to be used with personal response system technology. They appear in the text so that students may begin contemplating the concepts. These exercises are also available in PowerPoint format.
By Wolfgang Bauer and Gary Westfall of Michigan State University-East Lansing
Contents
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077354787 ISBN: 9780071221771 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/bauerwestfall University Physics, 1e by Bauer and Westfall is a comprehensive text with enhanced calculus coverage incorporating a consistently used 7-step problem solving method. The authors include a wide variety of everyday contemporary topics as well as research-based discussions. Both are designed to help students appreciate the beauty of physics and how physics concepts are related to the development of new technologies in the fields of engineering, medicine, astronomy and more. Features Organized like a good research seminar: “Tell them what you will tell them, then tell them, and then tell them what you told them!” The authors start each chapter with What We Will Learn ”a quick summary of the main points without any equations. And at the end of each chapter, What We Have Learned/Exam Study Guide contains chapter key concepts including major equations, symbols, and key terms. All symbols and letters used in the chapter’s formulas are also explained. University Physics consistently-used multi-step problem solving theme including Solved Problems, Examples, Problem Solving Practice, and EOCPs. Numbered Solved Problems are fully-stepped out, worked problems, each consistently following the 7-step method described in Chapter 1. Briefer Examples (Problem statement and Solution only) focus on a specific point(s) or concept. The briefer Examples also serve as a bridge between fully worked-out Solved Problems (with all 7-steps) and the homework problems (with no help). Problem Solving Practice will provide additional Solved Problems, again following the full 7-step format, and appear immediately before the end of chapter problems in order to review and emphasize the fundamental concepts of the chapter. Additional Problem Solving Strategies and Guidelines are also given here. Recent research results are presented throughout the text illustrating the incredible advances of the last few decades. The “Big Picture” section at the beginning of the text is designed to introduce students to some of the amazing new frontiers of research. University Physics discusses the broad topic of energy through concepts of different energy sources (fossil, renewable, nuclear, etc.), energy efficiency, alternative energy sources, and effects of our energy supply choices on the environment and global warming.
0 The Big Picture: Modern Physics Frontiers 1 Overview 2 Motion in a Straight Line 3 Motion in Two and Three Dimensions 4 Force 5 Kinetic Energy, Work, and Power 6 Potential Energy and Energy Conservation 7 Momentum and Collisions 8 Systems of Particles and Extended Objects 9 Circular Motion 10 Rotation 11 Static Equilibrium 12 Gravitation 13 Solids and Fluids 14 Oscillations 15 Waves 16 Sound 17 Temperature 18 Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics 19 Ideal Gases 20 The Second Law of Thermodynamics 21 Electrostatics 22 Electric Fields and Gauss’s Law 23 Electric Potential 24 Capacitors 25 Current and Resistance 26 Direct Current Circuits 27 Magnetism 28 Magnetic Fields of Moving Charges 29 Electromagnetic Induction 30 Electromagnetic Oscillations and Currents 31 Electromagnetic Waves 32 Geometric Optics 33 Lenses and Optical Instruments 34 Wave Optics 35 Relativity 36 Quantum Physics 37 Quantum Mechanics 38 Atomic Physics 39 Elementary Particle Physics 40 Nuclear Physics
End of chapter Question and Problem sets: Multiple-Choice Questions, Questions, Problems, and Additional Problems contributed by a panel of writers to provide a wide variety of content and level. These same contributors authored the test bank questions for consistency.
109
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
Modern Physics
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERING AND SCIENCE 2nd Edition By Michael Browne, University of Idaho 2010 (September 2009) / 456 pages ISBN: 9780071613996
International Edition
A Schaum’s Publication An update of this successful outline in physics, modified to conform to the current curriculum. This outline provides a succinct review of physics topics such as motion, energy, fluids, waves, heat, and magnetic fields. Contents 1. Review of Mathematics 2. Measurement and Physics 3. Motion in One Dimension 4. Motion in a Plane 5. Newton’s Laws of Motion 6. Circular Motion 7. Work and Energy 8. Potential Energy and Conservation of Energy 9. Linear Momentum and Collisions 10. Rotational Motion 11. Angular Momentum 12. Statics and Elasticity 13. Oscillations 14. Gravity 15. Fluids 16. Waves and Sounds 17. Temperature, Heat, and Heat Transfer 18. The Kinetic Theory of Gases 19. The First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics 20. Electric Fields 21. Gauss’ Law 22. Electric Potential 23. Capacitance 24. Current and Resistance 25. Direct Current Circuits 26. Magnetic Fields 27. Sources of the Magnetic Field 28. Electromagnetic Induction and Inductance 29. Alternating Current Circuits 30. Electromagnetic Waves 31. Mirrors and Lenses 32. Interference 33. Diffraction 34. Special Relativity 35. Atoms and Photons 36. Quantum Mechanics 37. Nuclear Physics
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
CONCEPTS OF MODERN PHYSICS 6th Edition By Arthur Beiser 2003 / 560 pages ISBN: 9780072448481 (Out of Print) ISBN: 9780071234603 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Relativity 2 Particle Properties of Waves 3 Waves Properties of Particles 4 Atomic Structure 5 Quantum Mechanics 6 Quantum Theory of the Hydrogen Atom 7 Many-Electron Atoms 8 Molecules 9 Statistical Mechanics 10 The Solid State 11 Nuclear Structure 12 Nuclear Transformations 13 Elementary Particles Appendix Atomic Masses
International Edition SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MODERN PHYSICS 2nd Edition By Gautreau 1999 / 338 pages ISBN: 9780070248304
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS Part I:The Special Theory Of Relativity. 1 The Gaililean Transformations. 2 The Postulates of Einstien. 3 The Lorentz Coordinates Transformations. 4 Relativistic Length Contraction. 5 Realistic Time Dilation. 6 Relativistic Space-Time Measurements. 7 Relativistic Velosity Transformations. 8 Mass, Energy, and Momentum in Relativity. Part II: The Quantum Theory of Electromagnetic Radiation. 9 Electromagnetic Radioation - Photons. 10 Matter Waves. Part III: Hydrogenlike Atoms. 11 The Bohr Atom. 12 Electron Orbital Motion. 13 Electron Spin. Part IV: Many-Electron Atoms. 14 The Pauli Exclusion Principle. 15 Many-Electron Atoms and the Periodic Table. 16 X-Rays. Part V: Nuclear Physics. 17 Properties of Nuclei. 18 Nuclear Models. 19 The Decay of Unstable Nuclei. 20 Nuclear Reactions. 21 Particle Physics. Part VI: Atomic Systems.
110
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
Mathematical Physics
22 Molecules. 23 Kinetic Theory. 24 Distribution Functions. 25 Classical Statistics: The Macwell-Boltzmann Distribution. 27 Quantum-Statistics: Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein Distributions. Solids. Appendix. Index.
Electricity & Magnetism
International Edition BASIC ELECTRONICS FOR SCIENTISTS 5th Edition By Manes J Brophy, formerly of University of Utah 1990 / 462 pages ISBN: 9780070081475 (Out of Print) ISBN: 9780071006750 [IE]
International Edition ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2nd Edition By Berkeley Physics, University of California -- Berkeley 1985 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780070049086 (Out of Print) ISBN: 9780070664951 [IE]
International Edition DATA REDUCTION AND ERROR ANALYSIS FOR THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 3rd Edition By Philip Bevington (Deceased) and D. Keith Robinson, Case Western Reserve University 2003 / 336 pages ISBN: 9780072472271 ISBN: 9780071199261 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/bevington CONTENTS 1 Uncertainties in Measurements 2 Probability Distributions 3 Error Analysis 4 Estimates of Mean and Errors 5 Monte Carlo Techniques 6 Least-Squares Fit to a Straight Line 7 Least-Squares Fit to a Polynomial 8 Least-Squares Fit to an Arbitrary Function 9 Fitting Composite Curves 10 Direct Application of the Maximum-Likelihood Method 11 Testing the Fit Appendix A Numerical Methods Appendix B Matrices Appendix C Graphs and Tables Appendix D Histograms and Graphs Appendix E Computer Routines in Fortran
International Edition
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Electrostatics: Charges and Fields Chapter 2: The Electric Potential Chapter 3: Electric Fields around Conductors Chapter 4: Electric Currents Chapter 5: The Fields of Moving Charges Chapter 6: The Magnetic Field Chapter 7: Electromagnetic Induction Chapter 8: Alternating-Current Circuits Chapter 9: Maxwell’s Equations and Electromagnetic Waves Chapter 10: Electric Fields in Matter Chapter 11: Magnetic Fields in Matter Appendix A: A Short Review of Special Relativity Appendix B: Radiation by an Accelerated Charge Appendix C: Superconductivity Appendix D: Magnetic Resonance Appendix E: Exact Relations among SI and CGS Units Index
FUNDAMENTALS OF STATISTICAL AND THERMAL PHYSICS By Frederick Reif, University of California-Berkeley 1965 / 651 pages ISBN: 9780070518001 (Out of Print) ISBN: 9780070856158 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Statistical Methods Random Walk and Binomial Distribution General Discussion of The Random Walk 2 Statistical Description of Systems of Particles Statistical Formulation of The Mechanical Problem Interaction Between Macroscopic Systems 3 Statistical Thermodynamics Irreversibility and The Attainment of Equilibrium Thermal Interaction Between Macroscopic Systems General Interaction Between Macroscopic Systems Summary of Fundamental Results 4 Macroscopic Parameters and Their Measurement 5 Simple Applications of Macroscopic Thermodynamics Properties of Ideal Gases General Relations for A Homogeneous Substance Free Expansion and Throttling Processes Heat Engines and Refrigerators 6 Basic Methods and Results of Statistical Mechanics Ensembles Representative of Situations of Physical Interest Approximation Methods Generalizations and Alternative Approaches
111
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY 7 Simple Applications of Statistical Mechanics General Method of Approach Ideal Monatomic Gas The Equipartition Theorem Paramagnetism Kinetic Theory of Dilute Gases in Equilibrium 8 Equilibrium Between Phases or Chemical Species General Equilibrium Conditions Equilibrium Between Phases Systems With Several Components; Chemical Equilibrium 9 Quantum Statistics of Ideal Gases Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein, and Fermi-Dirac Statistics Ideal Gas in The Classical Limit Black-Body Radiation Conduction Electrons in Metals 10 Systems of Interacting Particles Solids Nonideal Classicals Gas Ferromagnetism 11 Magnetism and Low Temperatures 12 Elementary Kinetic Theory of Transport Processes 13 Transport Theory Using The Relaxation Time Approximation 14 Near-Exact Formulation of Transport Theory 15 Irreversible Processes and Fluctuations Transition Probabilities and Master Equation Simple Discussion of Brownian Motion Detailed Analysis of Brownian Motion Calculation of Probability Distributions Fourier Analysis of Random Functions General Discussion of Irreversible Processes Appendices Numerical Constants Bibliography Answers to Selected Problems Index
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICS STUDENTS
Chapter 19: Polar, Spherical, and Cylindrical Coordinate Systems Chapter 20: Multivariate Calculus Chapter 21: Elementary Linear Algebra Chapter 22: Vector Calculus: Grad, Div, and Curl Chapter 23: Vector Calculus: Flux and Gauss’ Law Chapter 24: Differential Equations Chapter 25: Elementary Probability Chapter 26: Infinite Series Appendix A: Rectangular Coordinates in Space Appendix B: Units and Dimensions Appendix C: Solving Physics Problems Appendix D: Selected Physics Formulas Appendix E: Selected Physical Constraints Appendix F: Integration by Parts Appendix G: The Greek Alphabet and Prefixes Index
Optics OPTICS 4th Edition By Ajoy Ghatak, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, India 2008 (July 2008) / 532 pages ISBN: 9780070262157
McGraw-Hill India Title www.mhhe.com/ghatak/optics4e This comprehensive and thoroughly revised edition, covering the fundamentals for all-Classical, Modern and Everyday Optics, would meet the requirements of undergraduate students of science and engineering. Researchers involved in general areas of optics and laser would find this book immensely useful. Contents
By Robert Steiner, Teachers College at Columbia University and Philip Schmidt, State University of New York-New Paltz 2007(January 2007) / 409 pages ISBN: 9780071461580
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS Part I: Algebra and Geometry Chapter 1: Introduction to Algebra Chapter 2: Functions Chapter 3: Graphs of Functions Chapter 4: Linear Equations Chapter 5: Simultaneous Linear Equations Chapter 6: Quadratic Functions and Equations Chapter 7: Inequalities Chapter 8: The Locus of an Equation Chapter 9: The Straight Line Chapter 10: Families of Straight Lines Chapter 11: The Circle Part II: Pre-Calculus and Elementary Calculus Chapter 12: Rational and Polynomial Functions Chapter 13: Trigonometric Functions Chapter 14: Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Chapter 15: Complex Numbers Chapter 16: The Calculus of Single-Variable Functions: A Mathematical Approach Chapter 17: The Calculus of Single-Variable Functions: A Physics Approach Chapter 18: Vectors Part III: Advanced Topics in Mathematics
1. History of Optics 2. What is Light? Part 1 Geometrical Optics 3. Fermat’s Principle and Its Applications 4. Refraction and Reflection by Spherical Surfaces 5. The Matrix Method in Paraxial Optics 6. Aberrations Part 2 Vibrations and Waves 7. Simple Harmonic Motion, Forced Vibrations and Origin of Refractive Index 8. Fourier Series and Applications 9. The Dirac Delta Function and Fourier Transforms 10. Group Velocity and Pulse Dispersion 11. Wave Propagation and the Wave Equation 12. Huygens’ Principle and Its Applications Part 3 Interference 13. Superposition of Waves 14. Two Beam Interference by Division of Wavefront 15. Interference by Division of Amplitude 16. Multiple Beam Interferometry 17. Coherence Part 4 Diffraction 18. Fraunhofer Diffraction: I 19. Fraunhofer Diffraction: II and Fourier Optics 20. Fresnel Diffraction 21. Holography Part 5 Electromagnetic Character of Light 22. Polarization and Double Refraction 23. Electromagnetic Waves 24. Reflection and Refraction of Electromagnetic Waves
112
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Part 6 Photons 25. The Particle Nature of Radiation Part 7 Lasers & Fiber Optics 26. Lasers: An Introduction 27. Fiber Optics I: Basic Concepts and Ray Optics Considerations 28. Fiber Optics II: Basic Waveguide Theory and Concept of Modes 29. Fiber Optics III: Single Mode Fibers Appendix A: Gamma Functions and Integrals Involving Gaussian Functions Appendix B: Evaluation of the Integral Appendix C: Diffraction of a Gaussian Beam Appendix D: TE and TM Modes in Planar Waveguides
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF OPTICS By Eugene Hecht, Adelphi University 1974 / 256 pages ISBN: 9780070277304
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS Wave Motion. Electromagnetic Waves and Photons. Reflection and Transmission. Geometrical Optics. Polarization. Interference and Coherence. Diffraction. Fourier Optics
International Edition FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICS 4th Edition
By Francis A Jenkins, deceased and Harvey E White, University of California, Berkeley 1976 / 746 pages ISBN: 9780070323308 (Out of Print) ISBN: 9780070853461 [IE]
Introduction to Astronomy
CONTENTS Preface Part 1 Geometrical Optics 1 Properties of Light 2 Plane Surfaces and Prisms 3 Spherical Surfaces 4 Thin Lenses 5 Thick Lenses 6 Spherical Mirrors 7 The Effects of Stops 8 Ray Tracing 9 Lens Aberrations 10 Optical Instruments Part 2 Wave Optics 11 Vibrations and Waves 12 The Superposition of Waves 13 Interference of Two Beams of Light 14 Interference Involving Multiple Reflections 15 Fraunhofer Diffraction by a Single Opening 16 The Double Slit 17 The Diffraction Grating 18 Fresnel Diffraction 19 The Speed of Light 20 The Electromagnetic Character of Light 21 Sources of Light and Their Spectra 22 Absorption and Scattering 23 Dispersion 24 The Polarization of Light 25 Reflection 26 Double Refraction 27 Interference of Polarized Light 28 Optical Activity and Modern Wave Optics Part 3 Quantum Optics 29 Light Quanta and Their Origin 30 Lasers 31 Holography 32 Magneto-Optics and Electro-Optics 33 The Dual Nature of Light Appendixes I The Physical Constants II Electron Subshells III Refractive Indices and Dispersions for Optical Glasses IV Refractive Indices and Dispersions for Optical Crystals V The Most Intense Fraunhofer Lines VI Abbreviated Number System VII Significant Figures
New
*9780073512181*
International Edition
ASTRONOMY: JOURNEY TO THE COSMIC FRONTIER 6th Edition By John D Fix, University of Alabama-Huntsville 2011 (January 2010) / 768 pages ISBN: 9780073512181 ISBN: 9780071221887 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/fix Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, 6th edition, provides enough content and background in astronomy so the student will be able to follow current developments in astronomy years after they complete the course. The historical development of astronomy is emphasized to show that astronomy, like other sciences, advances through the efforts of many scientists, and to show how present ideas have been developed. Features Current coverage of recent missions, developments, and discoveries. Topic discussions include: Sun Daggers (Chapter 2), ALMA and SKA interferometric arrays (Chapter 6), dwarf planets (Chapter 7), plans for future Moon missions (Chapter 9), Messenger spacecraft capabilities (Chapter 10), radar detection of buried ice on Mars (Chapter 11), the reclassification of Pluto as a dwarf planet (Chapter 13), two new satellites for Pluto (Chapter 13), Cassini investigation of the icy moons of Saturn (Chapter 14), ice plumes on Enceladus (chapter 14),The Huygens landing on Titan (Chapter 14), Deep Impact projectile impact on Comet Tempel 1 (Chapter 15), the discovery of Eris, a dwarf planet larger than Pluto (chapter 15), The Tunguska event in 1908 (chapter 25) Dark matter in the “Bullet Cluster” (Chapter 25), Definition of life (Chapter 27), Extremophiles (Chapter 27), and the Drake Equation (Chapter 27). Considerable content updating! Updated and revised topics include: Temperature structure of Earth’s atmosphere (Chapter 8), information on future eclipses (Chapter 9), discoveries by the Spirit and Opportunity rovers on Mars (Chapter 11), more icy bodies beyond Neptune, solar neutrinos and neutrino oscillations (Chapter
113
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY 17), Magnetars and gamma ray-ray flares (Chapter 20), the fraction of stars in binary and multiple systems (Chapter 21), membership of Local Group of Galaxies (Chapter 24 and Appendices), high redshift supernovae and the acceleration of expansion (Chapter 26), WMAP results (Chapter 26), and planets orbiting other stars (Chapter 27). 23 Interactives located on the Astronomy website. Each Interactive is programmed in Flash for a strong visual appeal. Each includes an analysis tool (interactive model), a tutorial describing its function, content describing its principle themes, related exercises, and solutions to the exercises. Planetarium activities written for compatibility with Starry Night planetarium software! Versions of these exercises are also available on the Astronomy website. Electronic Media Integration - icons have been placed throughout the text to indicate instances where animations and interactives can be found on the Astronomy website related to certain topics. Fix offers a substantial End-of-Chapter section : Chapter Summary - the summary highlights the key elements of the chapter; Key Terms - terms are defined in context and found in the glossary; Conceptual Questions - the Conceptual Questions require qualitative verbal answers; Problems - the reader’s mastery of the equations can be tested by the Problems at the end of each chapter; Figure-Based Questions: require the reader to extract the answer from a particular graph or figure in the chapter;
5 Gravity and Motion 6 Light and Telescopes Part 2 Journey Through the Solar System 7 Overview of the Solar System 8 The Earth 9 The Moon 10 Mercury and Venus 11 Mars 12 Jupiter and Saturn 13 The Outer Planets 14 Satellites 15 Solar System Debris Part 3 Journey to the Stars 16 Basic Properties of Stars 17 The Sun 18 The Formation of Stars and Planets 19 The Evolution of Stars 20 White Dwarfs, Neutron Stars, and Black Holes 21 Binary Star Systems Part 4 Journey to the Cosmic Frontier 22 The Milky Way 23 Galaxies 24 Quasars and Other Active Galaxies 25 Galaxy Clusters and the Structure of the Universe 26 Cosmology Part 5 Journey in Search of Life 27 Life in the Universe Appendixes Glossary References Credits Index
Group Exercises - these exercises, offer students the opportunity to work within a small or large group to understand difficult astronomy concepts. About 1-4 per chapter. Historical emphasis: Throughout the text the historical development of astronomy has been emphasized to show astronomy, like other sciences, advances through the efforts of many scientists and to show how present ideas are developed.
*9780077345099*
New
International Edition
Planetary Data Boxes are included throughout the text Worked Example Boxes are provided after most equations. These show how and when to use an equation and tell why the equation is important. Presentation Center - Build instructional materials wherever, whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to their adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill books in the library. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine allows you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes.
EXPLORATIONS: AN INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY 6th Edition By Thomas T Arny, University of Mass-Amherst 2010 (September 2009) ISBN: 9780077345099 ISBN: 9780070172753 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/arny Arny: Explorations-An Introduction to Astronomy, 6th edition, is built on the foundation of its well known writing style, accuracy, and emphasis on current information. This new edition continues to offer the most complete technology/new media support package available. That technology/new media package includes: Interactives, Animations, and introducing Connect - online homework and course management.
Contents
New to this edition
Foreword Preface Guided Tour Part 1 The Journey Begins 1 Journey’s Start 2 Patterns in the Sky 3 Ancient Astronomy 4 Renaissance Astronomy
Over 300 new and 100 revised end of chapter problems have been written for this edition. Problems are organized and cross reference to the section of the text where the problem topic is discussed. InterChapter Essays (optional readings) focus on topics of general interest, such as time and life in the universe. NEW – A new essay has been added to this edition on “Special and General Relativity”.
114
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY New chapter!!! Chapter 1, “The Night Sky” has been broken apart into two new chapters; Chapter 1, “The Cycles of the Sky” and Chapter 2, “The Rise of Astronomy”. McGraw-Hill’s Connect is a complete, online tutorial, electronic homework, and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. This program enables students to complete their homework online, as assigned by their instructors. Connect provides all instructor resources online, as well provides the ability to create or edit questions from the question bank, import your own content, and automatically grade and report easyto-assign homework, quizzing, and testing. Contents Preface Preview: The Cosmic Landscape 1 The Cycles of the Sky 2 The Rise of Astronomy Essay 1 Backyard Astronomy 3 Gravity and Motion 4 Light and Atoms Essay 2 Special and General Relativity 5 Telescopes 6 The Earth Essay 3 Keeping Time 7 The Moon 8 Survey of the Solar System 9 The Terrestrial Planets 10 The Outer Planets 11 Meteors, Asteroids, and Comets 12 The Sun, Our Star 13 Measuring the Properties of Stars 14 Stellar Evolution 15 Stellar Remnants: White Dwarfs, Neutron Stars, and Black Holes 16 The Milky Way Galaxy 17 Galaxies 18 Cosmology Essay 4 Life in the Universe Answers to “Test Yourself” Appendix Glossary Index
PATHWAYS TO ASTRONOMY with Starry Nights Pro DVD, Version 5.0 2nd Edition By Stephen E Schneider and Thomas T Arny of University of MassAmherst 2009 (September 2008) ISBN: 9780077401832
http://www.mhhe.com/schneider Pathways to Astronomy breaks down introductory astronomy into its component parts. The huge and fascinating field of astronomy is divided into 84 units. These units are woven together to flow naturally for the person who wants to read the text like a book, but it is also possible to assign them in different orders, or skip certain units altogether. Professors can customize the units to fit their course needs. They can select individual units for exploration in lecture while assigning easier units for self-study, or they can cover all the units in full depth in a content-rich course. With the short length of units, students can easily digest the material covered in an individual unit before moving onto the next unit. Pathways to Astronomy offers the most complete technology media support package available. That technology media package includes: Starry Night Planetarium Software; ARIS (text web site providing a complete online electronic homework and course management system); 23 Interactives (on ARIS); Animations (on ARIS). Electronic Media Integration has been incorporated throughout the text by the use of icons to indicate where additional understanding can be gained through an animation or interactive.
Contents Preface Looking Up Illustrations PART I THE COSMIC LANDSCAPE Unit 1 Our Planetary Neighborhood Unit 2 Beyond the Solar System Unit 3 Astronomical Numbers Unit 4 Foundations of Astronomy Unit 5 The Night Sky Unit 6 The Year Unit 7 The Time of Day Unit 8 Lunar Cycles Unit 9 Calendars Unit 10 Geometry of the Earth, Moon, and Sun Unit 11 Planets: The Wandering Stars Unit 12 The Beginnings of Modern Astronomy Unit 13 Observing the Sky PART II PROBING MATTER, LIGHT, AND THEIR INTERACTION Unit 14 Astronomical Motion: Inertia, Mass, and Force Unit 15 Force, Acceleration, and Interaction Unit 16 The Universal Law of Gravity Unit 17 Measuring a Body’s Mass Using Orbital Motion Unit 18 Orbital and Escape Velocities Unit 19 Tides Unit 20 Conservation Laws Unit 21 Light, Matter, and Energy Unit 22 The Electromagnetic Spectrum Unit 23 Thermal Radiation Unit 24 Atomic Spectra: Identifying Atoms by Their Light Unit 25 The Doppler Shift Unit 26 Detecting Light Unit 27 Collecting Light Unit 28 Focusing Light Unit 29 Telescope Resolution Unit 30 The Earth’s Atmosphere and Space Observatories Unit 31 Amateur Astronomy PART III THE SOLAR SYSTEM Unit 32 The Structure of the Solar System Unit 33 The Origin of the Solar System Unit 34 Other Planetary Systems Unit 35 The Earth as a Terrestrial Planet Unit 36 Earth’s Atmosphere and Hydrosphere Unit 37 Our Moon Unit 38 Mercury Unit 39 Venus Unit 40 Mars Unit 41 Asteroids Unit 42 Comparative Planetology Unit 43 Jupiter and Saturn Unit 44 Uranus and Neptune Unit 45 Satellite Systems and Rings Unit 46 Ice Worlds, Pluto, and Beyond Unit 47 Comets Unit 48 Impacts on Earth PART IV STARS AND STELLAR EVOLUTION Unit 49 The Sun, Our Star Unit 50 The Sun’s Source of Power Unit 51 Solar Activity Unit 52 Surveying the Stars Unit 53 Special Relativity Unit 54 Light and Distance Unit 55 The Temperatures and Compositions of Stars Unit 56 The Masses of Orbiting Stars Unit 57 The Sizes of Stars Unit 58 The H-R Diagram Unit 59 Overview of Stellar Evolution Unit 60 Star Formation Unit 61 Main-Sequence Stars Unit 62 Giant Stars Unit 63 Variable Stars Unit 64 Mass Loss and Death of Low-Mass Stars
115
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Unit 65 Exploding White Dwarfs Unit 66 Old Age and Death of Massive Stars Unit 67 Neutron Stars Unit 68 Black Holes Unit 69 Star Clusters PART V GALAXIES AND THE UNIVERSE Unit 70 Discovering the Milky Way Unit 71 Stars of the Milky Way Unit 72 Gas and Dust in the Milky Way Unit 73 Mass and Motions in the Milky Way Unit 74 A Universe of Galaxies Unit 75 Types of Galaxies Unit 76 Galaxy Clustering Unit 77 Active Galactic Nuclei Unit 78 Dark Matter Unit 79 Cosmology Unit 80 The Edges of the Universe Unit 81 The Beginnings of the Universe Unit 82 The Fate of the Universe Unit 83 Astrobiology Unit 84 The Search for Life Elsewhere Glossary Answers to Test Yourself Questions Credits Index
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ASTRONOMY By Starcey Palen, University of Washington 2002 / 304 pages ISBN: 9780071364362
A Schaum’s Publication Providing a basic introduction to a beginning astronomy course, with an emphasis on problem-solving methods ordinarily taught “on the fly” or in ad-hoc tutorials, this essential guide provides a focused, comprehensive presentation of basic astronomical problem-solving techniques. Readers learn by example with the help of more than 200 detailed problems supplemented with over 100 detailed charts and graphs.
Professional Reference SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF QUANTUM MECHANICS 2nd Edition
By Yoav Peleg, Reuven Pnini, Eliahu Zaarur, Eugene Hecht of Adelphi University 2010 (April 2010) / 368 pages ISBN: 9780071623582
A Schaum’s Publication Schaum’s Outline of Quantum Mechanics provides a systematic review of quantum mechanics with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include comprehensive review of mathematical foundations, the Schrodinger Equation, angular momentum, spin, the Harmonic Oscillator, numerical methods, and scattering theory. CONTENTS Contents Introduction. Mathematical Background. Schrodinger Equation and Applications. Foundations of Quantum Mechanics. Harmonic Oscillator. Angular Momentum. Spin. Hydrogen-Like Atoms. Particle Motion in an Electromagnetic Field. Solution Methods in Quantum Mechanics. Part A: Solutions Methods in Quantum Mechanics. Part B: Numerical Methods in Quantum Mechanics. Identical Particles. Addition of Angular Momenta. Scattering Theory. Semiclassical Treatment of Radiation.
STRING THEORY DEMYSTIFIED By David McMahon 2009 (August 2008) / 306 pages ISBN: 9780071498708
A Professional Publication
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
Trying to understand string theory but ending up with your brain in knots? Here’s your lifeline! This straightforward guide explains the fundamental principles behind this cutting-edge concept. String Theory Demystified elucidates the goal of the theory--to combine general relativity and quantum theory into a single, unified framework. You’ll learn about classical strings, conformal field theory, quantization, compactification, and T duality. The book covers supersymmetry and superstrings, D-branes, the holographic principle, and cosmology. Hundreds of examples and illustrations make it easy to understand the material, and end-of-chapter quizzes and a final exam help reinforce learning. This fast and easy guide offers: Numerous figures to illustrate key concepts Sample problems with worked solutions Coverage of equations of motion, the energy-momentum tensor, and conserved currents A discussion of the Randall-Sundrum model A time-saving approach to performing better on an exam or at work
116
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY Simple enough for a beginner, but challenging enough for an advanced student, String Theory Demystified is your key to comprehending this theory of everything.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICS FOR PRE-MED, BIOLOGY AND ALLIED HEALTH STUDENTS
Contents
By George Hademenos, University of California at Los Angeles 1998 / 256 pages ISBN: 9780070254749
Preface Chapter 1: Introduction Chapter 2: The Classical String I: Equations of Motion Chapter 3: The Classical String II: Symmetrics and Worldsheet Currents Chapter 4: String Quantization Chapter 5: Conformal Field Theory Part I Chapter 6: BRST Quantization Chapter 7: RNS Superstrings Chapter 8: Compactification and T-Duality Chapter 9: Superstring Theory Continued Chapter 10: A Summary of Superstring Theory Chapter 11: Type II String Theories Chapter 12: Heterotic String Theory Chapter 13: D-Branes Chapter 14: Black Holes Chapter 15: The Holographic Principle and AdS/CFT Correspondence Chapter 16: String Theory and Cosmology Final Exam Quiz Solutions Final Exam Solutions References Index
A Schaum’s Publication Students of medicine and the life sciences will appreciate the special perspective of this invaluable study guide. It explains how physics principles and concepts apply in these particular fields, including more than 70 drawings and graphs to help students visualize, understand and remember the relationships. The hundreds of problems solved step-by-step also help boost learning and grades by reinforcing the ideas and aiding recall.
ASTRONOMY FOR THE UTTERLY CONFUSED By Terry Jones, University of Minnesota and Jeanne Hanson 2007 (December 2006) / 352 pages ISBN: 9780071471589
A Professional Publication CONTENTS Ch 1: The Universe in Time and Space Ch 2: The Earth’s Place Ch 3: The Sky As Visible From earth Ch 4: Key Concepts and Basic laws Ch 5: The Gas Planets Ch 6: The Rocky Planets and Moons Ch 7: The Smaller Bodies Ch 8: Brahe, Copernicus, Einstein, and On Ch 9: Down to the Atom and Below Ch 10: How They are Studied Ch 11: How Stars Evolve Ch 12: How Stars End Their “Lives” Ch 13: Formation and Evolution Ch 14: The Role of Dark Matter Ch 15: The Role of Dark Energy Ch 16: Expansion, Contraction, Dissolution Ch 17: Space Travel
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
117
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
118
119
CHEMISTRY
Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic and Biochemistry) - Lab Manuals................................................................................................126 - Textbooks................................................................................................... 124 Analytical Chemistry..........................................................................................136 Biochemistry -1 Semester - Textbooks..............................................................131 General Chemistry - Lab..............................................................................................................130 - Multimedia...................................................................................................131 - Supplements...............................................................................................130 - Textbooks....................................................................................................126 Liberal Arts Chemistry (Non Science Majors) - Textbooks................................121 Organic Chemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks....................................................132 Organic Chemistry - 2 Semester - Textbooks....................................................133 Physical Chemistry - Lab Manual.................................................................................................135 - Textbooks....................................................................................................135 Prep/Basic Chemistry - Textbooks.....................................................................123 Professional Reference.....................................................................................136
NEW TITLES CHEMISTRY
2011
Author
ISBN
Chemistry, 2e
Burdge
9780077354763
126
Organic Chemistry, 8e
Carey
9780077354770
133
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 6e
Chang
9780077354718
127
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Denniston
9780077354800
124
Lab Manual for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Henrickson
9780077296728
126
Organic Chemistry, 3e
Smith
9780077354725
134
2010
Author
ISBN
Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 4e
Atkins
9780071311175
132
Introduction to Chemistry, 2e
Bauer
9780077274306
123
Chemistry, 10e
Chang
9780077274313
127
Principles of General Chemistry, 2e
Silberberg
9780077274320
128
General, Organic & Biological Chemistry
Smith
9780077274290
125
Page
CHEMISTRY
120
Page
CHEMISTRY
Liberal Arts Chemistry (Non Science Majors)
Textbooks
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT Applying Chemistry to Society, 6th Edition By American Chemical Society 2009 (January 2008) / 288 pages ISBN: 9780073048772 For those whose course including a laboratory component, a Laboratory Manual, compiled and edited by Gail A. Steehler (Roanoke College), is available for the 6th edition. The experiments use microscale equipment (wellplates and Beral-type pipets) and common materials. Project-type and cooperative/collaborative laboratory experiments are included. New experiments are on the ozone and biodiesel. Additional experiments are available on the Online Learning Center, as is the instructor’s guide.
International Edition CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT 6th Edition
CONTENTS
By American Chemical Society 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780077221348 ISBN: 9780071270137 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/cic Following in the tradition of the first five editions, the goal of this market leading textbook, Chemistry in Context, fifth edition, is to establish chemical principles on a need-to-know basis within a contextual framework of significant social, political, economic and ethical issues. The non traditional approach of Chemistry in Context reflect today’s technological issues and the chemistry principles imbedded within them. Global warming, alternate fuels, nutrition, and genetic engineering are examples of issues that are covered in CIC. Contents 1 The Air We Breathe 2 Protecting the Ozone Layer 3 The Chemistry of Global Warming 4 Energy, Chemistry, and Society 5 The Water We Drink 6 Neutralizing the Threat of Acid Rain 7 The Fires of Nuclear Fission 8 Energy from Electron Transfer 9 The World of Polymers and Plastics 10 Manipulating Molecules and Designing Drugs 11 Nutrition: Food for Thought 12 Genetic Engineering and the Molecules of Life Appendixes Appendix 1: Measure for Measure--Conversion Factors and Constants Appendix 2: The Power of Exponents Appendix 3: Clearing the Logjam Appendix 4: Answers to Your Turn Questions Not Answered in the Text Appendix 5: Answers to Selected End-of-Chapter Questions
1 What Am I Breathing? Preparation and Properties of O2 and CO2 1 2 Is it Pure or a Mixture? Chromatographic Study of Felt-Tip Pen Inks 9 3 Can I Spot a Trend? A Graphic Experience 13 4 What Protects Us from Ultraviolet Light? 23 5 Visibly Delighted: How Do Colored Solutions Interact with Light? 27 6 What Does a Molecule Look Like? Bonds, Molecular Models, and Molecular Shapes 37 7 How Can We Measure the Mass of a Molecule? Weighing Gases To Find Molar Masses 43 8 Chemical Moles: Soda to Table Salt. How Do Chemical Equations Connect Compounds? 51 9 Hot Stuff: An Energy Conservation Problem. Can I Measure What I Can’t See? 57 10 Which Fuels Provide the Most Heat? Comparison of the Energy Content of Fuels 59 11 Can Waste Oil be Turned into a Fuel? Biodiesel: Preparation and Properties 67 12 A Conductivity Detector for Ions. Can We Build Our Own Instruments? 77 13 How Much Acid is in Food? Analysis of Vinegar 85 14 What Makes Water Hard? Measurement of Water Hardness 93 15 How Does Human Activity Affect Water Purity? Measurement of Chloride in River Water 101 16 What’s in My Bottled Water? 109 17 Does Acid Reign? Reactions of Acids with Common Substances 117 18 Which Common Materials are Acids or Bases? 125 19 Does Acid Rain Fall in my Neighborhood? 133 20 Solubilities: An Investigation. How Do I Design My Own Lab Procedure? 139 21 Measurement of Radon in Air. Am I Breathing Radioactive Particles? 141 22 Can We Get Electricity from Chemical Reactions? 149 23 How Do Polymer Properties Connect to Structure? 157 24 Why Do Plastics Get Sorted for Recycling? Properties of Common Plastics 165 25 What Drugs are in an Analgesic Tablet? Identification by Thin-Layer Chromatography 171 26 How is Aspirin Made? 179 27 How Much Fat Is in Potato Chips and Hot Dogs? 189 28 How Much Sugar Is in Soft Drinks and Fruit Juices? 197 29 How Much Vitamin C is in Juice and Vitamin Tablets? 205 30 How Can We Isolate DNA? 213 Performance-Based Assessment Activities 217
121
CHEMISTRY SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING CHEMISTRY 3rd Edition
3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY By David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College 1988 / 624 pages ISBN: 9780070236844
By David Goldberg, University of Illinois – Urbana – Champaign 2010 (August 2009) / 360 pages ISBN: 9780071635370
A Schaum’s Publication http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0070236844&ad key=W02003
A Schaum’s Publication Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Chemistry is the ideal complement to your chemistry textbooks and class materials, as well as a helpful reference. It offers you practice problems with full explanations that reinforce your knowledge, covers most up-to-date developments in the course, and presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. CONTENTS 1. Basic Concepts 2. Mathematical Concepts in Chemistry 3. Atoms and Atomic Mases 4. Electronic Configuration of the Atom 5. Chemical Bonding 6. Inorganic Nomenclature 7. Formula Calculations 8. Chemical Equations 9. Net Ionic Equations 10. Stoiciometry 11. Molarity 12. Gases 13. Kinetic Molecular Theory 14. Oxidation and Reduction 15. Rates and Equilibrium 16. Acid-Base Theory 17. Organic Chemistry 18. Nuclear Reactions
CONTENTS Measurement. Structure of Matter. Periodic Table. Chemical Formulas. Modern Structure of the Atom. Electronic Structure of the Atom. Bonding. Bonding Theory. Organic Molecules. Chemical Equations. Stoichiometry. Gases. Advanced Gas Concepts. Solids and Liquids. Oxidation and Reduction. Other Concentration Units. Properties of Solutions. Thermodynamics. Chemical Kinetics. Equilibrium. Acids and Bases. Heterogeneous and Other Equilibria. Electochemistry. Nuclear and Radiochemistry. Nonmetals. Metals and Metallurgy. Coordination compounds.
HOW TO SOLVE WORD PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY By David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College 2001 / 231 pages ISBN: 9780071363020
A Schaum’s Publication http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.pl?isbn=0071363025&ad key=W02003 CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction. Chapter 2: Measurement. Chapter 3: Classical Laws of Chemical Combination. Chapter 4: Formula Calculations. Chapter 5: Stoichiometry. Chapter 6: Concentration Calculations. Chapter 7: Gas Laws. Chapter 8: Thermochemistry. Chapter 9: Electrochemistry. Chapter 10: Equilibrium. Chapter 11: Colligative Properties. Chapter 12: Thermodynamics. Chapter 13: Miscellaneous Problems. List of Important Equations.
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
122
CHEMISTRY
Prep/Basic Chemistry
Contents 1 Matter and Energy 2 Atoms, Ions, and the Periodic Table 3 Chemical Compounds 4 Chemical Composition 5 Chemical Reactions and Equations 6 Quantities in Chemical Reactions 7 Electron Structure of the Atom 8 Chemical Bonding 9 The Gaseous State 10 The Liquid and Solid States 11 Solutions 12 Reaction Rates and Chemical Equilibrium 13 Acids and Bases 14 Oxidation-Reduction Reactions 15 Nuclear Chemistry 16 Organic Chemistry 17 Biochemistry Appendix A Useful Reference Information Appendix B Toolboxes Appendix C Answers to Practice Problems Appendix D Answers to Selected Questions and Problems
Textbooks
*9780077274306*
New
International Edition INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY 2nd Edition By Rich Bauer, James Birk and Pamela S Marks of Arizona State University-Tempe
2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077274306 ISBN: 9780070172623 [IE]
International Edition
http://www.mhhe.com/bauer2e A Conceptual Introduction to Chemistry, 2e by Bauer/Birk/Marks offers today’s student a fresh perspective to the introduction of chemistry. This new textbook offers a conceptual approach to chemistry by starting first with macroscopic phenomena, and then presenting the underlying microscopic detail. Each chapter opens with a real-life scenario that helps students connect abstract chemical concepts to their own lives. The math found in A Conceptual Introduction to Chemistry, 2e is introduced on a need-to-know basis, with “Math Toolboxes” in select chapters to help support the math skills required in that chapter. New to this edition All new Chapter 17, Biochemistry – In response to many faculty who like the approach of this textbook, but also teach Biochemistry, we added a completely new chapter on Biochemistry. The chapter discusses the four classes of biomolecules; proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, and lipids. Math Toolboxes have been reworked, expanded, and now include accompanying end-of-chapter problems. To help students easily reference Math toolboxes, toolbox icons have been added to the text margin which will point students to the appropriate review material. The authors believe that the best approach to incorporating math involves development of associated math on an as-needed basis with emphasis on concepts that problems are trying to illustrate. This text integrates need-to-know mathematical ideas that are important to chemists into conceptual discussions. Thorough math reviews are provided in math toolboxes that are referenced within appropriate sections of the text and placed at the end of the relevant chapter. New and Expanded Applications – Because we know how important it is for students to apply chemistry to their world, we have added or expanded, especially medical and environmentally related applications throughout the text, marginal notes, worked examples and end-of-chapter problems.
FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY 5th Edition By David Goldberg, Brooklyn College 2007 (May 2006) ISBN: 9780073221045 ISBN: 9780071106627 [IE - text only] ISBN: 9780071108423 [IE with ARIS Card]
http://www.mhhe.com/goldberg CONTENTS Chapter 1: Basic Concepts Chapter 2: Measurement Chapter 3: Atoms and Atomic Masses Chapter 4: Electronic Configuration of the Atom Chapter 5: Chemical Bonding Chapter 6: Nomenclature Chapter 7: Formula Calculations Chapter 8: Chemical Reactions Chapter 9: Net Ionic Equations Chapter 10: Stoichiometry Chapter 11: Molarity Chapter 12: Gases Chapter 13: Atomic and Molecular Properties Chapter 14: Solids and Liquids, Energies of Physical and Chemical Changes Chapter 15: Solutions Chapter 16: Oxidation Numbers Chapter 17: Chemical Equilibrium Chapter 18: Acid-Base Theory Chapter 19: Organic Chemistry Chapter 20: Nuclear Reactions
New and Revised End-of-Chapter Problems. We think it is important to keep problems fresh and up-to-date, so we have added more than 200 new problems and more than 100 revised problems to this edition.
123
CHEMISTRY
Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General,Organic and Biochemistry)
•
Engaging Applications! •
Textbooks New
•
*9780077354800*
paired problems. Critical Thinking Problems: Each chapter includes a set of critical thinking problems. These problems are intended to challenge the students to integrate concepts to solve more complex problems. They make a perfect complement to the classroom lecture, since they provide an opportunity for in-class discussion of complex problems dealing with daily life and the health care sciences. New to this edition are the Forensic Chemistry, Green Chemistry and Kitchen Chemistry boxes. Clinical, Medical and Human Perspectives appear throughout the book. The Medical, Clinical, Human and Environmental Perspectives provide updated information in various health fields and other growing areas of chemistry to engage students’ interest and help them understand chemistry as related to their lives.
Contents
International Edition GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOCHEMISTRY 7th Edition By Katherine Denniston and Joseph Topping of Towson University and Robert Caret, San Jose State University
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077354800 ISBN: 9780071221870 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/denniston www.successinchem.com The seventh edition of General, Organic, and Biochemistry is designed to help undergraduate health-related majors, and students of all other majors, understand key concepts and appreciate the significant connections between chemistry, health, disease, and the treatment of disease. This text continues to strike a balance between theoretical and practical chemistry, while emphasizing material that is unique to health-related studies. The text has been written at a level intended for students whose professional goals do not include a mastery of chemistry, but for whom an understanding of the principles and practice of chemistry is a necessity. Designed for the one- or two-semester course, this text has an easy-to-follow problem-solving pedagogy, vivid illustrations, and engaging applications.
Part 1 General Chemistry 1 Chemistry: Methods and Measurement 2 The Structure of the Atom and the Periodic Table 3 Structure and Properties of Ionic and Covalent Compounds 4 Calculations and the Chemical Equation 5 States of Matter: Gases, Liquids, and Solids 6 Solutions 7 Energy, Rate, and Equilibrium 8 Acids and Bases and Oxidation-Reduction 9 The Nucleus, Radioactivity, and Nuclear Medicine Part 2 Organic Chemistry 10 An Introduction to Organic Chemistry: The Saturated Hydrocarbons 11 The Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromatics 12 Alcohols, Phenols, Thiols, and Ethers 13 Aldehydes and Ketones 14 Carboxylic Acids and Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 15 Amines and Amides Part 3 Biochemistry 16 Carbohydrates 17 Lipids and Their Functions in Biochemical Systems 18 Protein Structure and Function 19 Enzymes 20 Introduction to Molecular Genetics 21 Carbohydrate Metabolism 22 Aerobic Respiration and Energy Production 23 Fatty Acid Metabolism
New to this edition McGraw-Hill’s Connect Chemistry is a complete, online tutorial, electronic homework, and course management system, designed for greater ease of use than any other system available. For students, Connect contains self-study tools such as animations, interactive quizzes, and more. This program enables students to complete their homework online, as assigned by their instructors. Connect provides all instructor resources online, as well provides the ability to create or edit questions from the question bank, import your own content, and automatically grade and report easy-to-assign homework, quizzing, and testing. Clear and effective approach to problem solving! •
•
Each chapter includes examples that show the student, stepby-step, precisely how to properly determine the correct answer. Example boxes include a relevant Practice Problem and instructions on which end-of-chapter problems are similar in nature. NEW!! 230 new problems have been added to the seventh edition. The authors have created a wide variety of paired concept problems. The answers to the odd-numbered questions are found in the back of the book as reinforcement for students as they develop problem-solving skills. The students must then be able to apply the same principles to the related even-numbered
124
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
CHEMISTRY
New
Chapter 18: Amines and Neurotransmitters Chapter 19: Lipids Chapter 20: Carbohydrates Chapter 21: Amino Acids, Proteins, and Enzymes Chapter 22: Nucleic Acids and Protein Synthesis Chapter 23: Digestion and the Conversion of Food into Energy Chapter 24: Carbohydrate, Lipid, and Protein Metabolism
*9780077274290*
International Edition GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
International Edition
By Janice Gorzynski Smith, University of HawaiiManoa
FOUNDATIONS OF GENERAL, ORGANIC AND BIOCHEMISTRY
2010 (February 2009) ISBN: 9780077274290 ISBN: 9780070164826 [IE]
By Katherine Denniston and Joseph Topping of Towson University 2008 (January 2007) ISBN: 9780073311838 ISBN: 9780071102278 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/smithGOB
http://www.mhhe.com/denniston
This new GOB textbook is written with the same student-focused, direct writing style that has been so successful in the Smith: Organic Chemistry text. Smith writes with a bulleted approach that delivers need-to-know information in a succinct style for today’s students. Armed with an excellent illustration program full of macro-to-micro art, as well as many applications to biological, medical, consumer, and environmental topics, this book is a powerhouse of learning for students.
This new Foundations of General, Organic, and Biochemistry is designed to help undergraduate health-related majors, and students of all other majors, understand key concepts and appreciate the significant connections between chemistry, health, disease, and the treatment of disease. Foundations, just like its parent text, strikes a balance between theoretical and practical chemistry, while emphasizing material that is unique to health-related studies. Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry is designed for the one semester allied health chemistry course. This text has an easy-to-follow problem-solving approach, vivid illustrations, and engaging applications including timely “Chemistry at the Crime Scene” applications with “For Further Understanding” questions that follow to help the students think through what they just read. The art program, engaging and thought provoking questions, problems, and discussion topics, is what will make this book appealing to students and instructors alike.
Features Text written in a succinct writing style, utilizing bulleted points for emphasis of important information. Art program provides macro-to-micro illustrations throughout. Common applications of chemistry to everyday life are found in margin-placed Health Notes, Consumer Notes, and Environmental Notes, as well as “Focus on Health and Medicine,” “Focus on the Environment,” and “Focus on the Human Body” sections of the text.
CONTENTS
“How To” boxes provide students with detailed instructions on how to work through key processes. End-of-chapter sections include study aids including key reactions, key terms, and key concepts, which are tied to the chapter goals at the start of the chapter. Bulleted lists of important concepts. Instead of long paragraphs of content, the author breaks down the key concepts into bulleted lists. Stepped out problem solving (including ‘Analysis and Solution’), followed by related problems that contain answers in the textbook’s Appendix. Contents Chapter 1: Matter and Measurement Chapter 2: Atoms and the Periodic Table Chapter 3: Ionic Compounds Chapter 4: Covalent Compounds Chapter 5: Chemical Reactions Chapter 6: Energy Changes, Reaction Rates, and Equilibrium Chapter 7: Gases, Liquids, and Solids Chapter 8: Solutions Chapter 9: Acids and Bases Chapter 10: Nuclear Chemistry Chapter 11: Introduction to Organic Molecules and Functional Groups Chapter 12: Alkanes Chapter 13: Unsaturated Hydrocarbons Chapter 14: Organic Compounds that Contain Oxygen, Halogen, or Sulfur Chapter 15: The Three-Dimensional Shape of Molecules Chapter 16: Aldehydes and Ketones Chapter 17: Carboxylic Acids, Esters, and Amides
1. Chemistry: Methods and Measurement 2. The Structure of the Atom and the Periodic Table 3. Structure and Properties of Ionic and Covalent Compounds 4. Calculations and the Chemical Equation 5. Energy, Rate, and Equilibrium 6. States of Matter: Gases, Liquids, and Solids 7. Solutions 8. Acids and Bases 9. The Nucleus and Radioactivity 10. An Introduction to Organic Chemistry: The Saturated Hydrocarbons 11. The Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromatics 12. Oxygen- and Sulfur Containing Organic Compounds 13. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, Amines, and Amides 14. Carbohydrates 15. Lipids and their Functions in Biochemical Systems 16. Protein Structure and Enzymes 17. Introduction to Molecular Genetics 18. Carbohydrate Metabolism 19. Fatty Acid and Amino Acid Metabolism
125
CHEMISTRY
Lab Manuals
New
New to this edition Outstanding pedagogy for student learning. The CheckPoints, Rewind and Fast Forward Buttons are meant to enhance student understanding and comprehension by reinforcing current concepts and interconnecting new concepts to others throughout the text. Students are using and asking for more Checkpoints as a study tool. The author has added numerous new Checkpoint multiple-choice questions, many with visuals, testing the student’s understanding of a concept.
*9780077296728*
Integrated media applications: animations, Media Player files, and ARIS. Animations have been built from the Visualizing Chemistry two-page art spreads stepping out a process for the student to visualize and learn. There are seven new animations for the second edition. The animations are narrated by the author, Julia Burdge and designated in the text by a Media Player icon. Other areas in the chapter where content is available for the student to download on their Media Player is also marked with an icon. More animations are also included and designated by an icon next to the appropriate content. Finally, end-of-chapter problems are within our ARIS electronic course management and electronic homework system.
LAB MANUAL FOR GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOCHEMISTRY 7th Edition By Charles H Henrickson, Larry C Byrd and Norman W Hunter of Western Kentucky University
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077296728
NEW appendix-- Solubility Product Constants at 25 degrees C.
Henrickson/Byrd/Hunter, A Laboratory Manual for General, Organic, and Biochemistry, 7e; Offers clear and concise laboratory experiments to reinforce understanding of the main text concepts. Prelaboratory exercises, questions, and report sheets are coordinated with each experiment to ensure active student involvement and comprehension.
General Chemistry
Textbooks
New
*9780077354763*
International Edition
CHEMISTRY 2nd Edition By Julia Burdge 2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077354763 ISBN: 9780071221832 [IE]
Contents Chapter 1 Chemistry: The Central Science Chapter 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions Chapter 3 Stoichiometry: Ratios of Combination Chapter 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions Chapter 5 Thermochemistry Chapter 6 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms Chapter 7 Electronic Configuration and the Periodic Table Chapter 8 Chemical Bonding I: Basic Concepts Chapter 9 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Bonding Theories Chapter 10 Organic Chemistry Chapter 11 Gases Chapter 12 Intermolecular Forces and the Physical Properties of Liquids and Solids Chapter 13 Physical Properties of Solutions Chapter 14 Chemical Kinetics Chapter 15 Chemical Equilibrium Chapter 16 Acids and Bases Chapter 17 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria Chapter 18 Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium Chapter 19 Electrochemistry Chapter 20 Nuclear Chemistry Chapter 21 Environmental Chemistry Chapter 22 Coordination Chemistry Chapter 23 Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals Chapter 24 Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds Chapter 25 Modern Materials
http://www.mhhe.com/burdge Chemistry, Second Edition, by Julia Burdge has been created to bridge the gap in the McGraw-Hill general chemistry offerings. This textbook offers a clear writing style written with the students in mind. Julia uses her background of teaching hundreds of general chemistry students per year and creates content to offer more detailed explanation on areas where she knows they have problems. Sitting down with the art house, Julia Burdge worked with the artist to create the style and major art pieces in her text. Out of these discussions, came the creation of the Visualizing Art two-page spreads which detail a process for the students and provide them with the answer to “What is the Point?” Due the success of the art with students, this offering has been doubled in the second edition. With outstanding art, a consistent problem-solving approach, interesting applications woven throughout the chapters, and a wide range of end-of-chapter problems, this is a great second edition text.
126
CHEMISTRY
*9780077274313*
New
New
*9780077354718*
GENERAL CHEMISTRY The Essential Concepts, 6th Edition
CHEMISTRY 10th Edition By Raymond Chang, Williams College
By Raymond Chang, Williams College and Jason Overby, College of Charleston
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077354718
2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077274313 ISBN: 9780071272209 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/chang The sixth edition of General Chemistry continues the tradition of presenting only the material that is essential for a one-year general chemistry course. It strikes a balance between theory and application by incorporating real-world examples; helping students visualize the three-dimensional atomic and molecular structures that are the basis of chemical activity; and developing problem-solving and critical thinking skills. Although the sixth edition incorporates many impressive features, such as macro to micro artwork, animations correlated to the text, and hand-sketched worked examples, General Chemistry is still 200 to 300 pages shorter and much less expensive than other twosemester textbooks. Dr. Chang’s concise-but-thorough approach will appeal to efficiency-minded instructors and value-conscious students. New to this edition NEW Review of Concepts. A quick review question or set of questions (sometimes with a visual) to test student understanding of the concept just presented. Clear Examples. All of the worked examples assist students with step-by-step processes. Additional hand-worked examples show students how a scientist would work out a problem (sometimes called the back-of-the-envelope calculations.). Approximately 40% of the Worked Examples have been revised! Contents 1 Introduction 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 3 Stoichiometry 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions 5 Gases 6 Energy Relationships in Chemical Reactions 7 The Electronic Structure of Atoms 8 The Periodic Table 9 Chemical Bonding I: The Covalent Bond 10 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of Atomic Orbitals 11 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 12 Intermolecular Forces and Liquids and Solids 13 Physical Properties of Solutions 14 Chemical Kinetics 15 Chemical Equilibrium 16 Acids and Bases 17 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria 18 Thermodynamics 19 Redox Reactions and Electrochemistry 20 The Chemistry of Coordination Compounds 21 Nuclear Chemistry 22 Organic Polymers--Synthetic and Natural Appendix 1 Units for the Gas Constant Appendix 2 Selected Thermodynamic Data at 1 atm and 25 degrees Centigrade Appendix 3 Mathematical Operations Appendix 4 The Elements and the Derivation of Their Names and Symbols
International Edition
http://www.mhhe.com/chang10e Designed for the two-semester general chemistry course, Chang’s best-selling textbook continues to take a traditional approach and is often considered a student and teacher favorite. The book features a straightforward, clear writing style and proven problem-solving strategies. It continues the tradition of providing a firm foundation in chemical concepts and principles while presenting a broad range of topics in a clear, concise manner. The new edition of Chemistry continues to strike a balance between theory and application by incorporating real examples and helping students visualize the three-dimensional atomic and molecular structures that are the basis of chemical activity. An integral part of the text is to develop students’ problem-solving and critical thinking skills. A hallmark of the 10th anniversary edition is the integration of many tools designed to inspire both students and instructors. The textbook is a foundation for the unparalleled, effective technology that is integrated throughout. The multimedia package for the new edition stretches students beyond the confines of the traditional textbook. New to this edition NEW Review of Concepts--a quick review question or set of questions (sometimes with a visual) to test student understanding of the concept just presented. Key Equations are again added to the end-of-chapter material for the student and professor. NEW Chemistry in Action boxed essay on Boron Neutron Capture Theory in Chapter 23. Conceptual end-of-chapter problems have been added to reinforce the Review of Concepts. The new end-of-chapter problems include visuals for the student to interpret for the correct answer. Specific Chapter Changes: Expanded coverage of the common oxides in naming oxoacids in Chapter 2. Revised Section 3.3 on Amounts of Reactants and Products in Chapter 3. Revised the explanation of thermochemical equations in Chapter 6. Expanded coverage on effective nuclear charge in Chapter 8. Expanded explanation of molar heat of vaporization in Chapter 10. Revised the section on frequency factor in the Arrhenius Equation in Chapter 13. Further clarified the explanation of pH and also of percent ionization in Chapter 14. Contents 1 Chemistry: The Study of Change 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 3 Mass Relationships in Chemical Reactions 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions 5 Gases 6 Thermochemistry 7 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms
127
CHEMISTRY 8 Periodic Relationships Among the Elements 9 Chemical Bonding I: Basic Concepts 10 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of Atomic Orbitals 11 Intermolecular Forces and Liquids and Solids 12 Physical Properties of Solutions 13 Chemical Kinetics 14 Chemical Equilibrium 15 Acids and Bases 16 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria 17 Chemistry in the Atmosphere 18 Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium 19 Electrochemistry 20 Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals 21 Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds 22 Transition Metal Chemistry and Coordination Compounds 23 Nuclear Chemistry 24 Organic Chemistry 25 Synthetic and Natural Organic Polymers Appendixes 1 Derivation of the Names of Elements 2 Units for the Gas Constant 3 Thermodynamic Data at 1 atm and 25 degrees C 4 Mathematical Operations
New
6 Thermochemistry: Energy Flow And Chemical Change 7 Quantum Theory And Atomic Structure 8 Electron Configuration And Chemical Periodicity 9 Models Of Chemical Bonding 10 The Shapes Of Molecules 11 Theories Of Covalent Bonding 12 Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, And Phase Changes 13 The Properties Of Mixtures: Solutions And Colloids 14 The Main-group Elements: Applying Principles Of Bonding And Structure 15 Organic Compounds And The Atomic Properties Of Carbon 16 Kinetics: Rates And Mechanisms Of Chemical Reactions 17 Equilibrium: The Extent Of Chemical Reactions 18 Acid-base Equilibria 19 Ionic Equilibria In Aqueous Systems 20 Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, And The Direction Of Chemical Reactions 21 Electrochemistry: Chemical Change And Electrical Work 22 The Transition Elements And Their Coordination Compounds 23 Nuclear Reactions And Their Applications Appendix A Common Mathematical Operations In Chemistry Appendix B Standard Thermodynamic Values For Selected Substances At 298 K Appendix C Equilibrium Constants At 298 K Appendix D Standard Electrode (Half-cell) Potentials At 298 K Appendix E Answers To Selected Problems
International Edition
*9780077274320*
UNIVERSITY CHEMISTRY
International Edition
By Brian Laird 2009 (March 2008) / 864 pages ISBN: 9780077221331 ISBN: 9780071270748 [IE]
PRINCIPLES OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY 2nd Edition
http://www.mhhe.com/laird This dynamic new Honors General Chemistry text brings together a practical “Molecular to Macroscopic” approach, a proven problem solving approach that challenges students to think logically, along with a clear and concise writing style. Combined with the author’s teaching experience at the University of Kansas, extensive reviewing and accuracy checks, Brian Laird’s University Chemistry is certain to meet the needs of both instructor and student.
By Martin Silberberg
2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077274320 ISBN: 9780070172630 [IE]
Contents
www.mhhe.com/silberberg2e Silberberg’s Principles of General Chemistry offers students the same authoritative topic coverage as its parent text, Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change. The Principles text allows for succinct coverage of content with minimal emphasis on pedagogic learning aids. This more straightforward approach to learning appeals to today’s efficiency-minded, value-conscious instructors and students without sacrificing depth, clarity, or rigor. New to this edition “Think of It This Way” is a new feature for the 2nd edition. Each of these small snippets of text consists of a few sentences that provide an analogy for a term they need to know. Some of these contain a small illustration to support the text. Sample Problems and end-of-chapter problems contain more representations of molecular art. CONTENTS 1 Keys To The Study Of Chemistry 2 The Components Of Matter 3 Stoichiometry Of Formulas And Equations 4 Three Major Classes Of Chemical Reactions 5 Gases And The Kinetic-molecular Theory
Chapter 0 The Basic Language of Chemistry Chapter 1 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms Chapter 2 Many-Electron Atoms and the Periodic Table Chapter 3 The Chemical Bond Chapter 4 Molecular Structure and Interaction Chapter 5 States of Matter I: Phase Diagrams and Gases Chapter 6 States of Matter I: Liquids and Solids Chapter 7 Thermochemistry Chapter 8 Entropy, Free Energy and the Equilibrium State Chapter 9 Physical Equilibria Chapter 10 Chemical Equilibria Chapter 11 Acids and Bases Chapter 12 Solution Equilibria Chapter 13 Electrochemistry Chapter 14 Chemical Reaction Kinetics Chapter 15 Chemistry of Transition Metals Chapter 16 Organic and Polymer Chemistry Chapter 17 Nuclear Chemistry APPENDIX 1: Units and Mathematical Background APPENDIX 2: Thermodynamic Data at 1 bar and 25oC (Source: Appendix 3 9e – modified) APPENDIX 3: Derivation of the Names of the Elements (Source: Appendix 1 9e) APPENDIX 4: Stable and Unstable Isotopes of the First Ten Elements
128
CHEMISTRY SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 9th Edition
International Edition chemistry The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5th Edition
By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence Epstein of University of Pittsburg and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus 2010 (August 2009) / 408 pages ISBN: 9780071635301
By Martin Silberberg 2009 (January 2008) ISBN: 9780077216504 ISBN: 9780071278256 [IE]
A Schaum’s Publication
Contents 1 Keys to the Study of Chemistry 2 The Components of Matter 3 Stoichiometry of Formulas and Equations 4 The Major Classes of Chemical Reactions 5 Gases and the Kinetic-Molecular Theory 6 Thermochemistry: Energy Flow and Chemical Change 7 Quantum Theory and Atomic Structure 8 Electron Configuration and Chemical Periodicity 9 Models of Chemical Bonding 10 The Shapes of Molecules 11 Theories of Covalent Bonding 12 Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, and Phase Changes 13 The Properties of Mixtures: Solutions and Colloids Interchapter: A Perspective on the Properties of the Elements 14 Periodic Patterns in the Main-Group Elements: Bonding, Structure, and Reactivity 15 Organic Compounds and the Atomic Properties of Carbon 16 Kinetics: Rates and Mechanisms of Chemical Reactions 17 Equilibrium: The Extent of Chemical Reactions 18 Acid-Base Equilibria 19 Ionic Equilibria in Aqueous Systems 20 Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, and the Direction of Chemical Reactions 21 Electrochemistry: Chemical Change and Electrical Work 22 The Elements in Nature and Industry 23 The Transition Elements and Their Coordination Compounds 24 Nuclear Reactions and Their Applications Appendix A Common Mathematical Operations in Chemistry Appendix B Standard Thermodynamic Values for Selected Substances at 298 K Appendix C Equilibrium Constants at 298 K Appendix D Standard Electrode (Half-Cell) Potentials at 298 K
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Quantities and Units Chapter 2: Atomic and Molecular Mass; Molar Mass Chapter 3: Formulas and Composition Calculations Chapter 4: Calculations from Chemical Equations Chapter 5: Measurement of Gas Chapter 6: The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory Chapter 7: Thermochemistry Chapter 8: Atomic Structure and the Periodic Law Chapter 9: Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure Chapter 10: Solids and Liquids Chapter 11: Oxidation-Reduction Chapter 12: Concentration of Solutions Chapter 13: Reactions Involving Standard Solutions Chapter 14: Properties of Solutions Chapter 15: Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry Chapter 16: Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium Chapter 17: Acids and Bases Chapter 18: Complex Ions; Precipitates Chapter 19: Electrochemistry Chapter 20: Rates of Reactions Chapter 21: Nuclear Processes Appendix A: Exponents Appendix B: Significant Figures Index Table of Atomic Masses Nuclidic Masses of Selected Radionuclides Periodic Table of the Elements
With each edition, Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change by Martin Silberberg is becoming a favorite among faculty and students. Silberberg’s 5th edition contains features that make it the most comprehensive and relevant text for any student enrolled in a general chemistry course. The text contains unprecedented macroscopic to microscopic molecular illustrations, consistent stepby-step worked exercises in every chapter, and an extensive range of end-of-chapter problems which provide engaging applications covering a wide variety of freshman interests, including engineering, medicine, materials, and environmental studies. All of these qualities make Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change the centerpiece for any General Chemistry course.
www.mhhe.com/silberberg
The best and most up-to-date study guide of its kind, this book summarizes the chemical principles of a first course in college chemistry through problems with clearly explained solutions. This new edition reflects changes in the major current textbooks, and it contains upto-date information about newer techniques used in environmental chemistry, biochemistry and medicinal chemistry.
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
129
CHEMISTRY
Supplements
International Edition UNDERSTANDING CHEMISTRY Student Study Guide By Charles Lovett and Raymond Chang of Williams College 2005 (Jan 2004) / 208 pages ISBN: 9780072555530 ISBN: 9780071215954 [IE]
http://www.understandingchemistry.com CONTENTS A User Friendly Guide to General Chemistry In the Beginning Building a Foundation Chemical Reactions Reactants to Products Energy Changes in Chemical Reactions Atomic Structure and the Periodic Table Chemical Bonding Chemical Equilibrium Glossary
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINES: COLLEGE CHEMISTRY By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence M. Epstein of University of Pittsburgh 2000 / 156 pages ISBN: 9780070527140
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS Quantities and Units. Moles and Empirical Formulas. Calculations Based on Chemical Equations. Concentration and Solution Stoichiometry. The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory. Thermochemistry. Atomic Structure. Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure. Solids and Liquids. Oxidation-Reduction. Properties of Solutions. Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium. Acids and Bases. Precipitates and Complex Ions. Electrochemistry. Rates of Reactions. Appendix: Table of Atomic Masses.
Lab Manual International Edition COOPERATIVE CHEMISTRY LAB MANUAL 4th Edition By Melanie M. Cooper, Clemson University 2009 (January 2008) / 176 pages ISBN: 9780073050232 ISBN: 9780071263344 [IE] The laboratory course described in the lab manual emphasizes experimental design, data analysis, and problem solving. Inherent in the design is the emphasis on communication skills, both written and oral. Students work in groups on open-ended projects in which they are given an initial scenario and then asked to investigate a problem. There are no formalized instructions and students must plan and carry out their own investigations. Contents Section 1: Cooperative Chemistry: How and Why To the Instructor To the Student Cooperative Learning Conflict Management Nature of the Course Brief Outline of the Course Resources Safety Rules Basic Laboratory Etiquette NFPA Hazard Codes Recording and Reporting Results The Laboratory Notebook Writing Lab Reports Preliminary Report Guidelines The Science Writing Heuristic Sample Laboratory Report Reporting Numerical Results Graphing Data Oral Report Guidelines Section 2: Laboratory Equipment Containers Measuring Devices--Liquids Measuring Devices--Solids Transfer Devices Support Devices Heating Devices Section 3: Laboratory Techniques Preparing an Experiment Dealing With Unknown Compounds Solubility Tests Analysis of Anions Analysis of Cations Microscale Techniques Solution Techniques Filtration Chromatography Gravimetric Analysis Boiling Points/Melting Points Separation of Liquids and Solids Recrystallization Organic Chemistry Section 4: Laboratory Instruments and Spectroscopy Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Infra Red (IR) Spectronic 20 Spectrophotometer Color and Spectroscopy pH Meters
130
CHEMISTRY Voltmeter Conductivity Meter Section 5: Projects Project 1: Density Project 2: Investigation of Chemiluminescence Project 3: Concrete Project 4: Finding the Relationship Between the Volume of a Gas and the Temperature Project 5: Designing a Calcium Supplement Project 6: Properties of Matter and Separations Project 7: Acids and Bases Project 8: Buffers Project 9: White Powders Project 10: Electrochemistry Project 11: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown Ionic Compound Project 12: Hot and Cold Project 13: Analysis of Colas Project 14: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown Organic Compound Project 15: What Affects the Rate of a Reaction? Glossary Index
Multimedia
International Edition CHEMSKILL BUILDER ONLINE Version 2, 2nd Edition By James D Spain, Electronic Homework Systems, Inc and Hal Peters 2004 ISBN: 9780072882643 (Student’s Edition-Password Booklet) ISBN: 9780071251037 [IE] ISBN: 9780072984491 (Instructor’s Edition- Password Booklet) CONTENTS Unit 1. Introduction to Chemistry Unit 2. Units and Measurements Unit 3. Chemical Nomenclature Unit 4. Stoichiometry Unit 5. Chemical Reaction Unit 6. Molarity of Solution Unit 7. Properties of Gases Unit 8. Thermochemistry Unit 9. Atomic Structure Unit 10. Oxidation Reduction Unit 11. Periodic Properties Unit 12. Polyatomic Structures Unit 13. Covalent Bonding Section Unit 14. Liquids and Solids Unit 15. Properties of Solutions Unit 16. Chemical Kinetics Unit 17. Chemical Equilibria Unit 18. Acid-Base Equilibria Unit 19. Buffers and Hydrolysis S Unit 20. Solubility Equilibria Unit 21. Thermodynamics Unit 22. Electrochemistry Unit 23. Nuclear Chemistry Unit 24. Organic Chemistry Unit 25. Polymer Chemistry
Biochemistry-1 Semester
Textbooks International Edition BIOCHEMISTRY An Introduction, 3rd Edition By Gertrude McKee, Thomas Jefferson University and James R McKee, Philadelphia College Pharmacy 2003 / 800 pages ISBN: 9780072315929 ISBN: 9780071122481 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/mckee CONTENTS Part I: Fundamental Concepts 1 Biochemistry: An Introduction 2 Living Cells 3 Water: The Medium of Life 4 Energy art II: Structures and Metabolism of Proteins, Carbohydrates, and Lipids 5 Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins 6 Enzymes 7 Carbohydrates 8 Carbohydrate Metabolism 9 Aerobic Metabolism I: Citric Acid Cycle and Electron Transport 10 Aerobic Metabolism II: Oxidative Phosphorylation and Oxidative Stress 11 Lipids and Membranes 12 Lipid Metabolism 13 Photosynthesis 14 Nitrogen Metabolism I: Synthesis 15 Nitrogen Metabolism II: Degradation 16 Integration of Metabolism Part III: Genetic Information Flow 17 Nucleic Acids 18 Genetic Information and Gene Expression 19 Protein Synthesis
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
131
CHEMISTRY
Organic Chemistry - 1 Semester
Textbooks
New
*9780071311175*
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY A Brief Course, 4th Edition By Atkins 2010 (December 2010) ISBN: 9780071311175
An Asian Publication (Details unavailable at press time)
International Edition ORGANIC CHEMISTRY A Brief Course, 3rd Edition By Robert C Atkins, James Madison University 2002 / 608 pages ISBN: 9780072319446 (Out of Print) ISBN: 9780071121620 [IE] ISBN: 9780071266208 [IE - 4 Color Text]
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4th Edition By Herbert Meislich, City College of Cuny, Howard Nechamkin (deceased), Jacob Sharekfin (deceased) and George J Hademenos 2010 (August 2009) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780071625128
A Schaum’s Publication Schaum’s Outline of Organic Chemistry provides a systematic review of organic chemistry, with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include solvent effects, CMR spectroscopy, and additional content on polymer chemistry and stereochemistry. Contents 1. Structures and Properties of Organic Compounds 2. Bonding and Molecular Structure 3. Chemical Reactivity and Organic Reactions 4. Alkanes 5. Stereochemistry 6. Alkenes 7. Alkyl Halides 8. Alkynes and Dienes 9. Cyclic Hydrocarbons 10. Benzene and Polynuclear Aromatic Compounds 11. Aromatic Substitution. Arenes 12. Spectroscopy and Structure 13. Alcohols and Thiols 14. Ethers, Epoxides, Glycols, and Thioethers 15. Carbonyl Compounds: Aldehydes and Ketones 16. Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives 17. Carbanion-Enolates and Enols 18. Amines 19. Phenolic Compounds 20. Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds
www.mhhe.com/atkins CONTENTS 1 Chemical Bonding 2 Alkanes and Cycloalkanes 3 Alcohols and Alkyl Halides 4 Alkenes and Alkynes I: Structure and Preparation 5 Alkenes and Alkynes II: Reactions 6 Aromatic Compounds 7 Stereochemistry 8 Nucleophilic Substitution 9 Free Radicals 10 Alcohols, Ethers, and Phenols 11 Aldehydes and Ketones 12 Carboxylic Acids 13 Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 14 Amines 15 Carbohydrates 16 Lipids 17 Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins 18 Nucleic Acids 19 Spectroscopy
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY By Herbert Meislich, City College 2000 / 138 pages ISBN: 9780070527188
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS Chapter 1: Structure and Properties. Chapter 2: Reactivity and Reactions. Chapter 3: Alkanes and Cycloalkanes. Chapter 4: Stereochemistry. Chapter 5: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Dienes. Chapter 6: Alkyl Halides. Chapter 7: Aromatic Compounds. Chapter 8: Spectroscopy and Structure. Chapter 9: Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides. Chapter 10: Aldehydes and Ketones. Chapter 11: Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives. Chapter 12: Enolates and enols. Chapter 13: Amines. Chapter 14: Amino Acids, Peptides, Proteins. Chapter 15: Carbohydrates and Nucleic Acids. Index.
132
CHEMISTRY
Organic Chemistry - 2 Semester
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DEMYSTIFIED By Daniel Bloch 2006 (March 2006) / 551pages ISBN: 9780071459204
A Schaum’s Publication
Textbooks
CONTENTS PREFACE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Chapter 1: Structure and Bonding Chapter 2: Families and Functional Groups Chapter 3: Acids and Bases Chapter 4: Alkanes and Cycloalkanes Chapter 5: Stereochemistry Chapter 6: Structure and Properties of Alkenes Chapter 7: Reaction Mechanisms Chapter 8: Reactions of Alkenes Chapter 9: Alkynes Chapter 10: Characterization Chapter 11: Organohalides Chapter 12: Nucleophilic Substitution and Elimination Reactions Chapter 13: Alcohols Chapter 14: Ethers Chapter 15: Sulfur Compounds Chapter 16: Conjugated Systems Chapter 17: Aromatic Compounds Chapter 18: Reactions of Benzene and other Aromatic Compounds Chapter 19: Aldehydes and Ketones Chapter 20: Carboxylic Acids Chapter 21: Derivatives and Carboxylic Acids Chapter 22: Alpha-Substitution Reactions in Carbonyl Compounds Chapter 23: Carbonyl Condensation Reactions Quiz And Exam Questions Final Exam Bibliography About The Author Index
New
*9780077354770*
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 8th Edition By Francis Carey, University of Virginia and Robert M Giuliano, Villanova University
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077354770
www.mhhe.com/carey8e A Market Leading, Traditional Approach to Organic Chemistry. Throughout all eight editions, Organic Chemistry has been designed to meet the needs of the “mainstream,” two-semester, undergraduate organic chemistry course. This best-selling text gives students a solid understanding of organic chemistry by stressing how fundamental reaction mechanisms function and reactions occur. New to this edition Significant updates are integrated throughout Chapters 1-4: • • • •
Material on writing organic structures has been expanded and placed in its own new section; The section on writing Lewis structures has been expanded to include more examples of molecules with multiple bonding and heteroatoms; A new section on bonding in water and ammonia that covers hybridization of oxygen and nitrogen has been included; The application of the Hammond postulate has been expanded and a new section on activation energy has been added.
The previous edition chapters of 18 and 21 (dealing with enolate chemistry) have now been combined into a new chapter 20. Within this new chapter find: • • •
An expanded section on enolate regiochemistry; Directed aldol reactions are now covered; A section on the alkylation of chiral enolates has been added.
Chapter 12, “Reactions of Arenes: Electrophilic and Nucleophilic Aromatic Substitution,” is a completely new chapter, created by combining chapter 23 from the seventh edition, “Aryl Halides,” and chapter 12 from the seventh edition, “Reactions of Arenes”. The rationale for this change involves both practical considerations of the way these topics are already being taught and a connection from the viewpoint of substituent effects and reactivity. Carbohydrate chemistry has been significantly updated. New sections on the synthesis of O-glycosides and glycobiology have been added. New sections on liposomes, G-coupled protein receptors, and recombinant DNA technology have been added to the other chapters on biomolecules. New Boxed Essays on biosynthetic halogenation, on aromatase inhibitors for cancer chemotherapy, and conducting polymers have been added and the boxed essay on carbon nanomaterials has been revised.
133
CHEMISTRY Over one hundred new problems have been added, many of which involve synthesis of pharmaceuticals and natural products. Several new problems with NMR spectra were introduced in chapter 13.
New
Handwritten solutions are now used as guides in solving multiple part problems.
*9780077354725*
Chapter 1 has been reorganized to allow the content to flow in an order typical to how it is covered in lecture; formal charge, to Lewis structure, to resonance, to drawing organic structures.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3rd Edition
Electronic Homework. McGraw-Hill’s Connect is an online, electronic homework and course management system which is designed for greater power, flexibility, and ease of use than any other system. Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use-straight-out-of- thebox”system or one in which you can customize to fit your specific course needs, Connect is the solution. Contents 1 Structure Determines Properties 2 Alkanes and Cycloakanes: Introduction to Hydrocarbons 3 Alkanes and Cycloalkanes: Conformations and cis-trans Stereoisomers 4 Alcohols and Alkyl Halides 5 Structure and Preparation of Alkenes: Elimination Reactions 6 Addition Reactions of Alkenes 7 Stereochemistry 8 Nucleophilic Substitution 9 Alkynes 10 Conjugation in alkadienes and Allylic Systems 11 Arenes and Aromaticity 12 Reactions of Arenes: Electrophilic and Nucleophilic Aromatic Substitution 13 Spectroscopy 14 Organometallic Compounds 15 Alcohols, Diols, and Thiols 16 Ethers, Epoxides, and Sulfides 17 Aldehydes and Ketones: Nucleophilic Addition to the Carbonyl Group 18 Carboxylic Acids 19 Acid Derivatives 20 Enols and Enolates 21 Amines 22 Phenols 23 Carbohydrates 24 Lipids 25 Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins 26 Nucleosides, Nucleotides, and Nucleic Acids Synthetic Polymers GLOSSARY CREDITS INDEX
By Janice Gorzynski Smith, University of HawaiiManoa
2011 (January 2010) ISBN: 9780077354725
www.mhhe.com/smith3e Smith’s Organic Chemistry continues to breathe new life into the organic chemistry world. This new third edition retains its popular delivery of organic chemistry content in a student-friendly format. Janice Smith draws on her extensive teaching background to deliver organic chemistry in a way in which students learn: with limited use of text paragraphs, and through concisely written bulleted lists and highly detailed, well-labeled “teaching” illustrations. Don’t make your text decision without seeing Organic Chemistry, 3rd edition by Janice Gorzynski Smith! New to this edition New end-of-chapter problems containing mass spectra diagrams and NMR spectra diagrams in several chapters. Contents Preface Prologue Chapter 1 Structure and Bonding Chapter 2 Acids and Bases Chapter 3 Introduction to Organic Molecules and Functional Groups Chapter 4 Alkanes Chapter 5 Stereochemistry Chapter 6 Understanding Organic Reactions Chapter 7 Alkyl Halides and Nucleophilic Substitution Chapter 8 Alkyl Halides and Elimination Reactions Chapter 9 Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides Chapter 10 Alkenes Chapter 11 Alkynes Chapter 12 Oxidation and Reduction Chapter 13 Mass Spectrometry and Infrared Spectroscopy Chapter 14 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Chapter 15 Radical Reactions Chapter 16 Conjugation, Resonance, and Dienes Chapter 17 Benzene and Aromatic Compounds Chapter 18 Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Chapter 19 Carboxylic Acids and the Acidity of the O-H Bond Chapter 20 Introduction to Carbonyl Chemistry; Organometallic Reagents; Oxidation and Reduction Chapter 21 Aldehydes and Ketones-Nucleophilic Addition Chapter 22 Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives-Nucleophilic Acyl Substitution Chapter 23 Substitution Reactions of Carbonyl Compounds at theCarbon Chapter 24 Carbonyl Condensation Reactions Chapter 25 Amines Chapter 26 Carbon-Carbon Bond-Forming Reactions in Organic Synthesis Chapter 27 Carbohydrates Chapter 28 Amino Acids and Proteins Chapter 29 Lipids Chapter 30 Synthetic Polymers
134
CHEMISTRY
Lab Manual
Appendices Glossary Credits Index
International Edition experiments in physical chemistry 8th Edition
Physical Chemistry
By Carl W Garland, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Joseph Nibler, and David P Shoemaker of Oregon State University 2009 (February 2008) / 752 pages ISBN: 9780072828429 ISBN: 9780071263511 [IE]
Textbooks
This best-selling comprehensive laboratory textbook includes experiments with background theoretical information, safety recommendations, and computer applications. Updated chapters are provided regarding the use of spreadsheets and other scientific software as well as regarding electronics and computer interfacing of experiments using Visual Basic and LabVIEW. Supplementary instructor information regarding necessary supplies, equipment, and procedures is provided in an integrated manner in the text.
International Edition PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 6th Edition By Ira N Levine, Brooklyn College 2009 (April 2008) / 1024 pages ISBN: 9780072538625 ISBN: 9780071276368 [IE]
Contents
Ira N. Levine’s sixth edition of Physical Chemistry provides students with an in-depth fundamental treatment of physical chemistry. At the same time, the treatment is made easy to follow by giving full stepby-step derivations, clear explanations and by avoiding advanced mathematics unfamiliar to students. Necessary math and physics have thorough review sections. Worked examples are followed by a practice exercise. CONTENTS 1 Thermodynamics 2 The First Law of Thermodynamics 3 The Second Law of Thermodynamics 4 Material Equilibrium 5 Standard Thermodynamic Functions of Reaction 6 Reaction Equilibrium in Ideal Gas Mixtures 7 One-Component Phase Equilibrium 8 Real Gases 9 Solutions 10 Nonideal Solutions 11 Reaction Equilibrium in Nonideal Systems 12 Multicomponent Phase Equilibrium 13 Electrochemical Systems 14 Kinetic Theory of Gases 15 Transport Processes 16 Reaction Kinetics 17 Quantum Mechanics 18 Atomic Structure 19 Molecular Electronic Structure 20 Spectroscopy and Photochemistry 21 Statistical Mechanics 22 Theories of Reaction Rates 23 Solids and Liquids
I Introduction II Treatment of Experimental Data A. Calculations and Presentation of Data B. Uncertainties in Data and Results III Use of Computers IV Gases 1. Gas Thermometry 2. Joule-Thomson Effect 3. Heat-Capacity Ratios for Gases V Transport Properties of Gases Kinetic Theory of Transport Phenomena 4. Viscosity of Gases 5. Diffusion of Gases VI Thermochemistry Principles of Calorimetry 6. Heats of Combustion 7. Strain Energy of the Cyclopropane Ring 8. Heats of Ionic Reaction VII Solutions 9. Partial Molar Volume 10. Cryoscopic Determination of Molar Mass 11. Freezing-Point Depression of Strong and Weak Electrolytes 12. Chemical Equilibrium in Solution VIII Phase Behavior 13. Vapor Pressure of a Pure Liquid 14. Binary Liquid-Vapor Phase Diagram 15. Ordering in Nematic Liquid Crystals 16. Liquid-Vapor Coexistence Curve and the Critical Point IX Electrochemistry 17. Conductance of Solutions 18. Temperature Dependence of emf 19. Activity Coefficients from Cell Measurements X Chemical Kinetics 20. Method of Initial Rates: Iodine Clock 21. NMR Study of a Reversible Hydrolysis Reaction 22. Enzyme Kinetics: Inversion of Sucrose 23. Kinetics of the Decomposition of Benzenediazonium Ion 24. Gas-Phase Kinetics XI Surface Pheomena 25. Surface Tension of Solutions 26. Physical Adsorption of Gases XII Macromolecules 27. Intrinsic Viscosity: Chain Linkage in Polyvinyl Alcohol 27. Helix-Coil Transition in Polypeptides XIII Electric, Magnetic, and Optical Properties 29. Dipole Moment of Polar Molecules in Solution
135
CHEMISTRY 30. Dipole Moment of HCl Molecules in the Gas Phase 31. Magnetic Susceptibility 32. NMR Determination of Paramagnetic Susceptibility XIV Spectroscopy 33. Dynamic Light Scattering H3> XIV. Spectroscopy 34. Absorption Spectrum of a Conjugated Dye 35. Raman Spectroscopy: Vibrational Spectrum of CCl4 36. Stimulated Raman Spectrum of Benzene 37. Vibrational-Rotational Spectra of HCl and DCl 38. Vibrational-Rotational Spectra of Acetylenes 39. Absorption and Emission Spectra of I2 40. Fluorescence Lifetime and Quenching in I2 Vapor 41. Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy 42. NMR Determination of Keto-Enol Equilibrium Constants 43. NMR Study of Gas-Phase DCl-HBr Isotopic Exchange Reaction 44. Solid-State Lasers: Radiative Properties of Ruby Crystals 45. Spectroscopic properties of CdSe Nanocrysals XV Solids 46. Determination of Crystal Structure by X-Ray Diffraction 47. Lattice Energy of Solid Argon 48. Statistical Thermodynamics of Iodine Sublimation XVI Computer Interfacing XVII Electronic Devices and Measurements XVIII Temperature XIX Vacuum Techniques XX Instruments XXI Miscellaneous Procedures XXII Least-Squares Fitting Procedures Appendix A Glossary of Symbols Appendix B International System of Units and Concentration Units Appendix C Safety Appendix D Literature Work Appendix E Research Journals Appendix F Numerical Methods of Analysis Appendix G Barometer Corrections Appendix H. Ethical Conduct in Physical Chemistry
Analytical Chemistry International Edition MODERN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY By David Harvey, De Pauw University 2000 / 816 pages ISBN: 9780072375473 (Out of Print) ISBN: 9780071183741 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/physsci/chemistry/harvey CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Basic Tools of Analytical Chemistry Chapter 3 The Language of Analytical Chemistry Chapter 4 Evaluating Analytical Data Chapter 5 Calibrations, Standardizations, and Blank Corrections Chapter 6 Equilibrium Chemistry Chapter 7 Obtaining and Preparing Samples for Analysis Chapter 8 Gravimetric Methods of Analysis Chapter 9 Titrimetric Methods of Analysis Chapter 10 Spectroscopic Methods of Analysis Chapter 11 Electrochemical Methods of Analysis Chapter 12 Chromatographic and Electrophoretic Methods Chapter 13 Kinetic Methods of Analysis Chapter 14 Developing a Standard Method Chapter 15 Quality Assurance
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY By Adon Gordus, University of Michigan 1985 / 256 pages ISBN: 9780070237957
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS 1 Analytical and Mathematical Review 2 Statistics and Probabilities 3 Free Energy and Chemical Equilibrium 4 Strong Acids-Strong Bases 5 Simple Weak Acids and Weak Bases 6 Titrations 7 Polyprotic Weak Acids 8 Precipitates and Solubilities 9 Complex Ion Equilibria 10 Electrochemical Cells 11 Potentiometric Titrations 12 Phase Separations and Chromatography 13 Special Measurements 14 Radioactivity Appendix
Professional References
McGRAW-HILL’S MCAT WITH CD-ROM 2nd Edition By George J Hademenos, Candice Mc Closkey, Georgia Perimeter CDunwoody, Shaun Murphree, Jennifer M Warner and Kathy Zahler 2010 (August 2009) ISBN: 9780071633093
A Professional Reference Publication Total MCAT preparation from a team of distinguished science instructors. McGraw-Hill’s MCAT with CD-ROM boasts features that make learning faster, simpler, and more effective. Inside you will find scientific diagrams that illustrate major concepts, charts that organize information, and concise “Cram Session” summaries of take-away points that you must know to succeed. Two full-length sample MCATs are included on the newly enhanced accompanying PC- and Maccompatible CD-ROM. All questions include detailed explanations. Contents HOW TO USE THIS BOOK Part I: All About the MCAT Chapter 1: Introducing the MCAT Chapter 2: Test Format and Structure Chapter 3: General Test-Taking Strategies Part II: Reviewing MCAT Physics Chapter 1: Mathematics Fundamentals Chapter 2: Physics Fundamentals Chapter 3: Kinematics Chapter 4: Forces and Newton’s Laws Chapter 5: Particle Dynamics: Work, Energy, and Power Chapter 6: Momentum and Impulse Chapter 7: Solids and Fluids Chapter 8: Temperature and Heat Chapter 9: Vibrations and Waves Chapter 10: Sound Chapter 11: Light and Geometric Optics Chapter 12: Electrostatics
136
CHEMISTRY Chapter 13: Electric Circuits Chapter 14: Magnetism Chapter 15: Atomic and Nuclear Physics GLOSSARY OF PHYSICS TERMS ON YOUR OWN: MCAT PHYSICS PRACTICE Part III: Reviewing MCAT General Chemistry Chapter 1: Atoms and Molecules Chapter 2: Electronic Structure and the Periodic Table Chapter 3: Trends in the Periodic Table Chapter 4: Lewis Dot Structure, Hybridization, and VSEPR Theory Chapter 5: Gases Chapter 6: Intermolecular Forces and Phase Equilibria Chapter 7: Chemical Equations and Stoichiometry Chapter 8: Reactions in Solution Chapter 9: Thermochemistry Chapter 10: Kinetics Chapter 11: Equilibrium Chapter 12: Solubility Equilibria Chapter 13: Acid-Base Chemistry Chapter 14: Thermodynamics Chapter 15: Electrochemistry GLOSSARY OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY TERMS ON YOUR OWN: MCAT GENERAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICE Part IV: MCAT Verbal Reasoning and Writing Chapter 1: Verbal Reasoning Chapter 2: The Writing Sample Part V: Reviewing MCAT Biology Chapter 1: The Cell Chapter 2: Enzymes, Energy, and Cellular Metabolism Chapter 3: DNA Structure, Replication, and Technology Chapter 4: Protein Synthesis Chapter 5: Genetics Chapter 6: Cell Division Chapter 7: Evolution Chapter 8: Bacteria and Fungi Chapter 9: Viruses Chapter 10: Tissues and Skin Chapter 11: The Nervous System and Senses Chapter 12: Muscular and Skeletal Systems Chapter 13: The Endocrine System Chapter 14: The Cardiovascular System Chapter 15: The Respiratory System Chapter 16: The Digestive System Chapter 17: The Urinary System Chapter 18: The Lymphatic and Immune System Chapter 19: Reproduction and Development ON YOUR OWN: MCAT BIOLOGY PRACTICE Part VI: Reviewing MCAT Organic Chemistry SECTION I: STRUCTURE Chapter 1: Bonding Chapter 2: Molecular Shape Chapter 3: Electronic Structure Chapter 4: Nomenclature Chapter 5: Reconciling Visual Meaning SECTION II: REACTIVITY Chapter 6: Energy Changes in Molecules Chapter 7: Radical Chemistry Chapter 8: Polar Chemistry Chapter 9: Pericyclic Chemistry SECTION III: METHODOLOGY Chapter 10: Alcohols and Ethers Chapter 11: Ketones and Aldehydes Chapter 12: Alkenes and Alkynes Chapter 13: Carboxylic Acid Derivatives Chapter 14: Epoxide Chemistry Chapter 15: Amines Chapter 16: Aromatic Chemistry Chapter 17: Cycloadditions Chapter 18: Carbohydrates and Peptides SECTION IV: SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION Chapter 19: Extraction
Chapter 20: Chromatography Chapter 21: Distillation and Sublimation Chapter 22: Recrystallization SECTION V: CHARACTERIZATION Chapter 23: Combustion Analysis Chapter 24: UV-Vis Spectroscopy Chapter 25: Mass Spectrometry Chapter 26: Infrared Spectroscopy Chapter 27: Proton Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Chapter 28: Carbon Nuclear Magnetic Resonance APPENDIX ON YOUR OWN: MCAT ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICE TWO SAMPLE MCATs ON CD
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BIOCHEMISTRY 3rd Edition By Philip Kuchel, University of Sydney and Audrey Bersten 2010 (July 2009) / 528 pages ISBN: 9780071472272
A Schaum’s Publication A complete outline of the fundamentals of biochemistry, the branch of chemistry that deals with the chemical composition of living matter and the molecular nature of the processes of living systems. Biochemists study the chemical structure of biological molecules and seek to define the chemical principles of biological functions. In this new edition, Chapters 8 and 9 are essentially new. Chapter 8, on biochemical signaling, covers how cells respond to changes in their environment. Chapter 9 covers new discoveries in recombinant DNA techniques and sequencing. Contents Chapter 1. Origin of Life Chapter 2. The Milieux of Living Systems Chapter 3. Building Blocks of Life Chapter 4. Proteins Chapter 5. Regulation of Reaction Rates: Enzymes Chapter 6. DNA Replication Chapter 7. Expressing the Genetic Material Chapter 8. Biochemical Signaling Chapter 9. Recombinant DNA Techniques and Sequencing Chapter 10. Molecular Basis of Energy Balance Chapter 11. Fate of Dietary Carbohydrate Chapter 12. Fate of Dietary Lipid Chapter 13. Processing Dietary Nitrogen Compounds Chapter 14. Whole Body Metabolism
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 9th Edition By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence M Epstein of University of Pittsburgh and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus 2010 (August 2009) / 408 pages ISBN: 9780071635301
A Schaum’s Publication This book’s unique approach is to draw a broader base of struggling students into the study of chemistry. Today’s students possess neither the tools nor the work ethic necessary for success in the study of chemistry as it is traditionally taught. In order to remain engaged these students need to study materials that are relevant to them. Schaum’s Outline of College Chemistry meets the needs of today’s students by adopting a simplified approach in the content reviews, and eliminating the technical jargon. The solved problems include problems oriented toward real-world situations. Finally, there are 100 additional practice problems in “hot” areas like forensics and materials science that reinforce students’ learning. This book supports the following major
137
CHEMISTRY SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF GENERAL, ORGANIC AND BIOCHEMISTRY FOR NURSING AND ALLIED HEALTH 2nd Edition
courses: College Chemistry, General Chemistry, General Chemistry laboratory, Beginning Chemistry, Introductory Chemistry, Chemical Principles, General, Organic and Biochemistry, and AP Chemistry. Contents
By George Odian, and Ira Blei of College of Staten Island, CUNY 2009 (July 2009) / 528 pages ISBN: 9780071611657
1. Quantities and Units 2. Atomic and Molecular Mass; Molar Mass 3. Formulas and Composition Calculations 4. Calculations from Chemical Equations 5. Measurement of Gases 6. The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory 7. Thermochemistry 8. Atomic Structure and the Periodic Law 9. Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure 10. Solids and Liquids 11. Oxidation-Reduction 12. Concentration of Solutions 13. Reactions Involving Standard Solutions 14. Properties of Solutions 15. Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry 16. Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium 17. Acids and Bases 18. Complex Ions; Precipitates 19. Electrochemistry 20. Rates of Reactions 21. Nuclear Processes
A Schaum’s Publication Schaum’s Outline of General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry for Allied Health provides a systematic review of chemistry, with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include compounds and chemical bonding, nuclear chemistry and radioactivity, organic compounds, unsaturated hydrocarbons, and nucleic acids. Contents 1. Chemistry and Measurement 2. Atomic STructure and the Periodic Table 3. Compounds and Chemical Bonding 4. Chemical Calculations 5. Physical Properties of Matter 6. Concentration and Its Units 7. Solutions 8. Chemical Reactions 9. Aqueous Solutions of Acids, Bases, and Salts 10. Nuclear Chemistry and Radioactivity 11. Organic Compounds; Saturated Hydrocarbons 12. Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, Aromatics 13. Alcohols, Phenols, Ethers, and Thioalcohols 14. Aldehydes and Ketones 15. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, and Related Compounds 16. Amines and Amides 17. Optical Isomerism 18. Carbohydrates 19. Lipids 20. Proteins 21. Nucleic Acids and Heredity 22. Metabolic Systems 23. Digestion, Nutrition, and Gas Transport
TRANSPORT PHENOMENA IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING Artificial Organ Design and Development, and Tissue Engineering By Kal Renganathan Sharma 2010 (May 2010) / 560 pages ISBN: 9780071633977
A Professional Reference Title Transport Phenomena in Biomedical Engineering: Artificial Organ Design and Development, and Tissue Engineering provides a comprehensive examination of fluid mechanics within living organisms. In order to construct artificial organs, physiological systems of humans must be analyzed and understood. These include heat conduction, convection, fluid flow and pressure drop in the flow of blood, oxygen transport, and other systems. This book thoroughly covers each system and phenomenon. Transport Phenomena in Biomedical Engineering features: Comprehensive and interdisciplinary coverage of fluid mechanics, heat transfer, and thermodynamics Thorough information on tissue engineering Worked examples and exercises illustrating the equations derived. End-of-chapter case studies This leading-edge work covers: Fluid Mechanics; Molecular Diffusion; Osmotic Pressure, Permeability and Solute Transport; Rheology of Blood and Transport; Gas Transport; Pharmacokinetic Analysis; Bioartificial Organs; Porous Media; Bio-Heat Transfer; Tissue Engineering; Analytical Solutions to Parabolic Partial Differential Equations; Numerical Solutions to Parabolic Partial Differential Equations
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
138
CHEMISTRY BIOCHEMISTRY DEMYSTIFIED
»» Designed to appeal to underprepared students and readers turned off by dense text
By Sharon Walker and David McMahon 2009 (June 2008) / 370 pages ISBN: 9780071495998
»» Cartoons, sidebars, icons, and other graphic pointers get the material across fast
A Professional Reference Publication Learn BIOCHEMISTRY without stressing out your brain CELLS. Trying to understand the chemical processes of living organisms but having trouble metabolizing the complex concepts? Here’s your lifeline! Biochemistry Demystified helps synthesize your understanding of this important topic. You’ll start with a review of basic chemical concepts and a look at cell structures and cell division. Next, you’ll study carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, nucleotides, and enzymes. Glycolysis, the citric acid cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, and the control of chemical processes round out the coverage. Hundreds of examples and illustrations make it easy to understand the material, and end-of-chapter questions and a final exam help reinforce learning.
»» Concise text focuses on the essence of the subject »» Deliver expert help from teachers who are authorities in their fields »» Perfect for last-minute test preparation So small and light that they fit in a backpack!
International Edition
This fast and easy guide offers: • • • • • •
Numerous figures to illustrate key concepts Details on DNA and RNA Coverage of hormones and neurotransmitters A chapter on analytical techniques and bioinformatics A time-saving approach to performing better on an exam or at work Simple enough for a beginner, but challenging enough for an advanced student, Biochemistry Demystified is your key to mastering this vital life sciences subject.
BASIC CONCEPTS IN BIOCHEMISTRY A Student’s Survival Guide, 2nd Edition By Hiram F. Gilbert, Baylor University College of Medicine 2000 / 331 pages ISBN: 9780071356572 ISBN: 9780071201827 [IE]
A Professional Publication CONTENTS
Contents
Preface. Prologue. Chapter 1: Where to Start. Chapter 2: Protein Structure. Chapter 3: Membranes and Membrane Proteins. Chapter 4: DNA-RNA Structure. Chapter 5: Expression of Genetic Information. Chapter 6: Recombinant-DNA Methodology. Chapter 7: Enzyme Mechanism. Chapter 8: EnzymeKinetics. Chapter 9: Signal Transduction Pathways. Chapter 10: Glycolysis and Gluconeogenesis. Chapter 11: Glycogen Synthesis and Degradation. Chapter 12: TCA Cycle. Chapter 13: Fat Synthesis and Degradation. Chapter 14: Electron Transport and Oxidative Phosphorylation. Chapter 15: Pentose Phosphate Pathway. Chapter 16: Amino Acid Metabolism. Chapter 17: Integration of Energy Metabolism. Chapter 18: UREA Cycle. Chapter 19: Purine Metabolism. Chapter 20: Pyrimidine Metabolism. Chapter 21: One-Carbon Metabolism. Chapter 22: Tracking Carbons. Chapter 23: ph, pKa, Problems. Chapter 24: Thermodynamics and Kinetics. Appendix. Glossary. Index.
Preface Chapter 1. The Chemistry of Biomolecules Chapter 2. Cell Structures and Cell Division Chapter 3. Carbohydrates Chapter 4. Lipids Chapter 5. Lipid Metabolism Chapter 6. Protein Structure Chapter 7. Protein Assembly and Disassembly Chapter 8. Nucleic Acids and Nucleotides Chapter 9. Enzymes Chapter 10. Glycolysis Chapter 11. The Citric Acid Cycle and Oxidative Phosphorylation Chapter 12. Control of Chemical Processes--Signal Biomolecules Chapter 13. Specialty Functions Chapter 14. Bioinformation, Analytical Technical, and Bioinformatics Final Exam Answers to Quiz and Exam Questions Appendix: Common Structures Index
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE BEGINNING CHEMISTRY By David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College 2004 (Oct 2003) / 144 pages ISBN: 9780071422390
A Schaum’s Publication What could be better than the bestselling Schaum’s Outline series? For students looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview, it would have to be Schaum’s Easy Outline series. Every book in this series is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its predecessor. With an emphasis on clarity and brevity, each new title features a streamlined and updated format and the absolute essence of the subject, presented in a concise and readily understandable form. »» Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give students quick pointers to the essentials.
139
CHEMISTRY International Edition 3000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY By Herbert Meislich, City College of CUNY, Estelle Meislich, Bergen Community College and Jacob Sharefkin, Formerly Brooklyn College 1994 / 704 pages ISBN: 9780070564244 ISBN: 9780071139694 [IE]
A Schaum’s Publication CONTENTS Structure and Properties Bonding and Molecular Structure Chemical Reactivity and Organic Reactions Alkanes Cycloalkanes Stereo-chemistry Alkenes Alkyl Halides Alkynes, Dienes, and Orbital Symmetry Aromaticity and Benzene Aromatic Substitution Arenes Spectroscopy and Structure Proof Alcohols and Thiols Ethers, Epoxides, Glycols, and Thioethers Aldehydes and Ketones Carboxylic Acids Acid Derivatives Carbanion-Enolates and Enols Amines Phenols and Their Derivatives Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds Amino Acids, Petidides, and Proteins Carbohydrates.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 2nd Edition By Clyde R. Metz, Indiana University 1987 / 512 pages ISBN: 9780070417151
A Schaum’s Publication http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook. pl?isbn=0070417156&adkey=W02003 If you want top grades and excellent understanding of physical chemistry, this powerful study tool is the best tutor you can have! It takes you step-by-step through the subject and gives you accompanying related problems with fully worked solutions. You also get hundreds of additional problems to solve on your own, working at your own speed. This superb Outline clearly presents every aspect of physical chemistry. Famous for their clarity, wealth of illustrations and examples, and lack of dreary minutie, Schaum’s Outlines have sold more than 30 million copies worldwide. Compatible with any textbook, this Outline is also perfect for self-study. For better grades in courses covering physical chemistry you can do better than this Schaum’s Outline!
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
140
141
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
Biostatistics.......................................................................................................148 Ecology..............................................................................................................145 - Laboratory...................................................................................................146 Environmental Science - Introductory Texts..................................................... 143 Evolution............................................................................................................147 Professional References...................................................................................148
NEW TITLES ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
2011
Author
ISBN
Volpe’s Understanding Evolution, 7e
Rosenbaum
9780073383231
2010
Author
ISBN
Biostatistics for the Health Sciences [Asian]
Chinna
9789833850686
148
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 11e
Cunningham
9780073383217
143
Environmental Science, 12e
Enger
9780073383200
143
Fundamentals of Ecology, 3e [India]
Madhab
9780070083660
146
Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 5e
Molles
9780073383224
145
Ecology Lab Manual
Vodopich
9780073383187
146
Page 147
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
142
Page
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
Environmental Science
20 Sustainable Energy 21 Solid, Toxic, and Hazardous Waste 22 Urbanization and Sustainable Cities 23 Ecological Economics 24 Environmental Policy, Law, and Planning 25 What Then Shall We Do?
Introductory Texts
New
*9780073383217*
New
International Edition ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE A Global Concern, 11th Edition
By Eldon Enger, Delta College and Bradley F Smith, Western Washington University
2010 (September 2009) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073383217 ISBN: 9780070171671 [IE]
2010 (February 2009) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073383200 ISBN: 9780071271424 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/cunningham11e Environmental Science: A Global Concern, Eleventh Edition, is a comprehensive presentation of environmental science for non-science majors which emphasizes critical thinking, environmental responsibility, and global awareness. This book is intended for use in a one- or two-semester course in environmental science, human ecology, or environmental studies at the college or advanced placement high school level. We have updated data throughout the chapters in this book. Information and examples presented are the most recent available as of the mid-2009. You will find an abundance of specific numbers and current events – details that are difficult to keep up-todate in a textbook. The goal of this book is to provide an up-to-date, introductory global view of essential themes in environmental science along with emphasis on details and case studies that will help students process and retain the general principles. Because most students who will use this book are freshman or sophomore non-science majors, the authors make the text readable and accessible without technical jargon or a presumption of prior science background.
Part One Principles for Understanding Our Environment 1 Understanding Our Environment 2 Principles of Science and Systems 3 Matter, Energy, and Life 4 Evolution, Biological Communities, and Species Interactions 5 Biomes: Global Patterns of Life 6 Population Biology Part Two People in the Environment 7 Human Populations 8 Environmental Health and Toxicology 9 Food and Hunger 10 Farming: Conventional and Sustainable Practices Part Three Understanding and Managing Living Systems 11 Biodiversity: Preserving Species 12 Biodiversity: Preserving Landscapes 13 Restoration Ecology Part Four Physical Resources and Environmental Systems 14 Geology and Earth Resources 15 Air, Weather, and Climate 16 Air Pollution 17 Water Use and Management 18 Water Pollution Part Five Issues and Policy 19 Conventional Energy
International Edition ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 12th Edition
By William P Cunningham, University of Minnesota--Minneapolis, Mary Ann Cunningham, Vassar College
Contents
*9780073383200*
www.mhhe.com/enger12e This full-color, introductory environmental science text is known for being concise, conceptual, and value-priced. The approach and reading level cover the basic concepts without overloading students with too much detail. The authors reinforce the text’s central theme of “interrelationships” by providing a historical perspective, information on economic and political realities, discuss the role of different social experiences, and integrate this with the crucial science to describe the natural world and how we affect it. New to this edition Environmental science often seems to focus on the negative, since one of the outcomes of any analysis of an environmental situation is to highlight problems and point out where change is needed. However, we often overlook the many positive actions of individuals and organizations. Therefore, in this edition there are three new features that call attention to the positive. Going Green case studies describe actions that are having a positive environmental impact. Some of these actions are by governments, some are by corporations, and some are individual efforts. These case studies are identified by the “Going Green” icon. Campus Sustainability Initiatives highlight some of the many actions of students and the colleges and Universities they attend that are making a positive environmental impact. Thinking Green is an end-of-chapter feature that asks students to consider making changes that will have a positive environmental impact. The concept of interrelatedness is a core concept in environmental science. Although this concept can be illustrated in many ways, in this edition we have chosen to use water as a theme. In every chapter appears a water-themed case study, identified by the “water theme” icon. Sometimes the topic of water is also addressed as a heading in the text. Every chapter has new Going Green and water-themed case studies and a Campus Sustainability Initiative box. In addition many chapters have other significant changes. These are highlighted below. Chapter 1 Environmental Interrelationships has a new section entitled Interrelatedness is a Core Concept which uses as a theme John Muir’s statement “Tug on anything at all and you’ll find it connected to everything else in the universe.” It then highlights the changes brought about by the reintroduction of wolves into
143
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
Yellowstone National Park to show how one simple change has far ranging impacts. A new illustration accompanies this addition. Chapter 5 Interactions: Environments and Organisms The section on limiting factors and range of tolerance was rewritten and supported with a new illustration. A new food web illustration was substituted. There is a new case study on the changes in food chains in the Great Lakes. Chapter 6 Kinds of Ecosystems and Communities A new section on the temperate rainforest was added and supported with photographs and a graph. Many new photographs were added or substituted to help better describe the nature of specific biomes. Chapter 9 Energy Sources The chapter was updated with the most recent energy data on energy supply and consumption. The section on renewable energy was reorganized and greatly revised. A new Issues and Analysis feature discusses the pros and cons of corn ethanol production. There are many new and substituted photos. Chapter 11 Biodiversity Issues The sections on Biological and Ecosystem Services Values and Threats to Biodiversity were rewritten. A new section on the importance of climate change to biodiversity was added. New figures illustrate the concepts of genetic diversity, species diversity and ecosystem diversity. Many new figures have been added and tables and graphs have been updated. Greatly modified table of Estimated Values of Ecosystem Services Chapter 15 Water Management This chapter features a new figure on the global distribution of the world’s water and a new map showing areas of the world experiencing water stress. New content has been added on the role of the oceans as the primary regulator of global climate and an important sink for greenhouse gases. There is also new content on pricing of water in countries and expanded coverage on the restoration of the Everglades. Also featured is expanded coverage on groundwater usage. Chapter 19 Environmental Policy and Decision Making This chapter has gone through a major reorganization, including new material on the challenge for United States environmental policy. You’ll also find new material on the complexity of ecological problem solving and China’s rising energy consumption.
About 100 new photos have been added or substituted throughout the eleventh edition to present real-life situations. Over 50 illustrations, graphs, and charts are new or revised to present detailed information in a form that is easier to comprehend than if that same information were presented in text form.
International Edition PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 5th Edition By William P Cunningham, University of Minnesota--Minneapolis and Mary Ann Cunningham, Vassar College 2009 (September 2008) / 448 pages ISBN: 9780077270643 ISBN: 9780071284486 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/cunningham5e Rather than the 25 to 30 chapters found in most environmental science textbooks, the authors have limited Principles of Environmental Science: Inquiry and Applications to 15 chapters--perfect for the onesemester, non-majors environmental science course. True to its title, the goal of this concise text is to provide an up-to-date, introductory view of essential themes in environmental science along with offering students numerous opportunities to practice scientific thinking and active learning. Contents 1 Understanding Our Environment 2 Environmental Systems: Connections, Cycles, Flows, and Feedback Loops 3 Evolution, Species Interactions, and Biological Communities 4 Human Populations 5 Biomes and Biodiversity 6 Environmental Conservation: Forests, Grasslands, Parks, and Nature Preserves 7 Food and Agriculture 8 Environmental Health and Toxicology 9 Air: Climate and Pollution 10 Water: Resources and Pollution 11 Environmental Geology and Earth Resources 12 Energy 13 Solid and Hazardous Waste 14 Economics and Urbanization 15 Environmental Policy and Sustainability
International Edition
Contents Chapter 1 Environmental Interrelationships Chapter 2 Environmental Ethics Chapter 3 Environmental Risk: Economics, Assessment, and Management Chapter 4 Interrelated Scientific Principles: Matter, Energy, and Environment Chapter 5 Interactions: Environments and Organisms Chapter 6 Kinds of Ecosystems and Communities Chapter 7 Populations: Characteristics and Issues Chapter 8 Energy and Civilization Chapter 9 Energy Sources Chapter 10 Nuclear Energy Chapter 11 Biodiversity Issues Chapter 12 Land-Use Planning Chapter 13 Soil and Its Uses Chapter 14 Agricultural Methods and Pest Management Chapter 15 Water Management Chapter 16 Air Quality Issues Chapter 17 Solid Waste Management and Disposal Chapter 18 Environmental Regulations: Hazardous Substances and Wastes Chapter 19 Environmental Policy and Decision Making Appendix 1 Periodic Table of the Elements Appendix 2 Metric Unit Conversion Tables Glossary Credits Index
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE By Robert Kaufmann and Cutler Cleveland of Boston University 2008 (February 2007) ISBN: 9780073311869 ISBN: 9780071101967 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/kaufmann1e Unlike any other introductory environmental science text, Robert Kaufmann and Cutler Cleveland’s Environmental Science takes a fresh approach to the subject by weaving themes of energy and materials, economic systems, and policy throughout the entire text. A story of real science is simply told through examples of cuttingedge content, real-world applications, and a distinctive conceptual illustration program. CONTENTS Introduction to Environmental Science 1 Environment and Society: A Sustainable Partnership? Building a Framework to Study Environmental Problems 2 The Laws of Energy and Matter 3 Systems: Why Are Environmental Problems So Difficult to Solve? How the Natural Environment Works 4 THe Physical Systems of Planet Earth: The Engine of Life 5 The Flow of Energy in Biological Systems: Why Does It Matter? 6 The Flow of Matter in the Environment: Why Does It Matter? 7 Biomes: Where Do Plants and Animals Live? 8 Succession: How Do Ecosystems Respond to Disturbance?
144
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY How Human Systems Work 9 Carrying Capacity: How Large a Population? 10 An Ecological View of the Economy 11 The Driving Forces of Environmental Change Global Environmental Challenges 12 Biodiversity: Species and So Much More 13 Global Climate Change: A Warming Planet 14 A Reduction in Atmospheric Ozone: Let the Sunshine In Living Off the Land: Soils, Food Production, and Forests 15 Soil: A Potentially Sustainable Resource 16 Agriculture: The Ecology of Growing Food 17 Forests: So Much More Than Wood Air and Water Resources 18 Water Resources 19 Air Pollution: Costs and Benefits of Clean Air Energy and Materials 20 Fossil Fuels: The Lifeblood of the Global Economy 21 Nuclear Power 22 Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency 23 Materials, Society, and the Environment 24 A Sustainable Future: Will Business as Usual Get Us There?
is now titled Natural History and Evolution. Moving evolution to this point in the text sets all the material to follow in a stronger evolutionary framework. This is particularly significant to section II, which retitled as Adaptations to the Environment. The overall conceptual foundation of the text has been enriched. New concepts presented include the principle of allocation, apparent competition, indirect mutualism and the ecology of fear. The treatment of nutrient cycling has been improved. The nutrient cycling presentation now appears under its own umbrella concept and is buttressed by the addition of central concepts, including nutrient sinks, sources, fluxes, and pools, which are critical for understanding contemporary issues related to the buildup of atmospheric carbon dioxide. Lessons learned through the Investigating the Evidence boxes enrich the graphical presentation. Confidence intervals and standard error bars are added to selected graphs once the statistical concepts are introduced in section IV. New supplementary materials placed online. Suggested readings, answers to concept review questions and answers to critiquing the evidence questions are now online. In addition, examples cut from the fourth edition are also available online. New chapter opener photos, related to chapter content, have been added to enrich the visual presentation of ecology.
Ecology
New
Significant Changes
International Edition ECOLOGY Concepts and Applications, 5th Edition By Manuel Molles, University of New MexicoAlbuquerque
2010 (February 2009) / 640 pages ISBN: 9780073383224 ISBN: 9780070171688 [IE]
http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0073383228 This introductory general ecology text features a strong emphasis on helping students grasp the main concepts of ecology while keeping the presentation more applied than theoretical. An evolutionary perspective forms the foundation of the entire discussion. The book begins with the natural history of the planet, considers portions of the whole in the middle chapters, and ends with another perspective of the entire planet in the concluding chapter. Its unique organization of focusing only on several key concepts in each chapter sets it apart from the competition. New to this edition The introduction now links the historical foundations of ecology with developing frontiers. Emphasis is placed on how new tools, such as stable isotope analysis and canopy access cranes, provide more powerful ways of investigating ecological systems, as we explore and attempt to sustain biodiversity in the face of global climate change and other environmental pressures. The evolutionary foundation for the book has been strengthened. The chapter on population genetics and natural selection has been moved from 8th position, in section III, to 4th, in section I. Section I
In chapter 2, the maps of individual biomes are now supplemented by a global map of all the terrestrial biomes that appears on the inside back cover of the test. In chapter 4, the treatment of evolution by natural selection is extended by presenting Darwin’s conceptual connection of artificial selection to natural selection and discussing the significance of evolution to agriculture, including genetic engineering and genetically modified organisms. In chapter 5, the principle of allocation and the concept of tradeoffs is elaborated, improves the foundation for all subsequent discussions of environmental adaptations. In chapter 7, the trophic diversity of life is underscored by presenting the ecology of photosynthetic autotrophs, chemosynthetic autotrophs, and heterotrophs under separate concepts. Photorespiration is also presented and tied to the evolution of alternative photosynthetic pathways. In chapter 9, the niche concept is moved up earlier in the text and tied to patterns of distribution. In chapter 13, the niche concept is revisited and connected to the concept of competitive exclusion. In chapter 14, the ecology of fear is discussed within the context of refuges and its significance presented within the context of wolf restoration in Yellowstone National Park. The discussion foreshadows trophic cascades which appear in chapter 18. In chapter 15, the material on mycorrhizae and is updated and improved by presenting the functional equilibrium model for allocation of energy by plants. In chapter 16, the discussion of disturbance is extended to include the extreme levels of disturbance wrought by humans and to point out how these levels of extension tie into the predictions of the intermediate disturbance hypothesis. The sampling discussion in Investigating the Evidence is tied to the canopy crane research introduced in chapter one. In chapter 17, indirect interactions, including indirect commensalism and apparent competition are introduced under a new concept and developed both with text and new artwork. In chapter 18, trophic cascades are presented under the conceptual umbrella of indirect interactions, which were introduced in the previous chapter. In chapter 19, nutrient cycles are more carefully presented within an enriched conceptual context and tied to current environmental concerns about the buildup of atmospheric carbon dioxide.
145
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
Laboratory
In chapter 21, edge effects and ecotones are included to better define landscape structure for students and to prepare for material on habitat fragmentation in chapter 23. Contents 1 Introduction to Ecology: Historical Foundations and Developing Frontiers Section I Natural History and Evolution 2 Life on Land 3 Life and Water 4 Population Genetics and Natural Selection Section II Adaptations to the Environment 5 Temperature Relations 6 Water Relations 7 Energy and Nutrient Relations 8 Social Relations Section III Population Ecology 9 Population Distribution and Abundance 10 Population Dynamics 11 Population Growth 12 Life Histories Section IV Interactions 13 Competition 14 Exploitative Interactions: Predation, Herbivory, Parasitism, and Disease 15 Mutualism Section V Communities and Ecosystems 16 Species Abundance and Diversity 17 Species Interactions and Community Structure 18 Primary Production and Energy Flow 19 Nutrient Cycling and Retention 20 Succession and Stability Section VI Large-Scale Ecology 21 Landscape Ecology 22 Geographic Ecology 23 Global Ecology
New
*9780073383187*
ECOLOGY LAB MANUAL By Darrell S Vodopich, Baylor University
2010 (February 2009) / 256 pages ISBN: 9780073383187
http://www.mhhe.com/vodopich1 Darrell Vodopich, co-author of Biology Laboratory Manual, has written a new lab manual for ecology. This lab manual offers straightforward procedures that are do-able in a board range of classroom, lab and field situations. Features Straightforward, do-able procedures. Procedures are do-able in a broad range of classroom, lab, and field situations. Procedures have specific instructions that can be taught by a teaching assistant with minimal experience as well as by a professor. Emphasis on lab and field activity rather than detailed theoretical presentations.
New
*9780070083660*
FUNDAMENTALS OF ECOLOGY 3rd Edition By Dash Madhab
Manual is about doing ecology, not just reading theoretical information. Key Terms – boldfaced at first occurrence. Numbered lists Tables Questions following A heads. Questions for Further Thought and Study are found at the end of each chapter. Contents
2009 (June 2009) ISBN: 9780070083660
McGraw-Hill India Title (Details unavailable at press time)
1 The Nature of Data 2 The Process of Science 3 Soil Analysis 4 Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide Cycling 5 Population Growth 6 Age Distribution and Survivorship 7 Terrestrial Plant Community Assessment 8 Stream Ecosystem Assessment 9 Micro Community Assessment 10 Sampling a Plant Community 11 Sampling Animal Communities 12 Species Diversity 13 Primary Production in an Aquatic Community 14 Competition 15 Natural Selection 16 Adaptations of Vertebrates to Their Environment 17 Adaptations of Plants to Their Environment
146
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
Evolution
International Edition INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL EVOLUTION 2nd Edition
New
By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-Pullman 2008 (January 2007) / 416 pages ISBN: 9780073050775 ISBN: 9780071285827 [IE]
*9780073383231*
VOLPE’S UNDERSTANDING EVOLUTION 7th Edition
http://www.mhhe.com/kardongevolution2e
By Peter Rosenbaum, State University of NY-Oswego 2011 (February 2010) / 288 pages ISBN: 9780073383231 As an introduction to principles of evolution, this paperback text is ideally suited as a main text for general evolution or as a supplement for general biology, genetics, zoology, botany, anthropology or any life science course that utilizes evolution as the underlying theme. New to this edition This edition has been rewritten and expanded to transmit a wealth of new ideas in evolution fostered by new discoveries in many fields of science. Major adaptive radiations, human evolution, and history of life are some key updated areas. Many new fossils and genetic studies have reframed several of the major details related to evolution. A glossary has been added to aid the reader with the challenges of scientific terminology. The art program for this edition has been totally updated, with much of the art being revised or replaced. New introductory section on the evidence for evolution will help students organize the information that will follow and also help them engage in the public dialogue on accepting evolution. Expanded section on creationism, intelligent design (ID), and scientific literacy debate includes issues of public acceptance of evolution and a review of major legal decisions related to this issue. This is important so that students can better understand the issues in the public arena and more easily engage in that public discussion. Updated information on major adaptive radiations, human evolution, and history of life. Many new fossils and genetic studies have reframed several of the major details related to evolution.
Written for a general college audience, this book offers an introduction to the principles and significance of Darwinian evolution. It differs from most other textbooks on evolution in three fundamental ways: First, it is intended for students taking evolution early in their studies. Second, it examines the intellectual significance of Darwinian evolution. Third, the text departs from the standard treatment of evolution in other textbooks, wherein the arguments are reductionist, molecular, and overwhelmingly genetic in emphasis. Ken Kardong, also author of Vertebrates; Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, is known for his accessible writing style. His almost conversational approach to this topic puts the reader at ease while learning evolutionary concepts. The result is an inviting book--that will be read. CONTENTS 1 Evolution of Evolution 2 Time 3 Heredity 4 Emergence of Life 5 Diversity of Life 6 Evidence of Evolution 7 Selection 8 Variation: Spice of Life 9 Speciation 10 Co-Evolution 11 Life History Strategies 12 Life in Groups 13 Extinctions 14 Human Evolution: The Early Years 15 Human Evolution: Building Modern Humans 16 Evolutionary Biology: Today and Beyond 17 Afterword Appendix 1 Cell Division--A Review Appendix 2 Taxonomy Appendix 3 Molecular Clocks
Contents Preface Chapter 1- Variation in Populations Chapter 2- Darwinian Scheme of Evolution Chapter 3- Heritable Variation Chapter 4- Mutation Chapter 5- Genetic Equilibrium Chapter 6- Concept of Selection Chapter 7- Selection in Action Chapter 8- Balanced Polymorphism Chapter 9- Genetic Drift and Gene Flow Chapter 10- Races and Species Chapter 11- Instantaneous Speciation Chapter 12- Adaptive Radiation Chapter 13- Major Adaptive Radiations Chapter 14- Origin of Life Chapter 15- Molecular Evolution Chapter 16- History of Life Chapter 17- Emergence of the Human Species Chapter 18- Natural Selection, Social Behavior, and Cultural Evolution Epilogue Glossary
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
147
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
Biostatistics New
Professional References
*9789833850686*
GLOBAL WARMING AND CLIMATE CHANGE DEMYSTIFIED By Jerry Silver 2008 / 289 pages ISBN: 9780071502405
BIOSTATISTICS FOR THE HEALTH SCIENCES
A Professional Reference Title
By Karuthan Chinna and Krishnakumari Nr Krish
2009 / 196 pages (June 2009) ISBN: 9789833850686
An Asian Publication This book is an ideal introduction to the study of statistics applied to the field of health sciences. It is intended for undergraduate and postgraduate students in the field of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, nursing, allied health and other health-related fields with little or no background in statistics. Features: Statistical computation methods are showcased in clinical, medical and research applications Relevant formulas are provided for every type of analysis Computational mechanics are illustrated using scientific calculators and Excel spreadsheets Statistical results are summarized in simple, easy to understand tables Writing of precise conclusions based on statistical evidence is emphasized End of chapter practice exercises are provided CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Biostatistics Chapter 2: Descriptive Statistics Chapter 3: Statistical Distributions Chapter 4: Statistical Inference Chapter 5: One Sample Mean Test Chapter 6: Paired Sample Mean Test Chapter 7: Independent Samples Mean Test Chapter 8: One-Way ANOVA Chapter 9: One Sample Proportion Test Chapter 10: Two Samples Proportion Test Chapter 11: Contingency Tables Chapter 12: Bivariate Data Analysis Answers Appendix References
Global Warming & Climate Change Demystified starts by looking at scientific data gathered from weather instruments, satellite telemetry, ice cores, and coral sections that reveal how the Earth’s temperature is changing. The book goes on to examine the causes of climate change, including both natural processes and human-generated greenhouse gases. Finally, the consequences of global warming are discussed and a wide variety of viable solutions that can be implemented by individuals as well as society as a whole are presented. Complete with end-of-chapter quizzes and a final review to test your knowledge, this book will teach you the fundamentals of global warming and climate change in an unbiased and thorough manner. Contents Acknowledgments Chapter 1. Global Perspective--Thinking About the Earth PART ONE: WHAT WE KNOW AND HOW WE KNOW IT Chapter 2. Taking the Earth’s Temperature Chapter 3. Signs of Global Warming PART TWO: WHY CLIMATE CHANGES Chapter 4. The Earth’s Thermostat--Keeping the Earth Warm Chapter 5. Greenhouse Chemistry Chapter 6. Origin and Impact of Greenhouse Gases PART THREE: WHAT WE CAN EXPECT AND WHAT WE CAN DO Chapter 7. Consequences of Global Warming Chapter 8. Resetting the Earth’s Thermostat--Solutions Appendix A. Glossary Appendix B. Milestones in the History of Climate Change Appendix C. Satellites That Monitor Weather and Climate Appendix D. Units of Measurement Applied to Climate Change Appendix E. Selected Resources Appendix F. Summary of Key Climate Variables Appendix G. Lingering Doubts and Concerns Appendix H. Answers to Chapter Review Questions Appendix I. Answers to Final Exam Index
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
148
149
GEOGRAPHY
GIS................................................................................................................... 151 Human/Cultural Geography...............................................................................152 Intro to Geography............................................................................................153 Map Use/Cartography.......................................................................................154 Physical Geography..........................................................................................154 Professional References...................................................................................156 World Regional Geography...............................................................................155
NEW TITLES GEOGRAPHY
2011
Author
ISBN
Essentials of World Regional Geography, 2e
White
9780073369334
2010
Author
ISBN
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems with Data Files CD-ROM, 5e
Chang
9780077294366
151
Human Geography, 11e
Fellmann
9780073522852
152
Mastering ArcGIS with CD Videoclips, 4e
Price
9780077293321
151
Page 155
GEOGRAPHY
150
Page
GEOGRAPHY
GIS New
*9780077293321*
*9780077294366*
New
MASTERING ARCGIS WITH CD VIDEOCLIPS 4th Edition
International Edition INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS WITH DATA FILES CD-ROM 5th Edition
By Maribeth H Price, South Dakota School Mines & Technology 2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077293321
By Kang-Tsung (Karl) Chang
2010 (January 2009) ISBN: 9780077294366 ISBN: 9780071267588 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/changgis5e Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 5e is designed to provide students in a first or second GIS course with a solid foundation in both GIS concepts and the use of GIS. Introduction to GIS strikes a careful balance between GIS concepts and hands-on applications. The main portion of the chapter presents GIS terms and concepts and helps students learn how each one fits into a complete GIS system. At the end of each chapter, an application section with 2-7 tasks presents students with actual GIS exercises and the necessary data to solve the problem.
This edition has combined georelational and object-based vector data models into one chapter. A couple of years ago the majority of GIS users were still using georelational vector data such as shapefiles. But now many have turned to object-based vector data such as the geodatabase. Therefore it makes sense to combine these two data models into a chapter and simply call the chapter vector data model.
Joins, relates, and relationship classes (Chapter 8) Cartographic representation (Chapter 9) Point pattern analysis (Chapter 11) Viewshed analysis (Chapter 14) Geocoding (Chapter 15).
Contents 1 Introduction 2 Coordinate Systems 3 Vector Data Model 4 Raster Data Model 5 GIS Data Acquisition 6 Geometric Transformation 7 Spatial Data Editing 8 Attribute Data Management 9 Data Display and Cartography 10 Data Exploration 11 Vector Data Analysis 12 Raster Data Analysis 13 Terrain Mapping and Analysis 14 Viewsheds and Watershed 15 Spatial Interpolation 16 Geocoding and Dynamic Segmentation 17 Path Analysis and Network Applications 18 GIS Models and Modeling
New to this edition This new edition of the text has been updated to reflect ArcView 9.3 software. New reorganization, to include the following three main sections: I-Files and basic skills (current chapters 1,2,4,5,9)
New to this edition
New and updated information on:
Price: Mastering ArcGIS is an introductory GIS text that is designed to offer everything you need to master the basic elements of GIS. The author’s step-by-step approach helps students negotiate the challenging tasks involved in learning sophisticated GIS software. This text employs a carefully developed learning system to help students use ArcView 9.3 or ArcGIS Desktop or higher, to set up and solve GIS problems. An innovative and unique feature of Mastering ArcGIS is its accompanying CD-ROM with narrated video clips that show students exactly how to perform chapter tutorials before attempting an exercise on their own.
II- Spatial Analysis (current chapters 6,7,8,14, 15) III- Data Management (current chapters 3,10,11,12,13) Contents Introduction 1 Introducing ArcGIS 2 Working with ArcMap 3 Coordinate Systems and Map Projections 4 Drawing and Symbolizing Features 5 Working with Tables 6 Queries 7 Spatial Joins 8 Geoprocessing 9 Presenting Data 10 Geocoding 11 Basic Editing in ArcMap 12 More Editing Techniques 13 Working with Geodatabases 14 Analyzing Networks 15 Raster Analysis Glossary Selected Answers Index Conversion Table
151
GEOGRAPHY
Human / Cultural Geography
• • •
New
•
*9780073522852*
International Edition •
human geography 11th Edition
Additional background information added on the role of the International Monetary Fund and World Bank New Latin American City Model has been added to increase global appeal More in-depth information on past and ongoing border disputes in included Introduction of the IPAT equation as a way to integrate human geography topics of population and economic geography into a consideration of environmental impacts. Also, a new discussion on how the scale of environmental impacts shifts with rising standards of living has been added Revised discussion of global climate change, offering concrete examples of ways individuals and communities have reduced their environmental impact
NEW Author! Mark D. Bjelland is a co-author new to this edition. Dr. Bjelland is an associate professor of geography and environmental studies at Gustavus Adolphus College. Dr. Bjelland brings strengths to this book in urban-economic geography, human-environment relationships, the geography of religion, spatial thinking and geospatial techniques.
By Jerome D Fellmann, Mark Bjelland, Gustavus Adolphus College, Arthur Getis, San Diego State University and Judith Getis
Chapter 10 includes the latest available data on the many social and economic indicators. In addition, there is a section reviewing the United Nations “Millennium Development Goals” that are central to the identification of national development objectives and assessment of achievements.
2010 (October 2009) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073522852 ISBN: 9780071220552 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/fellmann11e Fellmann et al’s Human Geography introduces students to the scope and excitement of human geography and its relevance to their daily lives. This edition continues to convey the breadth of human geography and to provide insight into the nature and intellectual challenges of the field of geography itself. The authors pay special attention to gender issues and assume no previous experience in geography on the part of the students.
Correlation Guide:
NEW TO THIS EDITION
Contents
Many new and updated maps have been introduced to the eleventh edition of Human Geography:
1 Introduction: Some Background Basics Part 1 Themes and Fundamentals of Human Geography 2 Roots and Meaning of Culture 3 Spatial Interaction and Spatial Behavior 4 Population: World Patterns, Regional Trends Part 2 Patterns of Diversity and Unity 5 Language and Religion: Mosaics of Culture 6 Ethnic Geography: Threads of Diversity 7 Folk and Popular Culture: Diversity and Uniformity Part 3 Dynamic Patterns of the Space Economy 8 Livelihood and Economy: Primary Activities 9 Livelihood and Economy: From Blue Collar to Gold Collar 10 Patterns of Development and Change Part 4 Landscapes of Functional Organization 11 Urban Systems and Urban Structures 12 The Political Ordering of Space Part 5 Human Actions and Environmental Impacts 13 Human Impacts on Natural Systems Appendix A Map Projections Appendix B 2006 World Population Data Appendix C Anglo America Reference Map
• • • • •
Two new maps that use the city of New Orleans to illustrate the concepts of site and situation Perceptual regions of North America Global centers of high technology innovation Classification map of world cities based on international business services Map showing geographic shifts in the apportionment of the United States House of Representatives
Boxed Inserts. These boxes, found in every chapter, expand on ideas included within the text or introduce related examples of chapter concepts or conclusions, often in gender-related contexts. These boxes have been updated or replaced with new discussion texts: • • •
• •
New Geography and Public Policy box “Broken Borders” in chapter 3 New box titled “Hip Hop Undergoes Globalization and Glocalization” added in chapter 10 Revision and updates made to the “Voting Rights and Race” box now includes discussion on the outcome of recent court challenges to majority minority districts and the shape of the revised districts A new box titled “Environmental Justice” has been added in chapter 16 Revised material on race and ethnicity of reflect new scholarship, including a complete revision of the “Matter of Race” box
www.mhhe.com/mhcp/CorrelationGuides/AE_Geography_23e.pdf This convenient guide matches the units in Annual Editions: Geography, 23/e with the corresponding chapters in two of our best-selling McGraw-Hill Geography textbooks by Fellmann et al. and Bradshaw et al.
Revised and expanded topics are seen throughout the new edition: • • •
Updated data race and Hispanics in the U.S. New discussion and illustrative photos on the revival of traditional building styles Brownfields, deindustrialization and urban revitalization discussion has been added to link economic geography and urban geography sections
152
GEOGRAPHY
Intro to Geography
CHANGING LANDSCAPES OF SINGAPORE By Peggy Teo, Brenda S A Yeoh, Ooi Giok Ling and Karen P Y Lai 2004 / 240 pages ISBN: 9780071234795
An Asian Publication
International Edition INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY 12th Edition By Arthur Getis, San Diego State University, Judith Getis and Jerome D Fellmann 2009 (September 2008) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073522821 ISBN: 9780071284530 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/getis12e This market-leading book introduces college students to the breadth and spatial insights of the field of geography. The authors’ approach allows the major research traditions of geography to dictate the principal themes. Chapter 1 introduces students to the four organizing traditions that have emerged through the long history of geographical thought and writing: earth science, culture-environment, location, and area analysis. Each of the four parts of this book centers on one of these geographic perspectives. Contents 1 Introduction 2 Maps Part 1 The Earth Science Tradition 3 Physical Geography: Landforms 4 Physical Geography: Weather and Climate 5 The Geography of Natural Resources Part 2 The Culture-Environment Tradition 6 Population Geography 7 Cultural Geography 8 Spatial Interaction 9 Political Geography Part 3 The Location Tradition 10 Economic Geography 11 An Urban World 12 Human Impact on the Environment Part 4 The Area Analysis Tradition 13 The Regional Concept Appendices Glossary Index
The transformations that have occurred in Singapore’s landscape have been rapid since independence. Changing Landscapes of Singapore discusses these changes from the perspective of lived landscapes which have day-to-day meanings for Singaporeans. It begins with an exploration of the major physical changes resulting from rapid urbanisation and industrialisation and Singapore’s attempt to balance the stresses of physical development with the needs of a green agenda. Several other themes relating to landscape change follow. A section on landscapes of community and nationhood investigates how issues concerning shelter (public housing), heritage conservation, street-names and national symbols affect Singaporeans’ notions of belonging. This is followed by a discussion on globalisation and the way it affects the nationstate’s development. This section examines not only Singapore’s efforts at regionalisation and its attempt to gain a better foothold in the workings of the global capitalistic system but also evaluates the impacts of globalisation on the society. The last section on forgotten landscapes is a reminder of who and what may be left behind in striving for excellence. Landscapes reveal and refl ect forgotten needs as much as they record what have been remembered and valued. The various strands are brought together in the fi nal chapter where the landscape is used as a lens to raise questions on future challenges. While intended as a general text for university students, this book will also provide source materials for school teachers (junior college and upper secondary levels), the general student population as well as the general reader interested in understanding the country’s rapid landscape changes. CONTENTS 1 Introduction: Changing Landscapes of Singapore Part I NATURAL ENVIRONMENTS AND ENGINEERED LANDSCAPES 2 Environmental Planning and Management 3 Engineered Biophysical Landscapes: Parks and Open Spaces for Recreation Part II LANDSCAPES OF COMMUNITY AND NATIONHOOD 4 Urbanisation and Landscape Changes 5 The Nation, Its Signs and Symbols: Street-names and Monuments 6 Public Housing: The Housing of a Nation 7 Landscapes of Heritage: Historic and Cultural Districts Part III LANDSCAPES OF GLOBALISATION 8 Achieving Global City Status: Industrial Restructuring and Regionalisation 9 Tourism Capital: Reinterpreting Tourism Space 10 Transnational Connectivities and Local Tensions Part IV FORGOTTEN LANDSCAPES 11 Neglected Landscapes: Old and Forgotten Singaporeans 12 Landscapes of Death: Cemeteries, Crematoria and Columbaria 13 Changing Landscapes and Future Challenges: A Review
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
153
GEOGRAPHY
Physical Geography
Map Use / Cartography
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY LABORATORY MANUAL
CARTOGRAPHY Thematic Map Design, 6th Edition
By Karen Lemke, Michael Ritter and Neil Heywood of University of Wisc Stevens Point 2009 (March 2008) / 352 pages ISBN: 9780077276034
By Borden D Dent (Deceased), Jeff Torguson, Saint Cloud State University and Thomas W Hodler, University of Georgia 2009 (August 2008) / 368 pages ISBN: 9780072943825
http://www.mhhe.com/lemke1e
http://www.mhhe.com/dent6e
Lemke et al: Physical Geography Laboratory Manual is a comprehensive introductory manual for students without a previous science background. An abundant set of 21 exercises assures that every professor will find a complete set of preferred labs for a semesterlong course. Lemke/Ritter/Heywood wrote this lab manual in order to provide equal coverage of the four spheres of the environment—the atmosphere, biosphere, hydrosphere, and lithosphere. The lab manual was written independent of any specific textbook and will work with available physical geography texts.
This introductory textbook introduces students to the different types of map projections, map design, and map production. Cartography is generally for a sophomore or junior level course for geography majors and many professors are beginning to introduce computer cartography throughout the course.
Contents EXERCISES 1. Earth-Sun Geometry and Insolation 2. Radiation and Energy Balance at the Earth’s Surface 3. Atmospheric Temperature 4. Atmospheric Pressure, Circulation and Wind 5. Water in the Atmosphere 6. Lapse Rates, Adiabatic Processes and Cloud Development 7. Midlatitude Weather and Weather Map Interpretation 8. Climate Classification and Regional Climates 9. Soil Moisture Budgets 10. Analysis of Soil Moisture Properties 11. Climate, Net Primary Production and Decomposition 12. Vegetation Form and Range 13. Bioclimatic Transects 14. Coincident Climates, Vegetation and Soils 15. Rainforest Regeneration Analysis Using Aerial Imagery 16. Introduction to Topographic Maps 17. Igneous Landforms 18. Drainage Basin Analysis 19. Fluvial Landforms 20. Glacial Landforms 21. Coastal Landforms Appendix A. Units of Measures and Conversions Appendix B. Drawing Isolines Appendix C. Constructing Profiles Appendix D. Using Pocket Stereoscopes Appendix E. Exercise Topographic Maps and Photos Appendix F. Thematic World Maps
Contents PART I THEMATIC MAPPING ESSENTIALS 1 Introduction to Thematic Mapping 2 Basic Geodesy, Coordinate Systems, and Scale 3 Map Projections 4 The Nature of Geographic Data and the Selection of Thematic Map Symbols 5 Descriptive Statistics and Data Classification PART II TECHNIQUES OF QUANTITATIVE THEMATIC MAPPING 6 Mapping Enumeration and Other Areally Aggregated Data: The Choropleth Map 7 The Dot Density Map 8 From Point to Point: The Proportional Symbol Map 9 Mapping Geographic Surfaces: Isarithmic and Three-Dimensional Maps 10 The Cartogram: Value-by-Area Mapping 11 Dynamic Representation: The Design of Flow Maps PART III DESIGNING THEMATIC MAPS 12 The Map Design Process and the Elements of Map Composition 13 Making the Map Readable: The Intelligent Use of Type 14 Principles for Color Thematic Maps PART IV MAP PRODUCTION 15 Printing Fundamentals and Prepress Operation for the Cartographer 16 Introduction to Virtual and Web Mapping PART V EFFECTIVE GRAPHING FOR CARTOGRAPHERS 17 Effective Graphing for Cartographers APPENDIXES
International Edition MAP USE AND ANALYSIS 4th Edition By John Campbell, University of Wisconsin – Parkside 2001 / 384 pages ISBN: 9780073037486 ISBN: 9780071252645 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/campbell4e CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Basic Mapping Processes Chapter 3 Map Projections Chapter 4 Locational and Land-Partitioning Systems Chapter 5 Scale and Generalization Concepts Chapter 6 Measurement from Maps Chapter 7 Route Selection and Navigation
154
GEOGRAPHY Chapter 8 Terrain Representation Chapter 9 Contour Interpretation Chapter 10 Topographic Features Chapter 11 Qualitative and Quantitative Information Chapter 12 Characteristics of Map Features: Shape and Point Patterns Chapter 13 Characteristics of Map Features: Networks and Trees Chapter 14 Cartograms and Special Purpose Maps Chapter 15 Maps and Graphs Chapter 16 Map Misuse Chapter 17 Remote Sensing from Airborne Platforms Chapter 18 Remote Sensing from Space Chapter 19 Computer-Assisted Cartography Chapter 20 Digital Map Applications Chapter 21 Geographic Information Systems Appendixes: A U.S. and Canadian Map Producers and Information Sources B Foreign Maps C Copyright D Magnetic Compass Use E Map Storage and Cataloging Systems F British National Grid
Features This first edition was produced with the same high quality as Contemporary World Regional Geography, 3e, but contains significant content changes including new and revised tables, maps, and completely rewritten text. Students will see that world regional geography is constantly changing in response to developing cultural, economic, and political patterns. Less than 400 total pages, this book contains all of the essential topics of the major world regions. Superior quality artwork, illustrations, and photos can be found throughout this text. A variety of physical and thematic maps have been included in this text. Special attention has been given to the population density maps, featured in all ten chapters, providing an accurate illustration of the population distribution in the world. Chapter Opening Vignettes. Chapter introductions take the form of interest-arousing vignettes to focus student attention on the local lives of the region. “Debate Tables” can be found in virtually every chapter. These tables provide critical assessment of controversial world issues, engaging students and supporting critical analytical skills. These important tables highlight opposing sides of important world issues. Topics featured in the debate tables include The European Union’s Future; Russia as a World Power; Population Policies in China; Singapore; The Israelis versus Palestinians; HIV/AIDS in Materially Wealthy and Poor Countries; Africa: Future of the Region; Tropical Deforestation; and the Effects of NAFTA.
World Regional Geography
New
Geography At Work Boxes. Interesting Geography At Work boxes, found at the end of each chapter, provide valuable insights into the ways geographical understandings and skills are used in a variety of jobs.
*9780073369334*
Foldout World Maps. Foldout world maps from Klett-Perthes can be easily referenced from any chapter in the text. The foldout section at the back of the text focuses on world climate; urbanization and migration; and a guide to map reading.
ESSENTIALS OF WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY 2nd Edition
Build instructional materials wherever, whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials.
By George White, Frostburg State University, Joseph Dyond and Elizabeth Chacko of George Washington University and Michael Bradshaw, College of St. Mark & John 2011 (January 2010) / 400 pages ISBN: 9780073369334
www.mhhe.com/bradshawessentials2e This shorter version of the highly successful Contemporary World Regional Geography, 3e gives readers a fresh new approach that combines fundamental geographical elements, internal regional diversity, and contemporary issues. This approach allows serious discussion of cultural and environmental issues, as well as political and economic issues. The main innovation in this completely rewritten text is in the ordering of the material covered. While other texts cut photos, illustrations, and boxed material from their WRG books, this essentials version is a completely rewritten text by the authors of Contemporary World Regional Geography, 3e. Each of the nine regional chapters opens with a one- or two-page map of the region, short accounts of people or events to provide a personal flavor of the region, an outline of the chapter contents, and a short section placing the region in its wider global context. Each regional chapter is consistently organized by three sections. The first section summarizes the distinctive physical and human geographies of the region; the second section explores the internal diversity of the region at subregional, selected country, and local levels. The third section focuses on a selection of contemporary issues that are important to the people of each region and frequently have implications for the rest of the world. Each regional chapter follows the same framework, allowing students to easily make comparisons from one world region to the next. Students are encouraged to consider what it means to be part of a global community and to develop their geographical understandings of world events. The authors have created a text that is readable, with a consistent structure within chapters, containing superior maps and illustrations, and finally to offer a concise and more affordable text.
Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to their adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill books in the library. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine allows you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for classroom purposes. Google Earth Exercises. New Google Earth exercises for Essentials of World Regional Geography engages students in their studies. Google Earth is a free, online application that uses satellite imagery to allow the user to zoom across the globe in a realistic, virtual environment. There are exercises for 9 different regions (in ARIS) with over 25 different multiple choice exercises per region for over 285 exercises total as well as a user’s manual explaining how to use the site. Contents 1 Essentials of World Regional Geography 2 Europe 3 Russia and Neighboring Countries 4 East Asia 5 Southeast Asia
155
GEOGRAPHY
Professional References
6 South Asia 7 Northern Africa and Southwestern Asia 8 Africa South of the Sahara 9 Australia, Oceania and Antarctica 10 Latin America 11 North America
SPECTRAL IMAGERY IN GI SCIENCE By Stefan Robila and Danlin Yu 2011 (August 2010) / 350 pages ISBN: 9780071602112
International Edition CONTEMPORARY WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY 3rd Edition
A Professional Reference Practical techniques for using spectral imaging with Geographic Information Science. This authoritative guide focuses on the application aspects of Geographic Information Science, in particular how spectral remote sensing co-evolves with advances in GIScience. The book provides a contemporary and comprehensive review of spectral imaging and GIScience, and describes how they can be successfully employed in a uniform framework. An extensive collection of case studies written by expert scholars with significant experience in the discipline is included
By Michael Bradshaw, College of St Mark & John, Joseph Dymond, George Washington University, George White, Frostburg State University and Elizabeth Chacko, George Washington University 2009 (September 2009) / 624 pages ISBN: 9780073051505 ISBN: 9780071284516 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/bradshaw3e Contemporary World Regional Geography provides a current, balanced geographical study of world issues through analysis of ten world regions and the countries in each. It integrates the themes of “global connections” and “local voices” and utilizes a consistent structure within each chapter. NEW to the 3rd edition, each chapter is now organized to begin with environmental issues of the region followed by historical geography, global and local issues and economic, political, cultural, and social issues. The greatest advantage of the new organization is that students will be able to easily compare one region with another to understand similarities and differences. Contents 1 Globalization and World Regions 2 Concepts in World Regional Geography 3 Europe 4 Russia and Neighboring Countries 5 East Asia 6 Southeast Asia 7 South Asia 8 Northern Africa and Southwestern Asia 9 Africa South of the Sahara 10 Australia, Oceania, and Antarctica 11 Latin America 12 North America 13 A World of Geography Glossary of Key Terms Index
Contents Ch 1. Introduction Part A. Fundamentals Ch 2. Spectral Imagery Ch 3. Spectral Data Processing Ch 4. GIScience Ch 5. Advanced GIS processing and modeling/Object oriented Approaces to GIS Part B. Applications Ch 6. Agriculture and Vegetation Monitoring Ch 7. Urban Setting Ch 8. Hydrology and Responsible Land Use Ch 9. Oil and Minerals Ch 10. Archeology Ch 11. Natural Disasters
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
156
157
GEOLOGY
Earth Science....................................................................................................159 Environmental Geology.....................................................................................159 Hazards/Natural Disasters................................................................................160 Historical Geology.............................................................................................161 Oceanography...................................................................................................162 Paleontology......................................................................................................162 Physical Geology - Laboratory..................................................................................................165 - Textbook.....................................................................................................163
NEW TITLES GEOLOGY
2011
Author
ISBN
Physical Geology, 9e
Carlson
9780073369402
163
Environmental Geology, 9e
Montgomery
9780073524085
159
Environmental Geology
Reichard
97800734046808
160
2010
Author
ISBN
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 7e
Jones
9780073369396
165
The Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences, 2e
McConnell
9780077270971
159
Physical Geology, 13e
Plummer
9780077270667
163
Evolution of the Earth, 8e
Prothero
9780072826845
161
Exploring Geology, 2e
Reynolds
9780077270407
164
Page
GEOLOGY
158
Page
GEOLOGY
Earth Science
Preface 1 Introduction to Earth Science 2 Earth in Space 3 Near-Earth Objects 4 Plate Tectonics 5 Earthquakes 6 Volcanoes and Other Mountains 7 Rocks and Minerals 8 Geologic Time 9 Weathering and Soils 10 Landslides and Slope Failure 11 Streams and Floods 12 Groundwater and Wetlands 13 Oceans and Coastlines 14 The Atmosphere 15 Weather Systems 16 Earth’s Climate System 17 Global Change Appendices Glossary
*9780077270971*
New
Contents
International Edition THE GOOD EARTH Introduction to Earth Sciences, 2nd Edition By David A McConnell, North Carolina State University-Raleigh, David Steer, Katherine Owens and Catherine Knight of University of
2010 (September 2009) ISBN: 9780077270971 ISBN: 9780070164963 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/thegoodearth2e The Good Earth is the product of collaboration between the content rigor provided by Earth Science specialists (McConnell, Steer) and the results of research on learning as contributed by pedagogical experts (Knight, Owens). The Good Earth has been explicitly designed to be compatible with inquiry-based, active learning in the college classroom. The structural elements of this text will allow the instructor to incorporate these student-centered teaching methods into their Earth Science course. The authors have tested the book’s content and pedagogy in large Earth Science classes for non-majors that are populated with mostly freshmen. Their experiences show that the materials and methods in The Good Earth can improve students’ learning, increase daily attendance, reduce attrition, and increase students’ enthusiasm in comparison with classes taught following a traditional lecture format. The authors have chosen to emphasize three scientific themes throughout the text: i) scientific literacy; ii) Earth Science and the human experience; and, iii) the science of global change. The discussion of scientific methods is woven into the text throughout. They have included numerous examples of human interaction with the Earth that can serve as entry points for students to appreciate the nature of science. Global change is a theme that is evident in much current Earth Science research so our authors have used global change as a content theme throughout the book.
Environmental Geology
New
*9780073524085*
International Edition
ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY 9th Edition By Carla W Montgomery, Northern Illinois University
2011 (February 2010) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780073524085 ISBN: 9780071222044 [IE]
New to this edition McGraw-Hill’s Connect Earth Science for The Good Earth (www. mhhe.com/thegoodearth2e) is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that gives students the means to better connect with their coursework, with their instructors, and with the important concepts that they will need to know for success now and in the future.
www.mhhe.com/montgomery9e Environmental Geology, ninth edition, presents the student with a broad overview of environmental geology. The text looks both at how the earth developed into its present condition and where matters seem to be moving for the future. It is hoped that this knowledge will provide the student with a useful foundation for discussing and evaluating specific environmental issues, as well as for developing ideas about how the problems should be solved.
With Connect Earth Science, instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes and tests online. Nearly all the questions from the text are presented in an auto-gradable format and tied to the text’s learning objectives. Instructors can edit existing questions and author entirely new problems. Track individual student performance – by question, assignment or in relation to the class overall – with detailed grade reports. Integrate grade reports easily with Learning Management Systems (LMS) such as WebCT and Blackboard.
New to this edition
Some instructors may also choose Connect Earth Science Plus for their students. Like Connect Earth Science, Connect Earth Science Plus provides students with online assignments and assessments, plus 24/7 online access to an eBook – an online edition of the text – to aid them in successfully completing their work, wherever and whenever they choose.
Coverage in many chapters has been enhanced by Case Studies and more current examples. The “For Further Thought” questions at the end of the chapter have been changed to “Exploring Further.” The questions have been revised to encourage inquiry and/or activity-based learning.
159
GEOLOGY Contents Section One Foundations 1 An Overview of Our Planetary Environment 2 Rocks and Minerals: A First Look Section Two Internal Processes 3 Plate Tectonics 4 Earthquakes 5 Volcanoes Section Three Surface Processes 6 Streams and Flooding 7 Coastal Zones and Processes 8 Mass Movements 9 Ice and Glaciers, Wind and Deserts 10 Climate: Past, Present, and Future Section Four Resources 11 Water as a Resource 12 Soil as a Resource 13 Mineral and Rock Resources 14 Energy Resources: Fossil Fuels 15 Energy Resources: Alternative Sources Section Five Waste Disposal, Pollution, and Health 16 Waste Disposal 17 Water Pollution 18 Air Pollution Section Six Other Related Topics 19 Environmental Law 20 Land-Use Planning and Engineering Geology Appendix A Geologic Time, Geologic Process Rates Appendix B Introduction to Topographic and Geologic Maps and Remotely Sensed Imagery Appendix C Mineral and Rock Identification
Contents Part 1: Fundamentals of Environmental Geology Chapter 1 Humans and the Geologic Environment Chapter 2 Earth from a Larger Perspective Chapter 3 Earth Materials Chapter 4 Earth’s Structure and Plate Tectonics Part 2: Hazardous Earth Processes Chapter 5 Earthquakes and Related Hazards Chapter 6 Volcanoes and Related Hazards Chapter 7 Mass Wasting and Related Hazards Chapter 8 Streams and Flooding Chapter 9 Coastal Hazards Part 3: Earth Resources Chapter 10 Soil Resources Chapter 11 Water Resources Chapter 12 Mineral and Rock Resources Chapter 13 Conventional Fossil Fuel Resources Chapter 14 Alternative Energy Resources Part 4: The Health of Our Environment Chapter 15 Waste Disposal and Pollution Chapter 16 Global Climate Change Appendix A Units and Conversions
Hazards / Natural Disasters
*9780073046808*
New
Many chapters feature a Case Study of a controversial issue that has an environmental impact.
International Edition
International Edition NATURAL DISASTERS 7th Edition
ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY
By Patrick Leon Abbott, San Diego State University 2009 (December 2008) / 512 pages ISBN: 9780073376691 ISBN: 9780070164499 [IE]
By Jim Reichard, Georgia Southern University
http://www.mhhe.com/abbott7e Natural Disasters, 7th edition, focuses on how the normal processes of the Earth concentrate their energies and deal heavy blows to humans and their structures. It is concerned with how the natural world operates and, in so doing, kills and maims humans and destroys their works. Throughout the book, certain themes are maintained:
2011 (January 2010) / 544 pages ISBN: 9780073046808 ISBN: 9780070164864 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/reichard1e Reichard’s Environmental Geology emphasizes human interaction with the environment within a geological context. The writing style holds the interest of nonmajor students, and the text brings applications to the forefront so that students feel a connection to the topic. Features
energy sources underlying disasters plate tectonics and climate change; earth processes operating in rock, water, and atmosphere; significance of geologic time; complexities of multiple variables operating simultaneously; detailed and readable case studies.
Contents
The key themes of the text are energy, human interaction in the environment, and climate change. Student Learning Outcomes introduce each chapter. Environmental Geology includes a unique chapter (2) that describes Earth’s relationship with the solar system and universe. The end-of-chapter pedagogy will include Summary Points, Key Terms, Critical Thinking Questions, and Applications (hands-on activities).
1 Natural Disasters and the Human Population 2 Energy Flows in Earth History and Natural Disasters 3 Plate Tectonics and Earthquakes 4 Earthquake Geology and Seismology 5 Tsunami 6 Some Earthquakes in Western North America 7 Earthquakes in Continental US and Canada plus Hawaii 8 Volcanic Eruptions: Plate Tectonics and Magmas 9 Volcano Case Histories: Killer Events
160
GEOLOGY 10 Mass Movements 11 Weather and Tornadoes 12 Climate Change 13 Hurricanes and the Coastline 14 Floods 15 Fire 16 The Great Dyings 17 Impacts with Space Objects Glossary Credits Index
New to this edition Significant updating of chapter content based on reviewer suggestions and feedback from adopters. Updates include information on Dawn and Earth History, Ocean Ridges and Sea-Floor Spreading, The Great Lakes, and Cenozoic Climate. New material added on Tsunamis, Santotini, The Origin and Fate of the Moon, Mountain Building and the Standard Chronology for Precambrian Time. Contents Preface About the Authors Chapter 1: Time and Terrestrial Change Chapter 2: Floods, Fossils, and Heresies Chapter 3: Evolution Chapter 4: The Relative Geologic Time Scale and Modern Concepts of Stratigraphy Chapter 5: The Numerical Dating of the Earth Chapter 6: The Origin and Early Evolution of the Earth Chapter 7: Mountain Building and Drifting Continents Chapter 8: Precambrian History An Introduction to the Origin of Continental Crust Chapter 9: Early Life and Its Patterns Chapter 10: Earliest Paleozoic History: The Sauk Sequence—An Introduction to Cratons and Epeiric Seas Chapter 11: The Later Ordovician: Further Studies of Plate Tectonics and the Paleogeography of Orogenic Belts Chapter 12: The Middle Paleozoic: Time of Reefs, Salt, and Forests Chapter 13: Late Paleozoic History: A Tectonic Climax and Retreat of the Sea Chapter 14: The Mesozoic Era: Age of Reptiles and Continental Breakup Chapter 15: Cenozoic History: Threshold of the Present Chapter 16: Pleistocene Glaciation and the Advent of Humanity Chapter 17: The Best of All Possible Worlds? Appendix I: The Classification and Relationships of Living Organisms Appendix II: English Equivalents of Metric Measures Glossary Index
Historical Geology
*9780072826845*
New
International Edition
EVOLUTION OF THE EARTH 8th Edition By Donald A. Prothero, Occidental College and Robert Dott, University of Wisconsin—Madison
2010 (September 2009) / 576 pages ISBN: 9780072826845 ISBN: 9780070164598
http://www.mhhe.com/prothero8 Evolution of the Earth reveals the logical framework of geology, shows relations of the science to the totality of human knowledge, and gives some idea of what it is to be a participant in the discipline. In keeping with the preference for a “How do we know?” rather than “What do we know?” approach, the authors stress what assumptions are made by earth historians, what kinds of evidence (and tools for gathering that evidence), and what processes of reasoning and limitations of hypotheses are involved in reconstructing and interpreting the past. Each chapter begins with a list of highlights entitled “Major Concepts”. Many chapters have a summary timeline that puts the entire sequence of events into a quick visual reference frame. The use of dioramas and reconstructions of extinct animals and plants has been greatly expanded, so that students can get a more vivid concept of typical life in any part of the geologic past. In many places, the authors have supplied a full page of color photos of classic fossils from each period to improve the visual recognition of the organisms that give life its distinctive history. The areas of hottest controversy, such as mass extinctions, dinosaur endothermy, the origin of life, and controversies over late Proterozoic tectonics and glaciation, have been given separate sections so that students can appreciate the different sides of the debates.
Complimentary copies Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to
[email protected] submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia
161
GEOLOGY
Oceanography
International Edition FUNDAMENTALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY 5th Edition By Keith A. Sverdrup, University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee, Alyn C. Duxbury, University of Washington, Alison B. Duxbury, North Seattle Community College 2006 (Jan 2005) ISBN: 9780073040813 (Essential Version) ISBN: 9780071117128 [IE with OLC]
International Edition INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLDS OCEAN 10th Edition By Keith Sverdrup and Alyn Duxbury of University of Washington and Alison Duxbury, North Seattle Comm College 2009 (November 2008) / 528 pages ISBN: 9780073376707 ISBN: 9780071284578 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/sverdrup5 CONTENTS
www.mhhe.com/sverdrup An Introduction to the World’s Oceans, Tenth Edition, is an introductory oceanography text intended for students without a background in mathematics, chemistry, physics, geology, or biology. It emphasizes the role of basic scientific principles in helping understand the processes that govern the ocean and the earth. To keep the text as current as possible, the authors conduct their own research and examine other findings such as analyzing satellite data and largescale oceanographic programs. From this vast amount of data, they select interesting, relevant, and understandable examples that illustrate contemporary principles of oceanography. An Introduction to the World’s Oceans places greater emphasis on the physical and geological aspects of the oceans than on the chemical and geochemical properties, because the latter disciplines require more specific background knowledge. An ecological approach helps integrate the biological chapters with other subjects. Students are encouraged to look at oceanography as a cohesive and united discipline rather than a collection of subjects gathered under a marine umbrella. As with all previous editions, the authors continue to make each chapter stand as independently as possible, so that professors can assign chapters in the order that best suits their classrooms.
1 History of Oceanography 2 Introduction to Earth 3 Plate Tectonics 4 The Sea Floor 5 Water 6 The Atmosphere and the Oceans 7 Circulation Patterns and Ocean Currents 8 Waves and Tides 9 Coasts, Estuaries, and Environmental Issues 10 Oceanic Environment and Production 11 Life in the Water 12 Life on the Sea Floor Appendix A Latitude and Longitude Appendix B Classification Summaries Appendix C Units and Notation
Paleontology
Contents 1 The History of Oceanography 2 The Water Planet 3 Plate Tectonics 4 The Sea Floor and Its Sediments 5 The Physical Properties of Water 6 The Chemistry of Seawater 7 The Structure and Motion of the Atmosphere 8 Circulation and Ocean Structure 9 The Surface Currents 10 The Waves 11 The Tides 12 Coasts, Beaches, and Estuaries 13 Environmental Issues and Concerns 14 The Living Ocean 15 Production and Life 16 The Plankton: Drifters of the Open Ocean 17 The Nekton: Free Swimmers of the Sea 18 The Benthos: Dwellers of the Sea Floor Appendixes Glossary Credits Index
International Edition BRINGING FOSSILS TO LIFE An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2nd Edition By Donald A. Prothero, Occidental College 2004 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073661704 ISBN: 9780071215466 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geology CONTENTS 1 The Fossil Record: A Window on the Past 2 Variation in Fossils 3 Species and Speciation 4 Systematics 5 Evolution 6 Extinction 7 Functional Morphology 8 Paleoecology 9 Biogeography 10 Biostratigraphy 11 Micropaleontology 12 Colonial Life: Archaeocyathans, Sponges, and Enidarians 13 Lophophorates: Brachiopods and Bryozoans 14 Arthropods 15 Mollusks 16 Echinoderms 17 Chordates 18 Trace Fossils
162
GEOLOGY
Physical Geology
15 Metamorphism, Metamorphic Rocks, and Hydrothermal Rocks 16 Streams and Floods 17 Ground Water 18 Deserts and Wind Action 19 Glaciers and Glaciation 20 Waves, Beaches, and Coasts 21 Geologic Resources 22 The Earth’s Companions Appendices A-G Glossary Index
Textbook
New
*9780073369402*
International Edition
New
By Diane Carlson and Charles Plummer of California State UniversitySacramento 2011 (February 2010) / 672 pages ISBN: 9780073369402 ISBN: 9780071221849 [IE] Physical Geology: Earth Revealed is appropriate for introductory physical geology classes. This text, which includes the same information as the market-leading Physical Geology - 13th edition, by Plummer/Carlson, is for the instructor who prefers to cover plate tectonics early in the course. The ninth edition has been updated to include the most current information from the various sub-disciplines that comprise physical geology. The book’s purpose is to clearly present geologic processes so that students can understand the logic of scientific methods. This text features an outstanding art program and a proven, accessible writing style. New to this edition Content has been updated throughout to keep the text both current and fresh. Some examples include:
• • • •
Chapter 1 now includes a link to video clips of the disastrous 2002 Tsunami that originated in India. Chapter 14 now includes updated box to include the important new discoveries by Phoenix Mars Lander. Chapter 16 has been rearranged and updated to include material on the devastating floods that struck the Midwest in 2008 is also included. Chapter 2 includes updated material on the use of energy generated by tidal friction, ocean waves, and storms to gain an even more detailed image of the crust and upper mantle. Chapter 21 has been extensively rewritten and reorganized. All units are now SI units (with British units in parentheses). The section on energy resources has been divided into non-renewable and renewable sources. Discussion on renewable energy has been expanded to include more information on solar energy, wind power, hydropower, wave enery and biofuels.
By Charles (Carlos) C Plummer and Diane Carlson of California State University--Sacramento and David McGeary (deceased)
2010 (October 2009) ISBN: 9780077270667 ISBN: 9780070167070 [IE]
http://www.mhhe.com/plummer13e Physical Geology, 13th edition, is the latest refinement of a classic introductory text that has helped countless students learn basic physical geology concepts for over 25 years. Students taking introductory physical geology to fulfill a science elective, as well as those contemplating a career in geology, will appreciate the accessible writing style and depth of coverage in Physical Geology. Hundreds of carefully rendered illustrations and accompanying photographs correlate perfectly with the chapter descriptions to help readers quickly grasp new geologic concepts. Numerous chapter learning tools and a website further assist students in their study of physical geology. New to this edition Content has been updated throughout to keep the text both current and fresh. Some examples include: • • • •
Contents 1 Introducing Geology, the Essentials of Plate Tectonics, and Other Important Concepts 2 Earth’s Interior and Geophysical Properties 3 The Sea Floor 4 Plate Tectonics 5 Mountain Belts and the Continental Crust 6 Geologic Structures 7 Earthquakes 8 Time and Geology 9 Atoms, Elements, and Minerals 10 Volcanism and Extrusive Rocks 11 Igneous Rocks, Intrusive Activity, and the Origin of Igneous Rocks 12 Weathering and Soil 13 Mass Wasting 14 Sediment and Sedimentary Rocks
International Edition
PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 13th Edition
www.mhhe.com/carlson9e
•
*9780077270667*
PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 9th Edition
•
Chapter 1 now includes a link to video clips of the disastrous 2002 Tsunami that originated in India. Chapter 6 now includes updated box to include the important new discoveries by Phoenix Mars Lander. Chapter 10 has been rearranged and updated to include material on the devastating floods that struck the Midwest in 2008. Chapter 17 includes updated material on the use of energy generated by tidal friction, ocean waves, and storms to gain an even more detailed image of the crust and upper mantle. Chapter 21 has been extensively rewritten and reorganized. All units are now SI units (with British units in parentheses). The section on energy resources has been divided into non-renewable and renewable sources. Discussion on renewable energy has been expanded to include more information on solar energy, wind power, hydropower, wave enery and biofuels.
New co-author: Lisa Hammersley! Contents Chapter 1: Introducing Geology, the Essentials of Plate Tectonics, and Other Important Concepts Chapter 2: Atoms, Elements and Minerals Chapter 3: Igneous Rocks, Intrusive Activity, and the Origin of Igneous Rocks
163
GEOLOGY associated with a virtual place. The world-class media, spectacular presentations, and assessments are all tightly articulated with the textbook. This book is designed to encourage students to observe, interpret, think critically, and engage in authentic inquiry, and is highly acclaimed by reviewers, instructors, and students.
Chapter 4: Volcanism and Extrusive Rocks Chapter 5: Weathering and Soil Chapter 6: Sediment and Sedimentary Rocks Chapter 7: Metamorphism, Metamorphic Rocks, and Hydrothermal Rocks Chapter 8: Time and Geology Chapter 9: Mass Wasting Chapter 10: Streams and Floods Chapter 11: Ground Water Chapter 12: Glaciers and Glaciation Chapter 13: Deserts and Wind Action Chapter 14: Waves, Beaches and Coasts Chapter 15: Geologic Structures Chapter 16: Earthquakes Chapter 17: Earth’s Interior and Geophysical Properties Chapter 18: The Sea Floor Chapter 19: Plate Tectonics Chapter 20: Mountain Belts and the Continental Crust Chapter 21: Geologic Resources Chapter 22: The Earth’s Companions Appendix A: Identification of Minerals Appendix B: Identification of Rocks Appendix C: The Elements Most Significant to Geology Appendix D: Periodic Table of Elements Appendix E: Selected Conversion Factors Appendix F: Rock Symbols Appendix G: Commonly Used Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots
New to this edition McGraw-Hill’s Connect Geology for Exploring Geology (www. mhhe.com/reynoldsgeology2e) is a web-based assignment platform that gives students the means to better connect with their coursework, with their instructors, and with the important concepts that they will need to know for success now and in the future. With Connect Geology, instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes and tests online. Nearly all the questions from the text are presented in an auto-gradable format and tied to the text’s learning objectives. Instructors can edit existing questions and author entirely new problems. Track individual student performance – by question, assignment or in relation to the class overall – with detailed grade reports. Integrate grade reports easily with Learning Management Systems (LMS) such as WebCT and Blackboard. And much more. By choosing Connect Geology, instructors are providing their students with a powerful tool for improving academic performance and truly mastering course material. Connect Geology allows students to practice important skills at their own pace and on their own schedule. Importantly, students’ assessment results and instructors’ feedback are all saved online – so students can continually review their progress and plot their course to success. Some instructors may also choose Connect Geology Plus for their students. Like Connect Geology, Connect Geology Plus provides students with online assignments and assessments, plus 24/7 online access to an eBook – an online edition of the text – to aid them in successfully completing their work, wherever and whenever they choose.
New
A Glossary of key terms and definitions has been added at the back of the book at the request of reviewers and current users.
*9780077270407*
Contents
EXPLORING GEOLOGY 2nd Edition By Stephen Reynolds and Julia Johnson of Arizona State University-Tempe, Michael Kelly, Paul, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis and Chuck Carter
2010 (September 2009) ISBN: 9780077270407
http://www.mhhe.com/reynoldsgeology2e Exploring Geology by Reynolds/Johnson/Kelly/Morin/Carter is an innovative textbook intended for an introductory college geology course, such as Physical Geology. This ground-breaking, visually spectacular book was designed from cognitive and educational research on how students think, learn, and study. Nearly all information in the book is built around 2,600 photographs and stunning illustrations, rather than being in long blocks of text that are not articulated with figures. These annotated illustrations help students visualize geologic processes and concepts, and are suited to the way most instructors already teach. To alleviate cognitive load and help students focus on one important geologic process or concept at a time, the book consists entirely of two-page spreads organized into 19 chapters. Each two-page spread is a self-contained block of information about a specific topic, emphasizing geologic concepts, processes, features, and approaches. These spreads help students learn and organize geologic knowledge in a new and exciting way. Inquiry is embedded throughout the book, modeling how geologists investigate problems. The title of each two-page spread and topic heading is a question intended to get readers to think about the topic and become interested and motivated to explore the two-page spread for answers. Each chapter is a learning cycle, which begins with a visually engaging two-page spread about a compelling geologic issue. Each chapter ends with an Investigation that challenges students with a problem
Preface 1 The Nature of Geology 2 Investigating Geologic Questions 3 Plate Tectonics 4 Earth Materials 5 Igneous Environments 6 Volcanoes and Volcanic Hazards 7 Sedimentary Environments 8 Deformation and Metamorphism 9 Geologic Time 10 The Seafloor and Continental Margins 11 Mountains, Basins, and Continents 12 Earthquakes and Earth’s Interior 13 Climate, Weather, and Their Influences on Geology 14 Shorelines, Glaciers, and Changing Sea Levels 15 Weathering, Soil, and Unstable Slopes 16 Rivers and Streams 17 Water Resources 18 Energy and Mineral Resources 19 Geology of the Solar System
164
GEOLOGY
Laboratory
New
Contents
*9780073369396* LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 7th Edition By Norris Jones, University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh and Charles Jones, University of Pittsburgh
1 Properties of Minerals 2 Mineral Identification 3 Igneous Rocks 4 Sedimentary Rocks 5 Metamorphic Rocks 6 Topographic Maps and Digital Elevation Models 7 Remote Sensing of Volcanoes and Volcanic Hazards 8 Streams and Humid-Climate Landscapes 9 Groundwater and Groundwater-Influenced Landscapes 10 Glaciation 11 Sea Coasts 12 Arid-Climate Landscapes 13 Geologic Age 14 Structural Geology 15 Geologic Maps 16 Earthquakes 17 Plate Tectonics Credits Index
2010 (March 2009) / 384 pages ISBN: 9780073369396
www.mhhe.com/jones7e If it’s important for you to incorporate the scientific method into your teaching, this lab manual is the perfect fit. In every exercise there are scientific method boxes that provide students with insight into the relevance of the scientific method to the topic at hand. The manual also includes “In Greater Depth” problems, a more challenging probe into certain issues. They are more quantitative in nature and require more in-depth, critical thinking, which is unique to this type of manual.
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 14th Edition By James H Zumberge (Deceased), Robert H Rutford and James L Carter, University of Texas at Dallas 2009 (November 2008) / 304 pages ISBN: 9780073051499
Features
www.mhhe.com/zumberge14e
The Jones manual contains a chapter dedicated to volcanoes, something seldom seen in lab manuals. This chapter has been revised and refined in this edition.
Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 14e is written for the freshman-level laboratory course in physical geology. In this lab, students study Earth materials, geologic interpretation of topographic maps, aerial photographs and Earth satellite imagery, structural geology and plate tectonics and related phenomena. With nearly 30 exercises, professors have great flexibility when developing the syllabus for their physical geology lab course. The ease of use, tremendous selection, and tried and true nature of the labs selected have made this lab manual one of the leading selling physical geology lab manuals.
Chapters in this lab manual are self-contained, which allows instructors considerable flexibility in the order in which the chapters are taught. In Greater Depth problems are a more challenging probe into certain issues. They are more quantitative in nature and require more in-depth critical thinking, which is unique to this type of manual.
Contents Part I: Earth Materials Part II: The Geologic Column and Geologic Time Part III: Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, and Other Imagery from Remote Sensing Part IV: Geologic Interpretation of Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, and Earth Satellite Images Part V: Structural Geology Part VI: Plate Tectonics and Related Geologic Phenomena
Geologic maps from around the country introduce students to basic regional geography. Each lab features questions that require numerical calculations that help improve students’ quantitative reasoning skills and introduce the concept that numbers are essential to the earth sciences. The exercises are designed to make students approach and solve problems using scientific methodology as much as possible, rather than following a cookbook method. Found at the end of each chapter, the “Applications” section includes the following: An introductory paragraph relates the chapter material to the real world and to the scientific method as illustrated by the problems that follow. A list of “Objectives” precedes a number of problems and indicates what the student should know after completing the problems. A list of “Problems” allows students to answer questions related to the lab experiment they are performing.
INVITATION TO PUBLISH McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to
[email protected] Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia
165
GEOLOGY
166
Dushkin/McGraw-Hill Titles
Geography ISBN
AUTHOR
TITLE/EDITION
YEAR
ISBN: 9780078050725 ISBN: 9780078127816 ISBN: 9780073397825
Griffiths Griffiths Griffiths
Annual Editions: Developing World 11/12 Annual Editions: Developing World 10/11, 20e Annual Editions: Developing World 09/10, 19e
2011 2010 2009
ISBN: 9780073515519 ISBN: 9780073515465
Pitz Pitzl
Annual Editions: Geography, 23e Annual Editions: Geography, 22e
2010 2008
ISBN: 9780078050589 ISBN: 9780078127700
Jackson Jackson
Annual Editions: Global Issues 10/11, 26e Annual Editions: Global Issues 09/10, 25e
2011 2010
ISBN: 9780078050640 ISBN: 9780078127601
Purkitt Purkitt
Annual Editions: World Politics 10/11, 31e Annual Editions: World Politics 09/10, 30e
2011 2010
ISBN: 9780073527765 Krabacher ISBN: 9780073379777 Krabacher
Global Studies: Africa, 13e Global Studies: Africa, 12e
2011 2009
ISBN: 9780073379876
Zhu
Global Studies: China, 13e
2010
ISBN: 9780073379760
Frankland
Global Studies: Europe, 10e
2009
ISBN: 9780073379869
Norton
Global Studies: India and South Asia, 9e
2010
ISBN: 9780073379852 ISBN: 9780073379906
Collinwood Collinwood
Global Studies: Japan and the Pacific Rim, 10e Global Studies: Japan and the Pacific Rim, 9e
2010 2008
ISBN: 9780073527772 ISBN: 9780073379821
Goodwin Goodwin
Global Studies: Latin America, 14e Global Studies: Latin America, 13e
2011 2009
ISBN: 9780073527758 ISBN: 9780073379784
Layachi Spencer
Global Studies: The Middle East, 13e Global Studies: The Middle East, 12e
2011 2009
ISBN: 9780073401478 Goldman
Global Studies: Russia, The Eurasian Republics, and the Central/Eastern Europe, 12e
2010
ISBN: 9780073527628 ISBN: 9780073527604
Allen Allen
Student Atlas: World Geography, 7e Student Atlas: World Geography, 6e
2012 2010
ISBN: 9780073401485 ISBN: 9780073379722
Allen Allen
Student Atlas: World Politics, 9e Student Atlas: World Politics, 8e
2011 2008
167
HED 2010 Dushkin Titles Listing.indd 167
1/15/2010 9:35:16 AM
Dushkin/McGraw-Hill Titles
Geography ISBN
AUTHOR
TITLE/EDITION
YEAR
ISBN: 9780073515182 Moseley
Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial African Issues, 3e
2009
ISBN: 9780077381929 Harf ISBN: 9780078139468 Harf ISBN: 9780073515342 Harf
Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial 2010 Global Issues, Expanded, 6e Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial 2010 Global Issues, 6e Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial 2009 Global Issues, 5e
ISBN: 9780078049934 Rourke ISBN: 9780078127519 Rourke
Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Issues in 2011 World Politics, Expanded 14e Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Issues in 2010 World Politics, 14e
ISBN: 9780073515380 DeGrave ISBN: 978 0073515045 DeGrave
Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Issues on 2010 Latin American Issues, 2e Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Issues on 2007 Latin American Issues
Environmental Science & Ecology / Geology ISBN
AUTHOR
TITLE/EDITION
YEAR
ISBN: 9780073515564 ISBN: 9780073515496
Sharp Sharp
Annual Editions: Environment 10/11, 29e Annual Editions: Environment 09/10, 28e
2011 2010
ISBN: 9780073527581 Easton
Classic Edition Sources: Environmental Studies, 3e
2009
ISBN: 9780697365200
Allen
Student Atlas: Environmental Issues
1997
ISBN: 9780078127557
Easton
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Energy and Society
2009
ISBN: 9780077382834 ISBN: 9780073514468 ISBN: 9780073514451
Easton Easton Easton
Taking Sides: Environmental Issues Expanded, 14e Taking Sides: Environmental Issues, 14e Taking Sides: Environmental Issues, Expanded, 13e
2011 2011 2010
Nutrition ISBN
AUTHOR
TITLE/EDITION
YEAR
ISBN: 9780073515557 ISBN: 9780073515502
Klimis-Zacas KlimisZacas
Annual Editions: Nutrition 10/11, 22e Annual Editions: Nutrition 09/10, 21e
2011 2010
ISBN: 9780072922110
NestleDixon
Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Issues in Food and Nutrition
2004
168
HED 2010 Dushkin Titles Listing.indd 168
1/15/2010 9:35:16 AM
TITLE INDEX 3,000 Solved Problems in Chemistry
Goldberg
122
3,000 Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry
Meislich
140
3,000 Solved Problems in Physics
Halpern
107
A Aids Update 2010, 19e
Stine
70
An Atlas to Human Anatomy
Strete
35
Analysis of Biological Development, 2e
Kalthoff
71
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 5e
Gunstream
17
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD-ROM (Allied Health Version)
Medical College
30
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 Online
Medical College
30, 35, 38
Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 4e
Gunstream
15
Anatomy and Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 5e
Saladin
20
Animal Behavior, 5e
Drickamer
89
Animal Diversity, 5e
Hickman
95
Animal Sciences: The Biology, Care, and Production of Domestic Animals, 4e
Campbell
12
Astronomy for the Utterly Confused
Jones
117
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, 6e
Fix
113
Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e
Stone
35
Basic Concepts in Biochemistry: A Student’s Survival Guide, 2e
Gilbert
139
Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e
Brophy
111
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology,
Brown
67
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e
Brown
68
Biochemistry Demystified
Walker
139
Biochemistry: An Introduction, 3e
McKee
131
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 9e
Dolphin
55
Biological Laboratory Manual, 9e
Vodopich
56
Biology of the Invertebrates, 6e
Pechenik
91
Biology, 10e
Mader
54
Biology, 2e
Brooker
51
Biology, 4e
Knox
48
Biology, 9e
Raven
53
Biology: Concepts and Investigations
Hoefnagles
47
Biology: Dimensions of Life
Presson
49
Biophysics Demystified
Goldfarb
60
Biostatistics for the Health Sciences
Chinna
148
Biotechnology Demystified
Walker
75
Bringing Fossils to Life: An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2e
Prothero
B
Complete Version, 11e
169
162
TITLE INDEX C Cartography: Thematic Map Design, 6e
Dent
154
Changing Landscapes of Singapore
Teo
153
Chemistry in Context, 6e
Amercian Chemical Society
121
Chemistry, 10e
Chang
127
Chemistry, 2e
Burdge
126
Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5e
Silberberg
129
Chemskill Builder Online: Version 2, 2e
Spain
131
College Physics, 3e
Giambattista
103
Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates, 9e
Kent
93
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 5e
Kardong
92
Concepts in Biology, 13e
Enger
46
Concepts of Biology
Mader
48
Concepts of Modern Physics, 6e
Beiser
110
Contemporary College Physics: 2001 Update, 3e
Jones
106
Contemporary Nutrition, 8e
Wardlaw
80
Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach
Wardlaw
81
Contemporary World Regional Geography, 3e
Bradshaw
156
Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 4e
Cooper
130
Bevington
111
Ecology Lab Manual
Vodopich
146
Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 5e
Molles
145
Economic Botany, 3e
Simpson
Electricity and Magnetism: Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2e
Berkeley Physics
111
Environmental Geology
Reichard
160
Environmental Geology, 9e
Montgomery
159
Environmental Science
Kaufmann
144
Environmental Science, 12e
Enger
143
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 11e
Cunningham
143
Essentials of Biology, 2e
Mader
44
Essentials of the Living World, 3e
Johnson
44
Essentials of World Regional Geography, 2e
White
155
Evolution of the Earth, 8e
Prothero
161
Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e
Garland
135
Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, 6e
Arny
114
Exploring Geology, 2e
Reynolds
164
D Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences, 3e
E
170
89
TITLE INDEX F Farm Management, 6e
Kay
11, 12
Foundations in Microbiology, 7e
Talaro
65
Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 7e
Talaro
66
Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry
Denniston
Foundations of Parasitology, 8e
Roberts
Fundamentals of Chemistry, 5e
Goldberg
123
Fundamentals of Ecology, 3e
Madhab
146
Fundamentals of Human Physiology
Fox
Fundamentals of Oceanography, 5e
Sverdrup
162
Fundamentals of Optics, 4e
Jenkins
113
Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics
Reif
111
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 6e
Chang
127
General Zoology Laboratory Manual, 15e
Lytle
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Denniston
124
General, Organic & Biological Chemistry
Smith
125
Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 3e
Brooker
72
Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e
Hartwell
73
Global Warming and Climate Change Demystified
Silver
148
Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences, 2e (The)
McConnell
159
125 90
36
G 96
H Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e
Shier
17
Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 12e
Shier
21
How to Solve Word Problems in Chemistry
Goldberg
122
Human Anatomy, 2e
McKinley
32
Human Anatomy, 3e
Saladin
31
Human Anatomy, 6e
Van De Graaff
32
Human Biology, 11e
Mader
58
Human Genetics, 9e
Lewis
74
Human Geography, 11e
Fellmann
Human Physiology, 11e
Fox
36
Inquiry Into Life, 13e
Mader
46
Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e
Hickman
95
Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
101
Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e
Kardong
147
Introduction to Chemistry, 2e
Bauer
123
Introduction to Genetics
Hyde
72
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems with Data Files CD-ROM, 5e
Chang
152
I
171
151
TITLE INDEX Introduction to Geography, 12e
Getis
153
Introduction to the World’s Ocean, 10e
Sverdrup
162
Mescher
39
J Junqueira’s Basic Histology, 12e
L Lab Manual for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Henrickson
126
Lab Manual Human Biology, 11e
Mader
59
Lab Manual to accompany Biology, 10e
Mader
57
Lab Manual to accompany Concepts of Biology
Mader
51
Lab Manual to accompany Essentials of Biology, 2e
Mader
50
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
102
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 7e
Jones
165
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Science, 8e
Tillery
100
Lab Manual to accompany Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology
Wise
29
Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach
Chess
68
Laboratory Atlas of Anatomy & Physiology, 6e
Eder
29, 34
Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e Lutterschmidt
37
Laboratory Guide to accompany Human Physiology, 13e
Fox
37
Laboratory Manual Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Patton
18
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
22
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
25
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Pig Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
24
Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 14e
Zumberge
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P (Cat), 12e
Martin
26
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P (Fetal Pig), 12e
Martin
27
Laboratory Manual to accompany Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 5e
Wise
28
Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 6e
Amercian Chemical Society
Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e
Enger
50
Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e
Martin
19
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry Into Life, 13e
Mader
50
Laboratory Manual to accompany Saladin’s Human Anatomy, 3e
Wise
34
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy & Physiology, 9e
Wise
22
Laboratory Manual to accompany Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
89
Laboratory Studies in Animal Diversity, 5e
Hickman
96
Life, 6e
Lewis
49
Living World, 6e (The)
Johnson
43
172
165
121
TITLE INDEX M Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Logenbaker
15
Map Use and Analysis, 4e
Campbell
Marine Biology, 8e
Castro
Mastering ArcGIS with CD Videoclips, 4e
Price
151
McGraw-Hill’s MCAT with CD-ROM, 2e
Hademenos
136
Microbiology Experiments to accompany Microbiology, 6e
Kleyn
69
Microbiology Lab Manual, 8e
Harley
66
Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 6e
Nester
65
Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e
Cowan
64
Modern Analytical Chemistry
Harvey
136
Molecular Biology, 4e
Weaver
71
Natural Disasters, 7e
Abbott
160
Nutrition Almanac, 6e
Dunne
84
Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 9e
Williams
83
Nutrition for Healthy Living, 2e
Schiff
79
Nutrition Throughout the Life Cycle, 4e
Worthington-Roberts
83
Nutritional Assessment, 5e
Lee
84
NutritionCalc Plus 3.2 CD-ROM
ESHA Research
81
NutritionCalc Plus 3.2 Online Access Card
ESHA Research
82
154 90
N
O Optics, 4e
Ghatak
112
Organic Chemistry Demystified
Bloch
133
Organic Chemistry, 3e
Smith
134
Organic Chemistry, 8e
Carey
133
Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 3e
Atkins
132
Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 4e
Atkins
132
Pathophysiology: Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals, 3e
Nowak
39
Pathways to Astronomy, with Starry Nights Pro DVD, Version 5.0, 2e
Schneider
115
Ph.I.L.S (Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations) 3.0 24 Month Student Online Access Card
Stephens
38
Physical Chemistry, 6e
Levine
135
Physical Geography Laboratory Manual
Lemke
154
Physical Geology, 13e
Plummer
163
Physical Geology, 9e
Carlson
163
Physical Science, 8e
Tillery
100
Physical Universe, 13e (The)
Krauskopf
Physics for Poets, 5e
March
103
Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 6e
Griffith
102
P
173
99
TITLE INDEX Physics, 2e
Giambattista
104
Physics, 7e
Tippens
105, 107
Plants and Society, 5e
Levetin
88
Prescott’s Microbiology, 8e
Willey
63
Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology
Willey
63
Principles of Botany
Uno
88
Principles of Environmental Science, 5e
Cunningham
144
Principles of General Chemistry, 2e
Silberberg
128
Principles of Genetics, 7e
Tamarin
73
Grine
33
Schaum’s 3000 Solved Problems in Biology
Bernstein
60
Schaum’s A-Z Biology
Indge
60
Schaum’s A-Z Physics
Chapple
106
Schaum’s Easy Outline Beginning Chemistry
Goldberg
139
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Biology
Fried
Schaum’s Easy Outline of College Physics
Bueche
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology
Van De Graaff
Schaum’s Easy Outline: Organic Chemistry
Meislich
132
Schaum’s Easy Outlines: College Chemistry
Rosenberg
130
Schaum’s Outline of Analytical Chemistry
Gordus
136
Schaum’s Outline of Applied Physics, 4th Edition Revised
Beiser
105
Schaum’s Outline of Astronomy
Palen
116
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 3e
Goldberg
122
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics I
Halpern
107
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics II
Halpern
106
Schaum’s Outline of Biochemistry, 3e
Kuchel
137
Schaum’s Outline of Biology, 3e
Fried
Schaum’s Outline of College Chemistry, 9e
Rosenberg
Schaum’s Outline of College Physics, 10e
Bueche
106
Schaum’s Outline of General, Organic and Biochemistry for Nursing and Allied Health, 2e
Odian
138
Schaum’s Outline of Genetics, 5e
Elrod
73
Schaum’s Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 3e
Van De Graaff
40
Schaum’s Outline of Immunology
Pinchuk
75
Schaum’s Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics
Wells
101
Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students
Steiner
112
Schaum’s Outline of Microbiology, 2e
Alcamo
75
Schaum’s Outline of Modern Physics, 2e
Gautreau
110
Schaum’s Outline of Molecular Biology
Stansfield
71
Schaum’s Outline of Optics
Hecht
R Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 4e
S
174
60 106 40
59 129, 137
113
TITLE INDEX Schaum’s Outline of Organic Chemistry, 4e
Meislich
132
Schaum’s Outline of Physical Chemistry, 2e
Metz
140
Schaum’s Outline of Physical Science, 2e
Beiser
101
Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Engineering and Science, 2e
Browne
110
Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Pre-Med, Biology and Allied Health Students
Hademenos
117
Schaum’s Outline of Quantum Mechanics, 2e
Peleg
116
Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
VanPutte
19
Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 7e
VanPutte
16
Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology
Tate
21
Spectral Imagery in GI Singapore
Robila
156
Stem Cell Technologies: Basics and Applications
Totey
60
Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
87
String Theory Demystified
McMahon
116
Student Access Card PH.I.L.S (Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations) Online
Stephens
30
T Transport Phenomena in Biomedical Engineering: Artificial Organ Design and Development,
Sharma
138
Understanding Chemistry: Student Study Guide
Lovett
130
University Chemistry
Laird
128
University Physics with Modern Physics (Chapters 1-40)
Bauer
109
University Physics: Standard Version, Chapters 1-35
Bauer
108
and Tissue Engineering
U
V Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 11e
Widmaier
36
Vertebrate Biology
Linzey
92
Vertebrates Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 5e
Kardong
Volpe’s Understanding Evolution, 7e
Rosenbaum
92, 93 147
W Wardlaw’s Perspectives in Nutrition, 8e
Byrd-Bredbenner
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2 CD
Broyles
80 18, 29, 34, 37
Z Zoology, 8e
Miller
175
94
AUTHOR INDEX A Abbott
Natural Disasters, 7e
160
Alcamo
Schaum’s Outline of Microbiology, 2e
Amercian
Chemistry in Context, 6e
121
Laboratory Manual to accompany Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to Society, 6e
121
Arny
Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, 6e
114
Atkins
Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 3e
132
Atkins
Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 4e
132
Bauer
Introduction to Chemistry, 2e
123
Bauer
University Physics with Modern Physics (Chapters 1-40)
109
Bauer
University Physics: Standard Version, Chapters 1-35
108
Beiser
Concepts of Modern Physics, 6e
110
Beiser
Schaum’s Outline of Applied Physics, 4th Edition Revised
105
Beiser
Schaum’s Outline of Physical Science, 2e
101
Berkeley Physics
Electricity and Magnetism: Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2e
111
Bernstein
Schaum’s 3000 Solved Problems in Biology
Bevington
Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences, 3e
Bidlack
Laboratory Manual to accompany Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
89
Bidlack
Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
87
Bloch
Organic Chemistry Demystified
133
Bradshaw
Contemporary World Regional Geography, 3e
156
Brooker
Biology, 2e
51
Brooker
Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 3e
72
Brophy
Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e
Brown
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Complete Version, 11e
67
Brown
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, Short Version, 11e
68
Browne
Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Engineering and Science, 2e
Broyles
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2 CD
Bueche
Schaum’s Easy Outline of College Physics
106
Bueche
Schaum’s Outline of College Physics, 10e
106
Burdge
Chemistry, 2e
126
Byrd-Bredbenner
Wardlaw’s Perspectives in Nutrition, 8e
75
Chemical Society Amercian Chemical Society
B
60 111
111
110 18, 29, 34, 37
80
176
AUTHOR INDEX C Campbell
Animal Sciences: The Biology, Care, and Production of Domestic Animals, 4e
12
Campbell
Map Use and Analysis, 4e
154
Carey
Organic Chemistry, 8e
133
Carlson
Physical Geology, 9e
163
Castro
Marine Biology, 8e
Chang
Chemistry, 10e
127
Chang
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 6e
127
Chang
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems with Data Files CD-ROM, 5e
151
Chapple
Schaum’s A-Z Physics
106
Chess
Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach
Chinna
Biostatistics for the Health Sciences
148
Cooper
Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 4e
130
Cowan
Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 2e
64
Cunningham
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 11e
143
Cunningham
Principles of Environmental Science, 5e
144
Denniston
Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry
125
Denniston
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
124
Dent
Cartography: Thematic Map Design, 6e
154
Dolphin
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 9e
55
Drickamer
Animal Behavior, 5e
89
Dunne
Nutrition Almanac, 6e
84
90
68
D
E Eder
Laboratory Atlas of Anatomy & Physiology, 6e
29, 34
Elrod
Schaum’s Outline of Genetics, 5e
73
Enger
Concepts in Biology, 13e
46
Enger
Environmental Science, 12e
Enger
Laboratory Manual to accompany Concepts in Biology, 13e
50
ESHA Research
NutritionCalc Plus 3.2 CD-ROM
81
ESHA Research
NutritionCalc Plus 3.2 Online Access Card
82
143
F Fellmann
Human Geography, 11e
152
Fix
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, 6e
113
Fox
Fundamentals of Human Physiology
36
Fox
Human Physiology, 11e
36
Fox
Laboratory Guide to accompany Human Physiology, 13e
37
Fried
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Biology
60
Fried
Schaum’s Outline of Biology, 3e
59
177
AUTHOR INDEX G Garland
Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e
135
Gautreau
Schaum’s Outline of Modern Physics, 2e
110
Getis
Introduction to Geography, 12e
153
Ghatak
Optics, 4e
112
Giambattista
College Physics, 3e
103
Giambattista
Physics, 2e
104
Gilbert
Basic Concepts in Biochemistry: A Student’s Survival Guide, 2e
139
Goldberg
3,000 Solved Problems in Chemistry
122
Goldberg
Fundamentals of Chemistry, 5e
123
Goldberg
How to Solve Word Problems in Chemistry
122
Goldberg
Schaum’s Easy Outline Beginning Chemistry
139
Goldberg
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 3e
122
Goldfarb
Biophysics Demystified
Gordus
Schaum’s Outline of Analytical Chemistry
136
Griffith
Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 6e
102
Grine
Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 4e
33
Gunstream
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 5e
17
Gunstream
Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 4e
15
60
H Hademenos
McGraw-Hill’s MCAT with CD-ROM, 2e
136
Hademenos
Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Pre-Med, Biology and Allied Health Students
117
Halpern
3,000 Solved Problems in Physics
107
Halpern
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics I
107
Halpern
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics II
106
Harley
Microbiology Lab Manual, 8e
66
Hartwell
Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 3e
73
Harvey
Modern Analytical Chemistry
136
Hecht
Schaum’s Outline of Optics
113
Henrickson
Lab Manual for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
126
Hickman
Animal Diversity, 5e
95
Hickman
Integrated Principles of Zoology, 14e
95
Hickman
Laboratory Studies in Animal Diversity, 5e
96
Hoefnagles
Biology: Concepts and Investigations
47
Hyde
Introduction to Genetics
72
Schaum’s A-Z Biology
60
I Indge
178
AUTHOR INDEX J Jenkins
Fundamentals of Optics, 4e
113
Johnson
Essentials of the Living World, 3e
44
Johnson
Living World, 6e (The)
43
Jones
Astronomy for the Utterly Confused
117
Jones
Contemporary College Physics: 2001 Update, 3e
106
Jones
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 7e
165
K Kalthoff
Analysis of Biological Development, 2e
71
Kardong
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 5e
92
Kardong
Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e
Kardong
Vertebrates Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 5e
Kaufmann
Environmental Science
144
Kay
Farm Management, 6e
11, 12
Kent
Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates, 9e
93
Kleyn
Microbiology Experiments to accompany Microbiology, 6e
69
Knox
Biology, 4e
48
Krauskopf
Physical Universe, 13e (The)
99
Kuchel
Schaum’s Outline of Biochemistry, 3e
137
Laird
University Chemistry
128
Lee
Nutritional Assessment, 5e
Lemke
Physical Geography Laboratory Manual
Levetin
Plants and Society, 5e
88
Levine
Physical Chemistry, 6e
135
Lewis
Human Genetics, 9e
74
Lewis
Life, 6e
49
Linzey
Vertebrate Biology
92
Logenbaker
Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
15
Lovett
Understanding Chemistry: Student Study Guide
Lutterschmidt
Laboratory Exercises in Human Physiology: A Clinical and Experimental Approach with Ph.I.L.S 3.0, 2e
37
Lytle
General Zoology Laboratory Manual, 15e
96
Mader
Biology, 10e
54
Mader
Concepts of Biology
48
Mader
Essentials of Biology, 2e
44
Mader
Human Biology, 11e
58
Mader
Inquiry Into Life, 13e
46
Mader
Lab Manual Human Biology, 11e
59
Mader
Lab Manual to accompany Biology, 10e
57
147 92, 93
L 84 154
130
M
179
AUTHOR INDEX
Mader
Lab Manual to accompany Concepts of Biology
51
Mader
Lab Manual to accompany Essentials of Biology, 2e
50
Mader
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry Into Life, 13e
50
Madhab
Fundamentals of Ecology, 3e
146
March
Physics for Poets, 5e
103
Martin
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
22
Martin
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
25
Martin
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Pig Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
24
Martin
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P (Cat), 12e
26
Martin
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P (Fetal Pig), 12e
27
Martin
Laboratory Manual to accompany Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e
19
McConnell
Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Sciences, 2e (The)
159
McKee
Biochemistry: An Introduction, 3e
131
McKinley
Human Anatomy, 2e
McMahon
String Theory Demystified
Medical College
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed CD-ROM (Allied Health Version)
Medical College
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 2.0 Online
Meislich
3,000 Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry
140
Meislich
Schaum’s Easy Outline: Organic Chemistry
132
Meislich
Schaum’s Outline of Organic Chemistry, 4e
132
Mescher
Junqueira’s Basic Histology, 12e
Metz
Schaum’s Outline of Physical Chemistry, 2e
Miller
Zoology, 8e
Molles
Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 5e
145
Montgomery
Environmental Geology, 9e
159
32 116 30 30, 35, 38
39 140 94
N Nester
Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 6e
65
Nowak
Pathophysiology: Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals, 3e
39
O Odian
Schaum’s Outline of General, Organic and Biochemistry for Nursing and Allied Health, 2e
138
Palen
Schaum’s Outline of Astronomy
116
Patton
Laboratory Manual Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
18
Pechenik
Biology of the Invertebrates, 6e
91
Peleg
Schaum’s Outline of Quantum Mechanics, 2e
Pinchuk
Schaum’s Outline of Immunology
Plummer
Physical Geology, 13e
Presson
Biology: Dimensions of Life
Price
Mastering ArcGIS with CD Videoclips, 4e
151
Prothero
Bringing Fossils to Life: An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2e
162
Prothero
Evolution of the Earth, 8e
161
P
116 75 163 49
180
AUTHOR INDEX R Raven
Biology, 9e
53
Reichard
Environmental Geology
160
Reif
Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics
111
Reynolds
Exploring Geology, 2e
164
Roberts
Foundations of Parasitology, 8e
Robila
Spectral Imagery in GI Singapore
156
Rosenbaum
Volpe’s Understanding Evolution, 7e
147
Rosenberg
Schaum’s Easy Outlines: College Chemistry
130
Rosenberg
Schaum’s Outline of College Chemistry, 9e
90
129, 137
S Saladin
Anatomy and Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 5e
20
Saladin
Human Anatomy, 3e
31
Schiff
Nutrition for Healthy Living, 2e
79
Schneider
Pathways to Astronomy, with Starry Nights Pro DVD, Version 5.0, 2e
Sharma
Transport Phenomena in Biomedical Engineering: Artificial Organ Design and Development, and Tissue Engineering 138
Shier
Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 10e
17
Shier
Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 12e
21
Silberberg
Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 5e
129
Silberberg
Principles of General Chemistry, 2e
128
Silver
Global Warming and Climate Change Demystified
148
Simpson
Economic Botany, 3e
Smith
General, Organic & Biological Chemistry
125
Smith
Organic Chemistry, 3e
134
Spain
Chemskill Builder Online: Version 2, 2e
131
Stansfield
Schaum’s Outline of Molecular Biology
71
Steiner
Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students
Stephens
Ph.I.L.S (Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations) 3.0 24 Month Student Online Access Card
38
Stephens
Student Access Card PH.I.L.S (Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations) Online
30
Stine
Aids Update 2010, 19e
70
Stone
Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 6e
35
Strete
An Atlas to Human Anatomy
35
Sverdrup
Fundamentals of Oceanography, 5e
162
Sverdrup
Introduction to the World’s Ocean, 10e
162
115
89
112
T Talaro
Foundations in Microbiology, 7e
65
Talaro
Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 7e
66
Tamarin
Principles of Genetics, 7e
73
Tate
Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology
21
Teo
Changing Landscapes of Singapore
153
Tillery
Integrated Science, 5e
101
181
AUTHOR INDEX
Tillery
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 5e
102
Tillery
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Science, 8e
100
Tillery
Physical Science, 8e
100
Tippens
Physics, 7e
Totey
Stem Cell Technologies: Basics and Applications
60
Principles of Botany
88
Van De Graaff
Human Anatomy, 6e
32
Van De Graaff
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology
40
Van De Graaff
Schaum’s Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 3e
40
VanPutte
Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
19
VanPutte
Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 7e
16
Vodopich
Biological Laboratory Manual, 9e
56
Vodopich
Ecology Lab Manual
146
Walker
Biochemistry Demystified
139
Walker
Biotechnology Demystified
75
Wardlaw
Contemporary Nutrition, 8e
80
Wardlaw
Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach
81
Weaver
Molecular Biology, 4e
71
Wells
Schaum’s Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics
101
White
Essentials of World Regional Geography, 2e
155
Widmaier
Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 11e
36
Willey
Prescott’s Microbiology, 8e
63
Willey
Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology
63
Williams
Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 9e
83
Wise
Lab Manual to accompany Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology
29
Wise
Laboratory Manual to accompany Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 5e
28
Wise
Laboratory Manual to accompany Saladin’s Human Anatomy, 3e
34
Wise
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy & Physiology, 9e
22
Worthington-
Nutrition Throughout the Life Cycle, 4e
83
105, 107
U Uno
V
W
Roberts
Z Zumberge
Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 14e
165
182
EXAMINATION COPY REQUEST FORM
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 www.mheducation.asia
u Professors/lecturers who are interested to review titles listed in this catalog for text adoption consideration, please complete this request form and fax to your local McGraw-Hill office (see inside back cover for fax number) or to McGraw-Hill Singapore. u Requests for examination copies are subject to approval. McGraw-Hill reserve the right to refuse any requests which do not relate to teaching. u Please make copies of this form if necessary.
REQUESTED BY Name
Room #
Department University Address
Tel
Fax
Email address
COMP REQUEST Please indicate ISBN No, Author & Title 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Course Name
Enrolment
Subject
Commencement Date
Decision Date
Individual Decision
Group Decision
Current Text Used
exam copy 1
7/11/08 08:55:02
McGRAW-HILL MAILING LIST
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 www.mheducation.asia
Please include me in your mailing list for information on McGraw-Hill books.
Please email information on McGraw-Hill books to my email address at
I am already on your mailing list but my address has changed. Please update my record to the following new address.
Name (Mr / Ms / Dr / Prof) (Underline family name)
Position Department University Address
Postal Code
Tel
Fax
Email address
SUBJECT OF INTEREST
o Industrial & Plant Engineering
o History
o Accounting
o Mechanical Engineering
o Law
o Advertising
o Medical Science
o Library Science
o Business Management
o Dentistry
o Mass Communication
o Finance & Investment
o Nursing
o Music
o Marketing
o Agriculture
o Philosophy & Religion
o Economics
o Biology
o Physical Education
o Human Resource Management
o Chemistry
o Political Science
o Insurance & Real Estate
o Forestry
o Psychology
o Training
o Geography & Geology
o Sociology
o Computing
o Physics & Astronomy
o Aeronautical & Aerospace Engineering
o Zoology
o Architecture & Urban Planning
o Mathematics & Statistics
Please return by fax at (65) 6862 3354 to McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Singapore office.
o Chemical Engineering
o Art & Humanities
o Civil Engineering
o Education
o Construction
o English
o Electronics & Communications
o English as a 2nd Language/ELT
o Electrical Engineering
o Foreign Language
o General Engineering
o Health & Nutrition
exam copy 2
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) respects your privacy. If you do not wish to receive further marketing information from McGraw-Hill Education (Asia), please send an email to
[email protected] or write to McGraw-Hill Education (Asia), 60 Tuas Basin Link, Singapore 638775. View The McGraw-Hill Companies Customer Privacy Policy at http://www.mcgraw-hill.com/ privacy.html. For questions or to learn more about how McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) applies this policy, please contact us at the above email or postal address.
7/11/08 08:55:02
M c G R AW - H I L L E D U C A T I O N ( A S I A ) SINGAPORE (also servicing Mauritius)
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
60 Tuas Basin Link, Singapore 638775 Tel: (65) 6863 1580 • Customer Service Hotline: (65) 6868 8188 Fax (65) 6862 3354 eMail:
[email protected] • website: www.mheducation.asia
CHINA (Representative Office)
McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
Suite 906, 9/F, SP Tower A Tsinghua Science Park No. 1, Zhongguancun East Road Haidian District Beijing 100084, P R China Tel: (86-10) 6279 0299 Fax: (86-10) 6279 0292 eMail:
[email protected]
HONG KONG
McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
Suites 2906-10, Shell Tower Times Square 1, Matheson Street, Causeway Bay Hong Kong Tel: (85-2) 2730 6640 Fax: (85-2) 2730 2085 eMail:
[email protected]
INDIA (also servicing Bangladesh, Pakistan, Nepal & Sri Lanka)
Tata McGraw-Hill Education Private Limited
B-4, Sector 63 Distt Gautam Budh Nagar Noida, UP-201301, India Tel: (91-12) 438 3545 Fax: (91-12) 438 3401 - 403 eMail:
[email protected]
INDONESIA (Appointed Agent) P T Media Global Edukasi Grand Boutique Center, Blok D-65 Jalan Mangga Dua Raya Jakarta 14430 Indonesia Tel: (62-21) 601 1963/601 1973 Fax: (62-21) 625 7245 eMail:
[email protected]
HED-Address.indd 1
JAPAN
McGraw-Hill Education Japan
1-12-3 Kandasuda-cho Chiyoda-ku Tokyo 101-0041 Japan Tel: (81-3) 5298 7221 Fax: (81-3) 5298 7224 eMail:
[email protected]
KOREA
McGraw-Hill Korea Inc
3F, Ji-Woo Bldg 376-12 Seokyo-Dong Mapo-Ku Seoul 121-210, Korea Tel: (82-2) 325 2351 Fax: (82-2) 325 2371 eMail:
[email protected]
MALAYSIA/BRUNEI
McGraw-Hill Malaysia Sdn Bhd
No. 40, Jalan Pengacara U1/48 Temasya Industrial Park 40150 Shah Alam Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia Tel: (60-3) 7627 6888 Fax: (60-3) 7627 6838 eMail:
[email protected]
PHILIPPINES (also servicing Guam)
TAIWAN
McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
7/F, No: 53 Bo-Ai Road Taipei 100 Taiwan Tel: (886-2) 2311 3000 Fax: (886-2) 2388 8822 eMail:
[email protected]
THAILAND (also servicing Cambodia & Laos)
McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
40/27 Soi Inthamara 8 Suthisarn Road, Phayathai Bangkok 10400, Thailand Tel: (66-2) 615 6555 Fax: (66-2) 615 6515 eMail:
[email protected]
VIETNAM (Representative Office) McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc The Nomad Offices Level 16 & 17 Gemadept Tower 6 Le Thanh Ton Street Ben Nghe Ward, District 1 Ho Chi Minh City Vietnam Tel: (84-8) 6255 6829; (84-8) 6255 6899 Fax: (84-8) 6255 6801 eMail:
[email protected]
(Representative Office)
McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
Unit 1503, Jollibee Plaza Condominium Emerald Avenue Corner Ruby Street Ortigas Center, Pasig City 1600 Philippines Tel: (63-2) 638 5177 / 638 5178 Fax: (63-2) 638 5181 eMail:
[email protected]
11/24/09 9:05 AM
Preparing Students for the World That Awaits
McGraw-Hill Higher Education empowers instructors to help students succeed academically now and into the future by providing flexible, superior-quality solutions that serve the needs of instructors and students end to end - from textbooks and digital instructional content and tools to innovate subject mastery, experiential learning and assignment/ assessment solutions.
Connect.
We connect instructors and students to valuable course content and resources - and we connect instructors and students to each other - with the best traditional and digital teaching tools.
Learn.
We enable greater learning and deeper comprehension with the highest-quality tools and content that let students engage with their coursework when, where and however they learn best.
Succeed.
We provide the learning resources students need to connect success in the classroom with success in the world that awaits.
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 email:
[email protected] website: www.mheducation.asia
C09-000708-X
